Add #defines for ATA_WRITE_UNCORRECTABLE48 and its features. Update the
decoding in ATACAM to recognize the new values. Also improve command
decoding for a few other commands (SMART, NOP, SET_FEATURES). Bring the
decoding in ata(4) up to parity with ATACAM.
Reviewed by: mav, imp
MFC after: 1 month
Sponsored by: Panasas, Inc.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5181
also for 82598, which doesn't support it.
The legacy code has a check for it, which was missed when the code for dealing with
CSUM_IP6_* was added. Add the same check for FreeBSD 10 and higher.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5192
MD_ROOT_SIZE and embed_mfs.sh were basically retired as part of
https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2903 .
However, when building a kernel with 'options MD_ROOT_SIZE' specified, this
results in a non-working MFS, as within sys/dev/md/md.c we fall within the
wrong # ifdef.
This patch implements the following:
* Allow kernels to be built without the MD_ROOT_SIZE option, which results
in a kernel built as per D2903.
* Allow kernels to be built with the MD_ROOT_SIZE option, which results
in a kernel built similarly to the pre-D2903 way, with the following
differences:
* The MFS is now put in a separate section within the kernel (oldmfs,
so it differs from the mfs section introduced by D2903).
* embed_mfs.sh is changed, so it looks up the oldmfs section within the
kernel, gets its size and offset, sees if the MFS will fit within the
allocated oldmfs section and only if all is well does a dd of the MFS
image into the kernel.
Submitted by: Stanislav Galabov <sgalabov@gmail.com>
Reviewed by: brooks, imp
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5093
causes watchdog timeouts when using TSO4 at link speeds below
Gigabit, at least with 82573E. So disable the assist automatically
when at lower speeds.
Submitted by: jfv
Approved by: erj
Obtained from: D3162
MFC after: 3 days
Fix ixgbe reporting of flow control autoneg when running under DBG 1
Reviewed by: erj
MFC after: 2 days
Sponsored by: Multiplay
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5089
Setup phy and gbic power as per Linux 4.3.13 driver.
This fixes link not detected on X540-AT2 after booting to Linux which turns
the phy power off on detach.
Reviewed by: sbruno
MFC after: 2 days
Sponsored by: Multiplay
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5107
Fix the inverted set of interrupts being used as the mask for ixl.
Without this ixl devices fail to detect link state changes.
Reviewed by: erj, sbruno
MFC after: 2 days
Sponsored by: Multiplay
This is the final step required allowing to compile and to run RISC-V
kernel and userland from HEAD.
RISC-V is a completely open ISA that is freely available to academia
and industry.
Thanks to all the people involved! Special thanks to Andrew Turner,
David Chisnall, Ed Maste, Konstantin Belousov, John Baldwin and
Arun Thomas for their help.
Thanks to Robert Watson for organizing this project.
This project sponsored by UK Higher Education Innovation Fund (HEIF5) and
DARPA CTSRD project at the University of Cambridge Computer Laboratory.
FreeBSD/RISC-V project home: https://wiki.freebsd.org/riscv
Reviewed by: andrew, emaste, kib
Relnotes: Yes
Sponsored by: DARPA, AFRL
Sponsored by: HEIF5
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4982
The process is not held since the process_exit hook is called after the
exithold. There is no need to hold the process since the hook will
always see it exiting via the process_exit event.
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
The NVMe specification does not define a maximum or optimal delete
size, so technically max delete size is min(full size of namespace,
2^32 - 1 LBAs). A single delete operation for a multi-TB NVMe
namespace though may take much longer to complete than the nvme(4)
I/O timeout period. So choose a sensible default here that is still
suitably large to minimize the number of overall delete operations.
This also fixes possible uint32_t overflow on initial TRIM operation
for zpool create operations for NVMe namespaces with >4G LBAs.
MFC after: 3 days
Sponsored by: Intel
ofw_bus_get_node() must be tested against negative values since
missing parent bus method will result in calling the default method
which simply returns (-1): sys/dev/ofw/ofw_bus_if.m
This was lost in the review process.
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: Cavium
Some firmware revisions provide different DTB tree that include
odd MDIO placement in the tree.
This commit adds support for 2 new buses:
- MRML bridge (PCIB subordinate)
- MDIO nexus (MRML subordinate)
This allows for the correct MDIO attachment with both - new and old
firmware.
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: Cavium
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5070
Search for BGX node in DTS in two ways:
1. Try to find it uder root node first
2. If not found under root, find the top level PCI bridge node
and search all nodes below it until appropriate BGX node is found.
Move search code to another function to make the code more clear.
Remove unused variable by the way.
Reviewed by: wma
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: Cavium
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5066
Use driver settable callbacks for handling of:
- core post reset
- reading actual port speed
Typically, OTG enabled EHCI cores wants setting of USBMODE register,
but this register is not defined in EHCI specification and different
cores can have it on different offset.
Also, for cores with TT extension, actual port speed must be determinable.
But again, EHCI specification not covers this so this patch provides
function for two most common variant of speed bits layout.
Reviewed by: hselasky
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5088
This fixes some cases where a process could exit without being untracked
by filemon.
Reported by: mjg
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
It only prints the header from filemon_ioctl. Keep the name though to stay
closer to other implementations.
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
to be 64-bit on 32-bit architectures. It is not uncommon for device trees
to use the upper 32-bits to store what effectively is an index into the
parent ranges property. In this case, when running with a 32-bit bus_addr_t
and bus_size_t, we would previously truncate the address, this may then
incorrectly match the wrong range, and return the wrong address.
Tested by: bz (earlier version)
- Use taskqueue instead of swi for event handling.
- Scan the interrupt flags in filter
- Disable ringbuffer interrupt mask in filter to ensure no unnecessary
interrupts.
Submitted by: Jun Su <junsu microsoft com>
Reviewed by: adrian, sephe, Dexuan <decui microsoft com>
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4920
Summary:
Migrate to using the semi-opaque type rman_res_t to specify rman resources. For
now, this is still compatible with u_long.
This is step one in migrating rman to use uintmax_t for resources instead of
u_long.
Going forward, this could feasibly be used to specify architecture-specific
definitions of resource ranges, rather than baking a specific integer type into
the API.
This change has been broken out to facilitate MFC'ing drivers back to 10 without
breaking ABI.
Reviewed By: jhb
Sponsored by: Alex Perez/Inertial Computing
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5075
- Start vap(s) (via ieee80211_start_all()) only when initialization
succeeds; stop the first vap otherwise (via ieee80211_stop());
- Do not try to stop a device multiple times
(move (sc->sc_flags & RTWN_RUNNING) check to urtwn_stop_locked()).
Tested by: kevlo
Reviewed by: kevlo
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5058
Added hw.ix.flow_control which enables the default flow_control of all ix
interfaces to be set in loader.conf.
Added hw.ix.advertise_speed which enables the default advertised_speed of
all ix interfaces to be set in loader.conf.
Made enable_aim device independent based on hw.ix.enable_aim default.
Reviewed by: erj
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Multiplay
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5060
- Avoid main lock contention by trylock for if_start, if that fails,
schedule TX taskqueue for if_start
- Don't do direct sending if the packet to be sent is large, e.g.
TSO packet.
This change gives me stable 9.1Gbps TCP sending performance w/ TSO
over a 10Gbe directly connected network (the performance fluctuated
between 4Gbps and 9Gbps before this commit). It also improves non-
TSO TCP sending performance a lot.
Reviewed by: adrian, royger
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5074
Currently when the OF_getprop() function returns with error,
the caller (OF_getencprop()) still changes the buffer endiannes.
This may destroy the default value passed in the input buffer if
used on a Little Endian platform.
Reviewed by: mmel
Submitted by: Zbigniew Bodek <zbb@semihalf.com>
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: Cavium
The page information array could contain up to 32 elements (i.e. 512B).
And on network side w/ TSO, 11+ (176B+) elements, i.e. ~44K TSO packet,
in the page information array is quite common.
This saves us some cpu cycles.
Reviewed by: adrian, delphij
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4992
According to all available information, VMSWITCH always does the
TCP segment checksum verification before sending the segment to
guest.
Reviewed by: adrian, delphij, Hongjiang Zhang <honzhan microsoft com>
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4991
All used fields are setup one by one, so there is no need to zero
out this large struct.
While I'm here, move the stack variable near its usage.
Reviewed by: adrian, delphij, Jun Su <junsu microsoft com>
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4978
While I'm here, move stack variables near their usage.
Reviewed by: adrian, delphij, Jun Su <junsu microsoft com>
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4977
- Avoid unnecessary malloc/free on transmission path.
- busdma(9)-fy transmission path.
- Properly handle IFF_DRV_OACTIVE. This should fix the network
stalls reported by many.
- Properly setup TSO parameters.
- Properly handle bpf(4) tapping. This 5 times the performance
during TCP sending test, when there is one bpf(4) attached.
- Allow size of chimney sending be tuned on a running system.
Default value still needs more test to determine.
Reviewed by: adrian, delphij
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4972
support frameworks (i.e. regulators/phy/tsensors/fuses...).
It provides simple unified consumers interface for manipulations with
on-chip resets.
Reviewed by: ian, imp (paritaly)
support frameworks(i.e. reset/regulators/phy/tsensors/fuses...).
The clock framework significantly simplifies handling of complex clock
structures found in modern SoCs. It provides the unified consumers
interface, holds and manages actual clock topology, frequency and gating.
It's tested on three different ARM boards (Nvidia Tegra TK1, Inforce 6410 and
Odroid XU2) and on one MIPS board (Creator Ci20) by kan@.
The framework is still far from perfect and probably doesn't have stable
interface yet, but we want to start testing it on more real boards and
different architectures.
Reviewed by: ian, kan (earlier version)
The iWARP Connection Manager (CM) on FreeBSD creates a TCP socket to
represent an iWARP endpoint when the connection is over TCP. For
servers the current approach is to invoke create_listen callback for
each iWARP RNIC registered with the CM. This doesn't work too well for
INADDR_ANY because a listen on any TCP socket already notifies all
hardware TOEs/RNICs of the new listener. This patch fixes the server
side of things for FreeBSD. We've tried to keep all these modifications
in the iWARP/TCP specific parts of the OFED infrastructure as much as
possible.
Submitted by: Krishnamraju Eraparaju @ Chelsio (with design inputs from Steve Wise)
Sponsored by: Chelsio Communications
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4801
When ifconfig sets media then the values displayed by the advertise_speed
value are invalidated.
Fix this by setting the bits correctly including setting advertise to 0 for
media = auto.
Reviewed by: sbruno
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Multiplay
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5034
Windows 10 and Window 2016 will return all zero inquiry data for
non-existing slots. If we dispatched them, then a lot of useless
(0 sized) disks would be created. So we verify the returned inquiry
data (valid type, non-empty vendor/product/revision etc.), before
further dispatching.
Minor white space cleanup and wording fix.
Submitted by: Hongjiang Zhang <honzhan microsoft com>
Reviewed by: adrian, sephe, Jun Su <junsu microsoft com>
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Modified by: sephe
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4928
Vmbus event handler will need to find the channel by its relative
id, when software interrupt for event happens. The original lookup
searches the channel list, which is not very efficient. We now
create a table indexed by the channel relative id to speed up
the channel lookup.
Submitted by: Hongjiang Zhang <honzhan microsoft com>
Reviewed by: delphij, adrain, sephe, Dexuan Cui <decui microsoft com>
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4802
This teaches the mx25l driver (sys/dev/flash/mx25l.c) to interact with
sys/dev/fdt/fdt_slicer.c and sys/geom/geom_flashmap.c.
This allows systems with SPI flash to benefit from the possibility to define
flash 'slices' via FDT, just the same way that it's currently possible for
CFI and NAND flashes.
Tested:
* Carambola 2, AR9331 + SPI NOR flash
PR: kern/206227
Submitted by: Stanislav Galabov <sgalabov@gmail.com>
use of fdt_fixup_table on PowerPC and ARM. As such we can remove it from
other architectures as it's unneeded.
Reviewed by: nwhitehorn
Sponsored by: ABT Systems Ltd
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D5013
a) Look for the CPL in the payload buffer instead of the descriptor.
b) Retrieve the socket associated with the tid with the inpcb lock held.
Submitted by: Krishnamraju Eraparaju @ Chelsio
Redo LC calibration if temperature changed significantly since last
calibration.
Tested with RTL8188EU/RTL8188CUS in STA mode.
Reviewed by: kevlo
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Obtained from: NetBSD (mostly)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4966
- Use bitmap for debug output selection.
- Add few new messages (one for URTWN_DEBUG_BEACON
and another one for URTWN_DEBUG_INTR).
- Replace an undocumented URTWN_DEBUG definition with USB_DEBUG.
Tested with RTL8188EU / RTL8188CUS in IBSS / HOSTAP modes.
Reviewed by: kevlo
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4959
(by default it was set to 9us).
Tested with RTL8188EU / RTL8188CUS in STA mode.
Reviewed by: kevlo
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4535
Add support for multiple TX and RX queue pairs. The default number of queues
is set to 4, but can be easily changed from the sysctl node hw.xn.num_queues.
Also heavily refactor netfront driver: break out a bunch of helper
functions and different structures. Use threads to handle TX and RX.
Remove some dead code and fix quite a few bugs as I go along.
Submitted by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Reviewed by: royger
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
Relnotes: Yes
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4193
mv_pci driver omitted slot 0, which can be valid device on Armada38x.
New mechanism detects if device is root link, basing on vendor's
and device's IDs.
It is restricted to Armada38x; on other machines, behaviour remains
the same.
Reviewed by: andrew
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: Stormshield
Submitted by: Bartosz Szczepanek <bsz@semihalf.com>
Differential revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4377
Driver was modified to ensure it attaches properly to "marvell,orion-ehci"
node, which doesn't have error interrupt line defined. Neccessary
ofw_compat_data struct was added and probe procedure was altered.
Reviewed by: andrew, ian
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: Stormshield
Submitted by: Bartosz Szczepanek <bsz@semihalf.com>
Differential revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4369
uart_dev_ns8250 now relies on compatible property instead of additional
'busy-detect' cell. All drivers with compatible = "snps,dw-apb-uart" have
busy detection turned on. DTS files of devices affected by the change
were modified and 'busy-detect' property was removed.
Reviewed by: andrew, ian, imp
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: Stormshield
Submitted by: Bartosz Szczepanek <bsz@semihalf.com>
Differential revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4218
This compatibility string is used in .dts file of Armada38x
and isrequired for driver attachment.
Reviewed by: andrew, ian, imp
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: Stormshield
Submitted by: Michal Stanek <mst@semihalf.com>
Differential revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4216
Strict compatibility requirement is a root of problems when simplebus'
node has two compatibility strings (i.e. on Armada38x). Removing this
requirement should not interfere with other platforms.
fdt_is_compatible_strict() and fdt_find_compatible() calls were changed
in fdt_common.c and mv_common.c.
Reviewed by: ian, imp
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: Stormshield
Submitted by: Bartosz Szczepanek <bsz@semihalf.com>
Differential revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4602
New annotation coming into use in the common code. Support its use by
adding null macro definitions for non-Windows platforms.
Submitted by: Richard Houldsworth <rhouldsworth at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
X-MFC with: r293901
to actually wait until the TX FIFOs of UARTs have be drained before
returning. This is done by bringing the equivalent of the TS_BUSY flag
found in the previous implementation back in an ABI-preserving way.
Reported and tested by: Patrick Powell
Most likely, drivers for USB-serial-adapters likewise incorporating
TX FIFOs as well as other terminal devices that buffer output in some
form should also provide implementations of tsw_busy.
MFC after: 3 days
- Add optimizing LRO wrapper which pre-sorts all incoming packets
according to the hash type and flowid. This prevents exhaustion of
the LRO entries due to too many connections at the same time.
Testing using a larger number of higher bandwidth TCP connections
showed that the incoming ACK packet aggregation rate increased from
~1.3:1 to almost 3:1. Another test showed that for a number of TCP
connections greater than 16 per hardware receive ring, where 8 TCP
connections was the LRO active entry limit, there was a significant
improvement in throughput due to being able to fully aggregate more
than 8 TCP stream. For very few very high bandwidth TCP streams, the
optimizing LRO wrapper will add CPU usage instead of reducing CPU
usage. This is expected. Network drivers which want to use the
optimizing LRO wrapper needs to call "tcp_lro_queue_mbuf()" instead
of "tcp_lro_rx()" and "tcp_lro_flush_all()" instead of
"tcp_lro_flush()". Further the LRO control structure must be
initialized using "tcp_lro_init_args()" passing a non-zero number
into the "lro_mbufs" argument.
- Make LRO statistics 64-bit. Previously 32-bit integers were used for
statistics which can be prone to wrap-around. Fix this while at it
and update all SYSCTL's which expose LRO statistics.
- Ensure all data is freed when destroying a LRO control structures,
especially leftover LRO entries.
- Reduce number of memory allocations needed when setting up a LRO
control structure by precomputing the total amount of memory needed.
- Add own memory allocation counter for LRO.
- Bump the FreeBSD version to force recompilation of all KLDs due to
change of the LRO control structure size.
Sponsored by: Mellanox Technologies
Reviewed by: gallatin, sbruno, rrs, gnn, transport
Tested by: Netflix
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4914
after changing the HW LRO sysctl when previously in up state.
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Mellanox Technologies
MFC after: 5 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4941
Ensure that checksum flags and L3/L4 fields are ignored
if lower level errors are reported in the event.
Remove checks for CRC0_ERR (bad iSCSI header CRC) and
CRC1_ERR (bad iSCSI payload or FCoE/FCoIP CRC) as they
are not used by any existing code.
Submitted by: Andy Moreton <amoreton at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4975
The dynamic config on Medford is stored using two partitions in flash, and at
any time one is the 'current' partition, used to provide the active config,
and the other 'backup' partition is used for writes. This means that there
are two potential partitions that can be used to service reads, and which is
required can depend on, for example, whether the read is to get the current
contents or to verify a write.
When the partition write lock is held, the default behaviour is to read from
the backup partition, which was wrong for most reads in the common code which
require the current partition. This change allows the current partition to be
read whilst the write lock is held.
There is one read in Manftest which needs the backup partition.
ef10_nvram_partn_read_mode() is created to avoid changing
ef10_nvram_partn_read() which shares a prototype with the equivalent Falcon
and Siena methods.
MC_CMD_NVRAM_READ_IN_V2 adds an extra field, but firmware which doesn't support
it just ignores it.
Submitted by: Mark Spender <mspender at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4974
on FDT/OFW platforms.
After the refactoring of the powerpc code so that OF_decode_addr() is usable
on all FDT/OFW platforms, this switches uart(4) to using it.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4675
tlv_partition_header has field *preset* to support RFID-selectable
segments of dynamic configuration
Submitted by: Mateusz Wrzesinski <mwrzesinski at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
This allows an MTU change to be requested on unpriviliged functions
without also setting all the other parameters supported by MC_CMD_SET_MAC.
The enhanced SET_MAC command was introduced in v4_7 firmware.
Submitted by: Mark Spender <mspender at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4958
Submitted by: Andy Moreton <amoreton at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4961
we want to use it.
The rate table was being initialised in low->high, but the link quality
table was being initialised high->low. So, when we did a lookup, we
would get the indexes wrong.
This started by a patch from dragonflybsd which reversed how the ni->in_ridx[]
array is being used; I'd rather it all be consistent. So, this is consistent.
Inspired by: what I did to iwn(4) a while ago
Inspired by: DragonflyBSD; <imre@vdsz.com>
Previously the polarity was for TTL levels, which are the reverse of RS-232.
Also add handling of the UART_PPS_INVERT_PULSE option bit in the sysctl
value, the same as was recently added to uart(4), so that people using TTL
level connections can request a logical inverting of the signal.
Use the named constants from the new dev/uart/uart_ppstypes.h for the pps
capture modes and option bits.
Submitted by: Andy Moreton <amoreton at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4957
- Add the structure with already known fields offsets
(some of them were taken from this driver,
some (channel_plan, rf_* fields) - from TP-LINK official driver)
- Fix a typo / dehardcode a constant in RTL8192C ROM structure.
Tested with RTL8188EU, STA mode
Reviewed by: kevlo
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4274
Leaving BIST methods for now as, though the Medford bootrom now has lots
of BIST support, production firmware doesn't appear to have been updated
yet.
Submitted by: Mark Spender <mspender at solarflare.com>
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4949
Not per PF copies as on Huntington.
Submitted by: Mark Spender <mspender at solarflare.com>
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4935
Some classes of IOAT hardware prefetch reads. DMA operations that
depend on the result of prior DMA operations must use the DMA_FENCE flag
to prevent stale reads.
(E.g., I've hit this personally on Broadwell-EP. The Broadwell-DE has a
different IOAT unit that is documented to not pipeline DMA operations.)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
The "mcdi_err_arg" probe still reports results of failed MCDI
commands, unless the caller invoked efx_mcdi_execute_quiet().
Submitted by: Andy Moreton <amoreton at solarflare.com>
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4919
Add support for Huntington MCDI licensing interface to common code.
Ported from Linux net driver IOCTL functions with restructuring for
initial support for V3 licensing API.
Submitted by: Richard Houldsworth <rhouldsworth at solarflare.com>
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4918
Fix an explanatory comment which did not explain very well.
Submitted by: Richard Houldsworth <rhouldsworth at solarflare.com>
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4916
Fix efx_vpd_hunk_next() which has -- since its inception -- failed to
correctly iterate over the tags and keywords contained in the VPD data.
Only the first tag or keyword would be returned and the next call with
*contp == 1 would walk to the end of the data and finish.
This was spotted when fixing up errors spotted by Prefast code analysis
(which neglected to set all of the out parameters in all successful cases)
Also fix efx_vpd_verify() on Siena and EF10 which (as a side effect of
correctly iterating over all the tags and keywords) was failing as it
detected that both the static VPD and dynamic VPD storage contained an
RV keyword in the VPD-R tag. This is intentional as the static VPD and
dynamic VPD are stored separately (firmware merges their contents and
computes a new RV keyword checksum for the data readable from the VPD
capability in PCIe configuration space).
Submitted by: Andrew Lee <alee at solarflare.com>
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4915
The only value which has changed is the number of rows
(ER_DZ_EVQ_TMR_REG_ROWS is 2048 vs 1024 for FR_BZ_TIMER_COMMAND_REGP0_ROWS)
but that isn't used, so this shouldn't change behaviour.
Submitted by: Mark Spender <mspender at solarflare.com>
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4913
If the NVSP protocol version is not greater than NVSP_PROTOCOL_VERSION_2,
then the recv buffer size is 15MB, otherwise the buffer size is 16MB.
Submitted by: Hongjiang Zhang <honzhan microsoft com>
Reviewed by: royger, Dexuan Cui <decui microsoft com>, adrian
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4814
Submitted by: Howard Su <howard0su gmail com>
Reviewed by: royger, Dexuan Cui <decui microsoft com>, adrian
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4693
Submitted by: Howard Su <howard0su@gmail.com>
Reviewed by: delphij, royger, adrian
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4676
We don't need them at all.
Submitted by: Dexuan Cui <decui microsoft com>
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Reviewed by: royger, adrian, delphij
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4595
This is first step to move the generic part of HV code into kernel instead
of module, so that it is possible to use hypercall to implement some other
paravirtualization code in the kernel.
Submitted by: Howard Su <howard0su@gmail.com>
Reviewed by: royger, delphij, adrian
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3072
alignment guarantees provided by m_defrag(9), use m_collapse(9)
instead for performance reasons.
While at it, sanitize the statistics softc members, i. e. retire
unused ones and add SYSCTL nodes missing for actually used ones.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4717
MAKEDEV_CHECKNAME flag to the call, this is required to not panic on
race between the clone and destructing the closed master.
Reported by and discussed with: bde
Tested by: pho (as part of the larger patch)
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
MFC after: 3 weeks
Pulled firmware_ids.h from firmwaresrc and applied genfwdef script.
Submitted by: Richard Houldsworth <rhouldsworth at solarflare.com>
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4897
The EFSYS_OPT_RX_HDR_SPLIT optional feature in the common code
implemented the Lookahead Split feature of Windows. This split
received packets at a preconfigured byte offset, and delivered
the header and payload portions to separate receive queues.
Now the common code interface has no callers, so remove it.
Note that this should not be confused with the Header Data Split
feature of Windows, which splits packets at a header boundary.
Submitted by: Andy Moreton <amoreton at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4888
Submitted by: Mark Spender <mspender at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4880
option to invert the polarity in software. Also add an option to capture
very narrow pulses by using the hardware's MSR delta-bit capability of
latching line state changes.
This effectively reverts the mistake I made in r286595 which was based on
empirical measurements made on hardware using TTL-level signaling, in which
the logic levels are inverted from RS-232. Thus, this re-syncs the polarity
with the requirements of RFC 2783, which is writen in terms of RS-232
signaling.
Narrow-pulse mode uses the ability of most ns8250 and similar chips to
provide a delta indication in the modem status register. The hardware is
able to notice and latch the change when the pulse width is shorter than
interrupt latency, which results in the signal no longer being asserted by
time the interrupt service code runs. When running in this mode we get
notified only that "a pulse happened" so the driver synthesizes both an
ASSERT and a CLEAR event (with the same timestamp for each). When the pulse
width is about equal to the interrupt latency the driver may intermittantly
see both edges of the pulse. To prevent generating spurious events, the
driver implements a half-second lockout period after generating an event
before it will generate another.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4477
Prior to Medford, option ROM config was stored with one partition
per network port. Medford stores option ROM config in a single
partition (as an array of configurations, one per PF).
Update the EFXname /port to MCDI partition mapping for this.
Submitted by: Andy Moreton <amoreton at solarflare.com>
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4885
Make error messages consistent, and remove redundant checks.
Submitted by: Andy Moreton <amoreton at solarflare.com>
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4884
This API has been replaced by efx_mac_multicast_list_set()
and has no callers.
Submitted by: Andy Moreton <amoreton at solarflare.com>
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4883
New filters types may be added, but the same machinery should be able to
handle them.
Submitted by: Mark Spender <mspender at solarflare.com>
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4881
These bigs are changed on Medford.
Submitted by: Mark Spender <mspender at solarflare.com>
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4876
The pktfilter module has been obsolete for some time, as
it was replaced by newer features in filter module. With
the removal of the storport driver, this module has no
users and can be removed.
Submitted by: Andy Moreton <amoreton at solarflare.com>
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4875
Some new partitions have been added, but they shouldn't need to be
handled any differently.
Submitted by: Mark Spender <mspender at solarflare.com>
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4873
Rename all except hunt_tx_qdesc_tso_create(), which creates a
fw-assisted TSO v1 descriptor which isn't supported on Medford.
Submitted by: Mark Spender <mspender at solarflare.com>
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4870
All of these apply to both Huntington and Medford.
Submitted by: Mark Spender <mspender at solarflare.com>
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4868
This should allow these functions to work for Medford as well.
Submitted by: Mark Spender <mspender at solarflare.com>
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4866
All these fields will be used in shared ef10 code, so put them in an
ef10 member of a per-architecture union, rather that in the per-chip
union.
Submitted by: Mark Spender <mspender at solarflare.com>
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4865
Creating some files together to do the build system changes in one go.
Submitted by: Mark Spender <mspender at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4859
This one mainly avoids mbuf cluster allocation for TCP ACKs during
TCP sending tests. And it gives me ~200Mbps improvement (4.7Gbps
-> 4.9Gbps), when running iperf3 TCP sending test w/ 16 connections.
While I'm here, nuke the unnecessary zeroing out pkthdr.csum_flags.
Reviewed by: adrain
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4853
Many applications and kernel modules (e.g. bridge) rely on the ifmedia
status report; give them what they want.
Submitted by: Dexuan Cui <decui microsoft com>
Reviewed by: Jun Su <junsu microsoftc com>, me, adrian
Modified by: me (minor)
Original differential: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4611
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4852
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
- Implement the LRO using tcp_lro APIs, and LRO is enabled by default.
- Add several stats sysctl nodes.
- Check IP/TCP length before sending the packet to tcp_lro_rx(), if host
does not provide RX csum information (*); and add an option through
sysctl to always trust host TCP segment csum checks (default is off).
- Add sysctl to control the LRO entry depth; it is disabled by default.
It is used to avoid holding too much TCP segments in driver. Limiting
the LRO entry depth helps a lot in a one/two streams RX test.
This one 3x the RX performance on my local test (3Gbps -> 10Gbps), and
~2x the RX performance over a directly connected 40Ge network (5Gbps ->
9Gbps).
(*) It seems the host stops supplying csum information, once the network
load is high. This still needs investigation...
Reviewed by: Hongjiang Zhang <honzhan microsoft com>,
Dexuan Cui <decui microsoft com>,
Jun Su <junsu microsoft com>,
delphij
Tested by: me (local),
Hongjiang Zhang <honzhan microsoft com>
(directly connected 40Ge)
Approved by: delphij (mentor), adrian (mentor, no objection)
With feedback from: delphij, Hongjiang Zhang <honzhan microsoft com>
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4824
This will allow to restore channel list after switching interface
to more restrictive regdomain.
Tested with Intel 3945BG (wpi) only.
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4863
by busdma to the blkfront driver must be an integer number of sectors,
and must be aligned in memory on a "sector" boundary.
Having these assertions yesterday would have made finding the bug fixed
in r293698 somewhat easier.
Ensure that all iSCSI sessions are correctly terminated during shutdown.
* Enhances the changes done by r286226 (D3052).
* Add shutdown post sync event to run after filesystem shutdown
(SHUTDOWN_PRI_FIRST) but before CAM shutdown (SHUTDOWN_PRI_DEFAULT).
* Changes iscsi_maintenance_thread to processes terminate in preference to
reconnect.
Reviewed by: trasz
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: Multiplay
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4429
- Add a description of Advantech PCI-1602 Rev. A boards. [1]
- Properly set up REG_ACR also for PCI-1602 Rev. A based on what the
Advantech-supplied Linux driver does.
- Additionally use the macros of <dev/ic/ns16550.h> to replace existing
magic values and get rid of trivial comments.
- Fix the style of some comments.
PR: 205359 [1]
Submitted by: Jan Mikkelsen (original patch) [1]
up to now.
The new sendfile is the code that Netflix uses to send their multiple tens
of gigabits of data per second. The new implementation features asynchronous
I/O, when I/O operations are launched, but not awaited to be complete. An
explanation of why such behavior is beneficial compared to old one is
going to be too long for a commit message, so we will skip it here.
Additional features of new syscall are extra flags, which provide an
application more control over data sent. The SF_NOCACHE flag tells
kernel that data shouldn't be cached after it was sent. The SF_READAHEAD()
macro allows to specify readahead size in pages.
The new syscalls is a drop in replacement. No modifications are required
to applications. One can take nginx binary for stable/10 and run it
successfully on head. Although SF_NODISKIO lost its original sense, as now
sendfile doesn't block, and now means something completely different (tm),
using the new sendfile the old way is absolutely safe.
Celebrates: Netflix global launch!
Sponsored by: Nginx, Inc.
Sponsored by: Netflix
Relnotes: yes
ioat_acquire_reserve() is an extended version of ioat_acquire(). It
allows users to reserve space in the channel for some number of
descriptors. If this succeeds, it guarantees that at least submission
of N valid descriptors will succeed.
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Due to FreeBSD system-wide limits on number of MSI-X vectors
(https://bugs.freebsd.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=199321),
it may be desirable to allocate fewer than the maximum number
of vectors for an NVMe device, in order to save vectors for
other devices (usually Ethernet) that can take better
advantage of them and may be probed after NVMe.
This tunable is expressed in terms of minimum number of CPUs
per I/O queue instead of max number of queues per controller,
to allow for a more even distribution of CPUs per queue. This
avoids cases where some number of CPUs have a dedicated queue,
but other CPUs need to share queues. Ideally the PR referenced
above will eventually be fixed and the mechanism implemented
here becomes obsolete anyways.
While here, fix a bug in the CPUs per I/O queue calculation to
properly account for the admin queue's MSI-X vector.
Reviewed by: gallatin
MFC after: 3 days
Sponsored by: Intel
This helps immensily with our ability to operate in the Amazon Cloud.
Discussed on Intel Networking Community call this morning.
Submitted by: Jarrod Petz(petz@nisshoko.net)
MFC after: 2 weeks
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4788
the system is booted and running.
Add PHY detection logic to ixgbe_handle_mod() and add locking to
ixgbe_handle_msf() as well.
PR: 150251
Submitted by: aboyer@averesystems.com
MFC after: 2 weeks
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3188
e1000/e1000e split in linux.
Split rxbuffer and txbuffer apart to support the new RX descriptor format
structures. Move rxbuffer manipulation to em_setup_rxdesc() to unify the
new behavior changes.
Add a RSSKEYLEN macro for help in generating the RSSKEY data structures
in the card.
Change em_receive_checksum() to process the new rxdescriptor format
status bit.
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: Limelight Networks
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3447
Previously nvme(4) would revert to a signle I/O queue if it could not
allocate enought interrupt vectors or NVMe submission/completion queues
to have one I/O queue per core. This patch determines how to utilize a
smaller number of available interrupt vectors, and assigns (as closely
as possible) an equal number of cores to each associated I/O queue.
MFC after: 3 days
Sponsored by: Intel
Instead just use num_io_queues to make this determination.
This prepares for some future changes enabling use of multiple
queues when we do not have enough queues or MSI-X vectors
for one queue per CPU.
MFC after: 3 days
Sponsored by: Intel
This significantly improves parallelism in the most common case.
The taskqueue is still used whenever BIO_ORDERED bios are in flight.
This patch is based heavily on a patch from gallatin@.
MFC after: 3 days
Sponsored by: Intel
This ensures the bio flags are not read after biodone().
The ordering will still be enforced, after the bio is
submitted successfully.
MFC after: 3 days
Sponsored by: Intel
Still wait until all in-flight bios (including the ordered bio)
complete before processing more bios from the queue.
MFC after: 3 days
Sponsored by: Intel
and t_maxseg. This dualism emerged with T/TCP, but was not properly cleaned
up after T/TCP removal. After all permutations over the years the result is
that t_maxopd stores a minimum of peer offered MSS and MTU reduced by minimum
protocol header. And t_maxseg stores (t_maxopd - TCPOLEN_TSTAMP_APPA) if
timestamps are in action, or is equal to t_maxopd otherwise. That's a very
rough estimate of MSS reduced by options length. Throughout the code it
was used in places, where preciseness was not important, like cwnd or
ssthresh calculations.
With this change:
- t_maxopd goes away.
- t_maxseg now stores MSS not adjusted by options.
- new function tcp_maxseg() is provided, that calculates MSS reduced by
options length. The functions gives a better estimate, since it takes
into account SACK state as well.
Reviewed by: jtl
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3593
This optimization is not proper (and causes kernel panic),
since driver checks fw_status to optimize away parsing stage
if it was already done.
Reported by: dchagin
It was returning a pointer to stack-allocated memory, so make the
allocation at the caller instead.
Found by: clang static analyzer
Coverity: CID 1245774
Reviewed by: ed, rpaulo
Review URL: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4740
The fd is closed later in this case. This fixes a "SS_NOFDREF on enter"
panic.
Submitted by: Krishnamraju Eraparaju @ Chelsio
Reviewed by: Steve Wise @ Open Grid Computing
- Separate 'firmware_put(sc->fw_fp, FIRMWARE_UNLOAD); sc->fw_fp = NULL;'
into iwn_unload_firmware().
- Move error handling to the end of iwn_read_firmware().
No functional changes.
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4768
iwn(4) / wpi(4) works in the same way
(read_firmware() -> hw_init() -> firmware_put())
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4766
- Simplify defragmentation code.
- Use proper number of dma segments for data.
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Obtained from: DragonFlyBSD (mostly)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4754
stable/10 doesn't have the if_getdrvflags(9) KPI. Reference the field in the
structure directly if the __FreeBSD_version is < 1100022, so the driver can
be built with PCI_IOV support on stable/10, without backporting all of
r266974 (which requires additional changes due to projects/ifnet, etc)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4759
Reviewed by: erj, sbruno
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
These are going to be much more efficient on low end embedded systems
but unfortunately they make it .. less convenient to implement correct
bus barriers and debugging. They also didn't implement the register
serialisation workaround required for Owl (AR5416.)
So, just remove them for now. Later on I'll just inline the routines
from ah_osdep.c.
- Change order of data in if_iwmvar.h
(like it is in other drivers: defines, data structures,
vap/node structures, softc struct and locks); use indentation.
- Fix IWM_LOCK(_sc) / IWM_UNLOCK(_sc) macro.
- Add IWM_LOCK_INIT / DESTROY(sc) + fix mtx_init() usage.
- Wrap iwm_node casts into IWM_NODE() macro.
- Drop some fields:
* wt_hwqueue from Tx radiotap header;
* macaddr[6] from iwm_vap;
Approved by: adrian
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4753
tree parsing opt-out rather than opt-in. All FDT-based systems as well as
PowerPC systems with real Open Firmware use the CHRP-derived binding that
includes it, which makes SPARC the odd man out here. Making it opt-out
avoids astonishment on new platform bring up.
The ath hal and driver code all assume the world is an x86 or the
bus layer does an explicit bus flush after each operation (eg netbsd.)
However, we don't do that.
So, to be "correct" on platforms like sparc64, mips and ppc (and maybe
ARM, I am not sure), just do explicit barriers after each operation.
Now, this does slow things down a tad on embedded platforms but I'd
rather things be "correct" versus "fast." At some later point if someone
wishes it to be fast then we should add the barrier calls to the HAL and
driver.
Tested:
* carambola 2 (AR9331.)
rounding) has better spread. Implement fp16_sin() to go along with
fp16_cos(). In the rendering loop, switch from addition to subtraction
so the center of the pattern will be a trough rather than a peak. This
is completely arbitrary, of course, but looks better to me.
This is a port from openbsd. It's incomplete and unstable, but it's better
than nothing. I have no plans to MFC this until it's complete and stable.
Submitted by: kevlo
Add if_requestencap() interface method which is capable of calculating
various link headers for given interface. Right now there is support
for INET/INET6/ARP llheader calculation (IFENCAP_LL type request).
Other types are planned to support more complex calculation
(L2 multipath lagg nexthops, tunnel encap nexthops, etc..).
Reshape 'struct route' to be able to pass additional data (with is length)
to prepend to mbuf.
These two changes permits routing code to pass pre-calculated nexthop data
(like L2 header for route w/gateway) down to the stack eliminating the
need for other lookups. It also brings us closer to more complex scenarios
like transparently handling MPLS nexthops and tunnel interfaces.
Last, but not least, it removes layering violation introduced by flowtable
code (ro_lle) and simplifies handling of existing if_output consumers.
ARP/ND changes:
Make arp/ndp stack pre-calculate link header upon installing/updating lle
record. Interface link address change are handled by re-calculating
headers for all lles based on if_lladdr event. After these changes,
arpresolve()/nd6_resolve() returns full pre-calculated header for
supported interfaces thus simplifying if_output().
Move these lookups to separate ether_resolve_addr() function which ether
returs error or fully-prepared link header. Add <arp|nd6_>resolve_addr()
compat versions to return link addresses instead of pre-calculated data.
BPF changes:
Raw bpf writes occupied _two_ cases: AF_UNSPEC and pseudo_AF_HDRCMPLT.
Despite the naming, both of there have ther header "complete". The only
difference is that interface source mac has to be filled by OS for
AF_UNSPEC (controlled via BIOCGHDRCMPLT). This logic has to stay inside
BPF and not pollute if_output() routines. Convert BPF to pass prepend data
via new 'struct route' mechanism. Note that it does not change
non-optimized if_output(): ro_prepend handling is purely optional.
Side note: hackish pseudo_AF_HDRCMPLT is supported for ethernet and FDDI.
It is not needed for ethernet anymore. The only remaining FDDI user is
dev/pdq mostly untouched since 2007. FDDI support was eliminated from
OpenBSD in 2013 (sys/net/if_fddisubr.c rev 1.65).
Flowtable changes:
Flowtable violates layering by saving (and not correctly managing)
rtes/lles. Instead of passing lle pointer, pass pointer to pre-calculated
header data from that lle.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4102
We'll remove the per-channel control_work_queue because it can't properly
do serialization of message handling, e.g., when there are 2 NIC devices,
vmbus_channel_on_offer() -> hv_queue_work_item() has a race condition:
for an SMP VM, vmbus_channel_process_offer() can run concurrently on
different CPUs and if the second NIC's
vmbus_channel_process_offer() -> hv_vmbus_child_device_register() runs
first, the second NIC's name will be hn0 and the first NIC's name will
be hn1!
We can fix the race condition by removing the per-channel control_work_queue
and run all the message handlers in the global
hv_vmbus_g_connection.work_queue -- we'll do this in the next patch.
With the coming next patch, we have to run the non-blocking handlers
directly in the kernel thread vmbus_msg_swintr(), because the special
handling of sub-channel: when a sub-channel (e.g., of the storvsc driver)
is received and being handled in vmbus_channel_on_offer() running on the
global hv_vmbus_g_connection.work_queue, vmbus_channel_process_offer()
invokes channel->sc_creation_callback, i.e., storvsc_handle_sc_creation,
and the callback will invoke hv_vmbus_channel_open() -> hv_vmbus_post_message
and expect a further reply from the host, but the handling of the further
messag can't be done because the current message's handling hasn't finished
yet; as result, hv_vmbus_channel_open() -> sema_timedwait() will time out
and th device can't work.
Also renamed the handler type from hv_pfn_channel_msg_handler to
vmbus_msg_handler: the 'pfn' and 'channel' in the old name make no sense.
Submitted by: Dexuan Cui <decui microsoft com>
Reviewed by: royger
MFC after: 2 weeks
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4596
Now vmbus_channel_on_offer() -> vmbus_channel_process_offer() can
safely run on the global hv_vmbus_g_connection.work_queue now.
We remove the per-channel control_work_queue to achieve the proper
serialization of the message handling.
I removed the bogus TODO in vmbus_channel_on_offer(): a vmbus offer
can only come from the parent partition, i.e., the host.
PR: kern/205156
Submitted by: Dexuan Cui <decui microsoft com>
Reviewed by: Howard Su <howard0su gmail com>, delphij
MFC after: 2 weeks
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4597
coalescing and zipping multiple CQEs into a single merged CQE. The
feature is enabled by default and can be disabled by a sysctl.
Implementing this feature mlx5_cqwq_pop() has been separated from
mlx5e_get_cqe().
MFC after: 1 week
Submitted by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4598
Sponsored by: Mellanox Technologies
cperciva's libmd implementation is 5-30% faster
The same was done for SHA256 previously in r263218
cperciva's implementation was lacking SHA-384 which I implemented, validated against OpenSSL and the NIST documentation
Extend sbin/md5 to create sha384(1)
Chase dependancies on sys/crypto/sha2/sha2.{c,h} and replace them with sha512{c.c,.h}
Reviewed by: cperciva, des, delphij
Approved by: secteam, bapt (mentor)
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: ScaleEngine Inc.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3929
This space does not require DMA syncing. It reduces lock scope of the DMA
scratch space. It allows whole DMA scratch space to be used to I/O, so now
we can fetch up to ~1000 ports from SNS.
Due to the last fact, increase maximal number of ports from 256 to 1024.
IEEE 802.3 Clause 45 added backwards-compatible support for 2^16 PHY registers
through the addition of an additional device address frame.
Clause 45 addressing is used in 10Gbe PHYs, 802.3az EEE registers, etc. It may
make sense to provide a similar extension to the miibus interface, but I've
refrained from unilaterally doing so here.
Submitted by: Landon Fuller <landon@landonf.org>
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4607
cards supported by cxgbe(4).
On the host side this driver interfaces with the storage stack via the
ICL (iSCSI Common Layer) in the kernel. On the wire the traffic is
standard iSCSI (SCSI over TCP as per RFC 3720/7143 etc.) that
interoperates with all other standards compliant implementations. The
driver is layered on top of the TOE driver (t4_tom) and promotes
connections being handled by t4_tom to iSCSI ULP (Upper Layer Protocol)
mode. Hardware assistance in this mode includes:
- Full TCP processing.
- iSCSI PDU identification and recovery within the TCP stream.
- Header and/or data digest insertion (tx) and verification (rx).
- Zero copy (both tx and rx).
Man page will follow in a separate commit in a couple of weeks.
Relnotes: Yes
Sponsored by: Chelsio Communications
Before this change virtual ports control IOCBs were executed synchronously
via Execute IOCB mailbox command. It required exclusive use of scratch
space of driver and mailbox registers of the hardware. Because of that
shared resources use this code could not really sleep, having to spin for
completion, blocking any other operation.
This change introduces new asynchronous design, sending the IOCBs directly
on request queue and gracefully waiting for their return on response queue.
Returned IOCBs are identified with unified handle space from r292725.
The mdio driver interface is generally useful for devices that require
MDIO without the full MII bus interface. This lifts the driver/interface
out of etherswitch(4), and adds a mdio(4) man page.
Submitted by: Landon Fuller <landon@landonf.org>
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4606
I am not sure why this was split long ago, but I see no reason for it.
At this point this unification just slightly reduces memory usage, but
as next step I plan to reuse shared handle space for other IOCB types.
This is a work in progress; bringing the interface down stops further
use. It only happens on RT5350/MT7620.
This is based on work by Alexander A. Mityaev <sansan@adm.ua>.
Submitted by: Stanislav Galabov <galabov@gmail.com>
available. As with MSI interrupts these can be disabled by setting
hw.usb.xhci.msix to 0 in the loader.
MSI-X interrupts are needed on some hardware, for example the Cavium
ThunderX only supports them, and with this we don't fall back to polling.
PR: 204378
Reviewed by: hselasky, jhb
MFC after: 1 week (after r292669)
Sponsored by: ABT Systems Ltd
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4698
r291227:
s/is->is_conn/ic to shorten things a bit.
r291228:
Do not generate PDUs with payload greater than max_data_segment_length.
It is perhaps preferable to have a separate limit for send instead of
reusing the receive limit. I'll discuss with trasz@ and mav@ before
pulling this into head.
r292618:
Add comment to go with r291228.
Add support for two new devices: X552 SFP+ 10 GbE, and the single port
version of X550T.
Submitted by: erj
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Intel Corporation
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4186
in igb and fix a wrap-around bug.
Reviewed by: hiren
Obtained from: Jason (j@nitrology.com)
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: LimeLight Networks
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4039
While here, explicitly note the requirement that the BAR(s) must be
allocated prior to calling pci_alloc_msix().
Reviewed by: andrew, emaste
MFC after: 1 week
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4688
greater than len_on_bd, before invoking the routine to handle jumbo over SGL
(bxe_service_rxsgl()).
Add counters for number of jumbo_over_SGL packets (rx_bxe_service_rxsgl) and
erroneous jumbo_over_SGL packets (rx_erroneous_jumbo_sge_pkts)
Fix formatting in bxe_sysctl_state()
MFC after:5 days
is not pci (and thus where, ironically, the whole situation is meaningless).
This was not an error in the original code, it was introduced during my
refactoring to commonize the routine. A small change a few lines above
drove the need to make this change, and the error didn't show up on the
platforms I initially tested with.
It appears that all platforms except aarch64 are getting the file via
various header pollution, and ensuring _bus.h is included before any
openfirmware headers in every consumer of ofw/fdt stuff seems like more of
a career path than a task, so I'm taking this easy way out.
into a new function that other platforms can share.
This creates a new ofw_reg_to_paddr() function (in a new ofw_subr.c file)
that contains most of the existing ppc implementation, mostly unchanged.
The ppc code now calls the new MI code from the MD code, then creates a
ppc-specific bus_space mapping from the results. The new arm implementation
does the same in an arm-specific way.
This also moves the declaration of OF_decode_addr() from ofw_machdep.h to
openfirm.h, except on sparc64 which uses a different function signature.
This will help all FDT platforms to set up early console access using
OF_decode_addr().
address and use this mechanism when:
1. kmem_alloc_{attr,contig}() can't find suitable free pages in the physical
memory allocator's free page lists. This replaces the long-standing
approach of scanning the inactive and inactive queues, converting clean
pages into PG_CACHED pages and laundering dirty pages. In contrast, the
new mechanism does not use PG_CACHED pages nor does it trigger a large
number of I/O operations.
2. on 32-bit MIPS processors, uma_small_alloc() and the pmap can't find
free pages in the physical memory allocator's free page lists that are
covered by the direct map. Tested by: adrian
3. ttm_bo_global_init() and ttm_vm_page_alloc_dma32() can't find suitable
free pages in the physical memory allocator's free page lists.
In the coming months, I expect that this new mechanism will be applied in
other places. For example, balloon drivers should use relocation to
minimize fragmentation of the guest physical address space.
Make vm_phys_alloc_contig() a little smarter (and more efficient in some
cases). Specifically, use vm_phys_segs[] earlier to avoid scanning free
page lists that can't possibly contain suitable pages.
Reviewed by: kib, markj
Glanced at: jhb
Discussed with: jeff
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4444
Different revisions support different operations. Refer to Intel
External Design Specifications to figure out what your hardware
supports.
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
instead of GMBUS access for I2C transfers. The GMBUS driver falls back
to this mode when a transfer times out. However, the first transfer to
timeout was sending the request back to itself resulting in an panic due
to recursing on a lock. Fix it to forward the request on to the proper
device. This appears to have been accidentally changed in r277487.
Reported by: Joe Maloney <jmaloney@pcbsd.org>
Reviewed by: adrian, dumbbell, imp
MFC after: 1 week
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4599
the #address-cells property set. For this we need to read more data before
the parent interrupt description.
this is only enabled on arm64 for now as it's not quite compliant with the
ePAPR spec. We should use a default of 2 where the #address-cells property
is missing, however this will need further testing across architectures.
Obtained from: ABT Systems Ltd
Sponsored by: SoftIron Inc
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4518
o With new KPI consumers can request contiguous ranges of pages, and
unlike before, all pages will be kept busied on return, like it was
done before with the 'reqpage' only. Now the reqpage goes away. With
new interface it is easier to implement code protected from race
conditions.
Such arrayed requests for now should be preceeded by a call to
vm_pager_haspage() to make sure that request is possible. This
could be improved later, making vm_pager_haspage() obsolete.
Strenghtening the promises on the business of the array of pages
allows us to remove such hacks as swp_pager_free_nrpage() and
vm_pager_free_nonreq().
o New KPI accepts two integer pointers that may optionally point at
values for read ahead and read behind, that a pager may do, if it
can. These pages are completely owned by pager, and not controlled
by the caller.
This shifts the UFS-specific readahead logic from vm_fault.c, which
should be file system agnostic, into vnode_pager.c. It also removes
one VOP_BMAP() request per hard fault.
Discussed with: kib, alc, jeff, scottl
Sponsored by: Nginx, Inc.
Sponsored by: Netflix
Without the patch, there is a race condition: when poll() is invoked(),
if kvp_globals.daemon_busy is false, the daemon won't be timely
woke up, because hv_kvp_send_msg_to_daemon() can't wake up the daemon
in this case.
Submitted by: Dexuan Cui <decui@microsoft.com>
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Reviewed by: delphij, royger
MFC after: 3 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4258
The new flag, -c <period>, sets the interrupt coalescing period in
microseconds through the new ioat(4) API ioat_set_interrupt_coalesce().
Also add a -z flag to zero ioat statistics before tests, to make it easy
to measure results.
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
In I/OAT, this is done through the INTRDELAY register. On supported
platforms, this register can coalesce interrupts in a set period to
avoid excessive interrupt load for small descriptor workflows. The
period is configurable anywhere from 1 microsecond to 16.38
milliseconds, in microsecond granularity.
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Tested with RTL8188EU and RTL8188CUS in STA mode.
Reviewed by: kevlo
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4523
sys/dev/mpr/mpr_sas_lsi.c
sys/dev/mps/mps_sas_lsi.c
When mp[rs]sas_get_sata_identify returns
MPI2_IOCSTATUS_SCSI_PROTOCOL_ERROR, don't bother retrying. Protocol
errors aren't likely to be fixed by sleeping.
Without this change, a system that generated may protocol errors due
to signal integrity issues was taking more than an hour to boot, due
to all the retries.
Reviewed by: slm
MFC after: 4 weeks
Sponsored by: Spectra Logic Corp
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4553
* Use the interrupt-map property to route interrupts
* Remove the IRQ rman, it's now unneeded
* Support MSI/MSI-X interrupts
With this I'm able to use the two NICs I've tested (em and msk), however
while I can boot with an AHCI devie attached it fails when any drives are
connected.
Obtained from: ABT Systems Ltd
Sponsored by: SoftIron Inc
Currently, in case when npkts >= 2, RSSI and Rx radiotap fields
will be overridden by the next packet. As a result, every packet
from this chain will use the same RSSI / radiotap data.
After this change, RSSI and radiotap structure will be filled
for every frame right before ieee80211_input() call.
Tested with RTL8188EU / RTL8188CUS, STA and MONITOR modes.
Reviewed by: kevlo
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4487
absolute position. This seems to be correlated with only removing a single
finger. To work around this report no movement on from the first packet
when the user exits scrolling.
An implementation from rum(4) was used (it looks simpler for me).
Will be used for h/w encryption support.
Reviewed by: kevlo
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4447
- Add IEEE80211_GET_SLOTTIME(ic) macro.
- Use predefined macroses to set slot time.
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4044
Strictly speaking, missing devinfo is error which can be caused
by instantiating child using device_add_child() instead of
BUS_ADD_CHILD(). However, we can tolerate it.
Approved by: kib (mentor)
By using this functions, we can parse a list of tuples, each of them holds
xref and variable number of values.
This kind of list is used in DT for clocks, gpios, resets ...
Discussed with: ian, nwhitehorn
Approved by: kib (mentor)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4316
requests which page alignment + size is greater than MAXPHYS. Right
now md(4) over vnode would use the physical buffer of the size MAXPHYS
to map a data of size MAXPHYS + page offset of the user buffer. This
typically corrupts next pbuf, or, if the pbuf used was the last pbuf
in the map, the next page after the pbuf's map.
Split request up to the size of io which fits into pbuf KVA with
alignment, and retry if a part of the bio is left unprocessed.
Reported by: Fabian Keil <fk@fabiankeil.de>
Tested by: Fabian Keil, pho
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
MFC after: 2 weeks
It is a part of MCDI rework to share more code among NIC families.
Submitted by: Andy Moreton <amoreton at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 1 week
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4481
tables. Some drivers needed some slight re-arrangement of declarations
to accommodate this. Change the USB pnp tables slightly to allow
better compatibility with the system by moving linux driver info from
start of each entry to the end. All other PNP tables in the system
have the per-device flags and such at the end of the elements rather
that at the beginning.
Differential Review: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3458
block. Use it in all the PNP drivers to export either the current PNP
table. For uart, create a custom table and export it using
MODULE_PNP_INFO since it's the only one that matches on function
number.
Differential Review: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3461
Intel NVMe controllers have a slow path for I/Os that span a 128KB stripe boundary but ZFS limits ashift, which is derived from d_stripesize, to 13 (8KB) so we limit the stripesize reported to geom(8) to 4KB.
This may result in a small number of additional I/Os to require splitting in nvme(4), however the NVMe I/O path is very efficient so these additional I/Os will cause very minimal (if any) difference in performance or CPU utilisation.
This can be controller by the new sysctl kern.nvme.max_optimal_sectorsize.
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Multiplay
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4446
IAP_F_FM's as well as incorrect umask specifications for
some of the new Broadwell/Skylake PMC's. Also silvermont
had a *lot* of missing IAP_F_FM.
Sponsored by: Netflix Inc.
To reduce code duplication in common code, consolidate similar privilege
check functions.
Submitted by: Richard Houldsworth <rhouldsworth at solarflare.com>
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4480
Submitted by: Richard Houldsworth <rhouldsworth at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4455
The hardware supports descriptors with two non-contiguous pages. This
allows issuing one descriptor for an 8k copy from/to non-contiguous but
otherwise page-aligned memory.
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Update of common code to provide a query on the MAC_SPOOFING_TX and
CHANGE_MAC privileges instead of the deprecated MAC_SPOOFING privilege.
Submitted by: Richard Houldsworth <rhouldsworth at solarflare.com>
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4436
from 1500 to 1496 bytes. The MTU should remain at 1500, extending the
frame size as per IEEE 802.3. Adding IFCAP_VLAN_MTU to the
if_capabilities field in the smsc driver solves the problem. The
datasheet for the LAN9512 chip, section 3.2.3 states that the chip
supports the extended frame.
Submitted by: rpp@ci.com.au
MFC after: 1 week
PR: 205050
include the following list of changes:
- Added eswitch ACL table management
Introduce API for managing ACL table.
This API include the following features:
1) vlan filter - for VST/VGT+ support.
2) spoofcheck.
3) robust functionality to allow/drop general untagged/tagged traffic.
4) support for both ingress and egress ACL types.
- Added loopback filter to the vacl table.
- Added multicast list set in the vPort context
- Added promiscuous mode set in the vPort context
- Set the vlan list in vPort context
1) Check caps if VLAN list is not longer than FW supports
2) Set MODIFY_NIC_VPORT_CONTEXT command
- Changed MLX5_EEPROM_MAX_BYTES from 48 to 32 so that a single EEPROM
reading cannot cross the 128-byte boundary. Previously reading the
MCIA register was done in batches of 48 bytes. The third reading
would then by-pass the 127th byte, which means that part of the low
page and part of the high page would be read at the same time, which
created a bug:
1st: 0-47 bytes
2nd: 48-95 bytes
3rd: 96-143 bytes
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Mellanox Technologies
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4411
driver. This includes binding all interrupt and worker threads
according to the RSS configuration, setting up correct Toeplitz
hashing keys as given by RSS and setting the correct mbuf
hashtype for all received traffic.
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Mellanox Technologies
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4410
completion events can be moderated in the same way like RX completion
events. Expose this functionality by a sysctl variable.
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Mellanox Technologies
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4409
Set the port MTU and then query it and report if any problems instead.
MFC after: 1 week
Submitted by: Shahar Klein <shahark@mellanox.com>
Sponsored by: Mellanox Technologies
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4408
TLV routines use 'uint8_t *', NVRAM code uses caddr_t. Just cast to
required type to fix the warning.
Required to build with -Werror=pointer-signg.
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4391
The header is not present on FreeBSD, but exists on OmniOS where sfxge
common code is used as well.
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4390
It is better do not mix TxQ creation and receive event flags since only
checksum flags are applicable to TxQ.
Also it will allow to add a new TxQ creation specific flags.
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4389
When writing the MUM firmware the chunk size must be equal to the erase
size.
Submitted by: Laurence Evans <levans at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4388
Use flag on vadapter alloc when reported as a supported capability.
Use the slow device reset only when the capability is missing.
Submitted by: Richard Houldsworth <rhouldsworth at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4387
iscsi's shutdown_pre_sync prio was SHUTDOWN_PRI_FIRST which caused it to
run before other high priority handlers such as filesystems e.g. ZFS.
This meant the iscsi sessions where removed before the ZFS geom consumer
was closed, resulting in a panic from g_access calls on debug kernels
due to negative acr.
Instead use the same as the old iscsi_initiator SHUTDOWN_PRI_DEFAULT-1
which allows it to run before dashutdown etc but after filesystems.
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: Multiplay
The erase size is reported by the nvram info command.
Submitted by: Paul Fox <pfox at solarflare.com>
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4386
- Restore R92C_TXDW4_HWSEQ_EN bit - it is used by non-8188EU chips.
- Fix DRVRATE bit usage.
Tested with:
- RTL8188EU, STA mode.
- RTL8188CUS, STA mode.
Reviewed by: kevlo
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4352
Required to build with -Werror=unused-but-set-variable.
Keep it under #if 0 as a reminder for parse error processing.
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
The SFL9122 "Huntington" controller was never built.
Submitted by: Mark Spender <mspender at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Submitted by: Artem V. Andreev <Artem.Andreev at oktetlabs.ru>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4355
If, for example, a VF is configured to use a 1500 byte MTU, but the port
it is attached to is set to 9000 bytes, overlength frames can be received
by the VF. As Huntington scatters by default, these overlength packets
would be scattered across several descriptors, with all except the last
having the CONT bit set.
To avoid this, disable scatter when creating RXQs if the firmware
supports doing so, which all recent versions do. Then we only get
a single descriptor from an overlength frame. This will have the CONT
bit set to indicate it was truncated, so we can discard it.
Submitted by: Mark Spender <mspender at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4354
Submitted by: Paul Fox <pfox at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4353
camdd(8) utility.
CCBs may be queued to the driver via the new CAMIOQUEUE ioctl, and
completed CCBs may be retrieved via the CAMIOGET ioctl. User
processes can use poll(2) or kevent(2) to get notification when
I/O has completed.
While the existing CAMIOCOMMAND blocking ioctl interface only
supports user virtual data pointers in a CCB (generally only
one per CCB), the new CAMIOQUEUE ioctl supports user virtual and
physical address pointers, as well as user virtual and physical
scatter/gather lists. This allows user applications to have more
flexibility in their data handling operations.
Kernel memory for data transferred via the queued interface is
allocated from the zone allocator in MAXPHYS sized chunks, and user
data is copied in and out. This is likely faster than the
vmapbuf()/vunmapbuf() method used by the CAMIOCOMMAND ioctl in
configurations with many processors (there are more TLB shootdowns
caused by the mapping/unmapping operation) but may not be as fast
as running with unmapped I/O.
The new memory handling model for user requests also allows
applications to send CCBs with request sizes that are larger than
MAXPHYS. The pass(4) driver now limits queued requests to the I/O
size listed by the SIM driver in the maxio field in the Path
Inquiry (XPT_PATH_INQ) CCB.
There are some things things would be good to add:
1. Come up with a way to do unmapped I/O on multiple buffers.
Currently the unmapped I/O interface operates on a struct bio,
which includes only one address and length. It would be nice
to be able to send an unmapped scatter/gather list down to
busdma. This would allow eliminating the copy we currently do
for data.
2. Add an ioctl to list currently outstanding CCBs in the various
queues.
3. Add an ioctl to cancel a request, or use the XPT_ABORT CCB to do
that.
4. Test physical address support. Virtual pointers and scatter
gather lists have been tested, but I have not yet tested
physical addresses or scatter/gather lists.
5. Investigate multiple queue support. At the moment there is one
queue of commands per pass(4) device. If multiple processes
open the device, they will submit I/O into the same queue and
get events for the same completions. This is probably the right
model for most applications, but it is something that could be
changed later on.
Also, add a new utility, camdd(8) that uses the asynchronous pass(4)
driver interface.
This utility is intended to be a basic data transfer/copy utility,
a simple benchmark utility, and an example of how to use the
asynchronous pass(4) interface.
It can copy data to and from pass(4) devices using any target queue
depth, starting offset and blocksize for the input and ouptut devices.
It currently only supports SCSI devices, but could be easily extended
to support ATA devices.
It can also copy data to and from regular files, block devices, tape
devices, pipes, stdin, and stdout. It does not support queueing
multiple commands to any of those targets, since it uses the standard
read(2)/write(2)/writev(2)/readv(2) system calls.
The I/O is done by two threads, one for the reader and one for the
writer. The reader thread sends completed read requests to the
writer thread in strictly sequential order, even if they complete
out of order. That could be modified later on for random I/O patterns
or slightly out of order I/O.
camdd(8) uses kqueue(2)/kevent(2) to get I/O completion events from
the pass(4) driver and also to send request notifications internally.
For pass(4) devcies, camdd(8) uses a single buffer (CAM_DATA_VADDR)
per CAM CCB on the reading side, and a scatter/gather list
(CAM_DATA_SG) on the writing side. In addition to testing both
interfaces, this makes any potential reblocking of I/O easier. No
data is copied between the reader and the writer, but rather the
reader's buffers are split into multiple I/O requests or combined
into a single I/O request depending on the input and output blocksize.
For the file I/O path, camdd(8) also uses a single buffer (read(2),
write(2), pread(2) or pwrite(2)) on reads, and a scatter/gather list
(readv(2), writev(2), preadv(2), pwritev(2)) on writes.
Things that would be nice to do for camdd(8) eventually:
1. Add support for I/O pattern generation. Patterns like all
zeros, all ones, LBA-based patterns, random patterns, etc. Right
Now you can always use /dev/zero, /dev/random, etc.
2. Add support for a "sink" mode, so we do only reads with no
writes. Right now, you can use /dev/null.
3. Add support for automatic queue depth probing, so that we can
figure out the right queue depth on the input and output side
for maximum throughput. At the moment it defaults to 6.
4. Add support for SATA device passthrough I/O.
5. Add support for random LBAs and/or lengths on the input and
output sides.
6. Track average per-I/O latency and busy time. The busy time
and latency could also feed in to the automatic queue depth
determination.
sys/cam/scsi/scsi_pass.h:
Define two new ioctls, CAMIOQUEUE and CAMIOGET, that queue
and fetch asynchronous CAM CCBs respectively.
Although these ioctls do not have a declared argument, they
both take a union ccb pointer. If we declare a size here,
the ioctl code in sys/kern/sys_generic.c will malloc and free
a buffer for either the CCB or the CCB pointer (depending on
how it is declared). Since we have to keep a copy of the
CCB (which is fairly large) anyway, having the ioctl malloc
and free a CCB for each call is wasteful.
sys/cam/scsi/scsi_pass.c:
Add asynchronous CCB support.
Add two new ioctls, CAMIOQUEUE and CAMIOGET.
CAMIOQUEUE adds a CCB to the incoming queue. The CCB is
executed immediately (and moved to the active queue) if it
is an immediate CCB, but otherwise it will be executed
in passstart() when a CCB is available from the transport layer.
When CCBs are completed (because they are immediate or
passdone() if they are queued), they are put on the done
queue.
If we get the final close on the device before all pending
I/O is complete, all active I/O is moved to the abandoned
queue and we increment the peripheral reference count so
that the peripheral driver instance doesn't go away before
all pending I/O is done.
The new passcreatezone() function is called on the first
call to the CAMIOQUEUE ioctl on a given device to allocate
the UMA zones for I/O requests and S/G list buffers. This
may be good to move off to a taskqueue at some point.
The new passmemsetup() function allocates memory and
scatter/gather lists to hold the user's data, and copies
in any data that needs to be written. For virtual pointers
(CAM_DATA_VADDR), the kernel buffer is malloced from the
new pass(4) driver malloc bucket. For virtual
scatter/gather lists (CAM_DATA_SG), buffers are allocated
from a new per-pass(9) UMA zone in MAXPHYS-sized chunks.
Physical pointers are passed in unchanged. We have support
for up to 16 scatter/gather segments (for the user and
kernel S/G lists) in the default struct pass_io_req, so
requests with longer S/G lists require an extra kernel malloc.
The new passcopysglist() function copies a user scatter/gather
list to a kernel scatter/gather list. The number of elements
in each list may be different, but (obviously) the amount of data
stored has to be identical.
The new passmemdone() function copies data out for the
CAM_DATA_VADDR and CAM_DATA_SG cases.
The new passiocleanup() function restores data pointers in
user CCBs and frees memory.
Add new functions to support kqueue(2)/kevent(2):
passreadfilt() tells kevent whether or not the done
queue is empty.
passkqfilter() adds a knote to our list.
passreadfiltdetach() removes a knote from our list.
Add a new function, passpoll(), for poll(2)/select(2)
to use.
Add devstat(9) support for the queued CCB path.
sys/cam/ata/ata_da.c:
Add support for the BIO_VLIST bio type.
sys/cam/cam_ccb.h:
Add a new enumeration for the xflags field in the CCB header.
(This doesn't change the CCB header, just adds an enumeration to
use.)
sys/cam/cam_xpt.c:
Add a new function, xpt_setup_ccb_flags(), that allows specifying
CCB flags.
sys/cam/cam_xpt.h:
Add a prototype for xpt_setup_ccb_flags().
sys/cam/scsi/scsi_da.c:
Add support for BIO_VLIST.
sys/dev/md/md.c:
Add BIO_VLIST support to md(4).
sys/geom/geom_disk.c:
Add BIO_VLIST support to the GEOM disk class. Re-factor the I/O size
limiting code in g_disk_start() a bit.
sys/kern/subr_bus_dma.c:
Change _bus_dmamap_load_vlist() to take a starting offset and
length.
Add a new function, _bus_dmamap_load_pages(), that will load a list
of physical pages starting at an offset.
Update _bus_dmamap_load_bio() to allow loading BIO_VLIST bios.
Allow unmapped I/O to start at an offset.
sys/kern/subr_uio.c:
Add two new functions, physcopyin_vlist() and physcopyout_vlist().
sys/pc98/include/bus.h:
Guard kernel-only parts of the pc98 machine/bus.h header with
#ifdef _KERNEL.
This allows userland programs to include <machine/bus.h> to get the
definition of bus_addr_t and bus_size_t.
sys/sys/bio.h:
Add a new bio flag, BIO_VLIST.
sys/sys/uio.h:
Add prototypes for physcopyin_vlist() and physcopyout_vlist().
share/man/man4/pass.4:
Document the CAMIOQUEUE and CAMIOGET ioctls.
usr.sbin/Makefile:
Add camdd.
usr.sbin/camdd/Makefile:
Add a makefile for camdd(8).
usr.sbin/camdd/camdd.8:
Man page for camdd(8).
usr.sbin/camdd/camdd.c:
The new camdd(8) utility.
Sponsored by: Spectra Logic
MFC after: 1 week
Note that the MW allocation still must be BAR *aligned*. So, this only
loosens the constraints on MW allocation slightly. BAR-aligned does not
play well with large (GB+) BAR sizes.
Going forward, if anyone cares about if_ntb on very large BARs, I
suggest they add functionality to allocate a smaller window than the BAR
size, and set the BAR range to cover a window much larger than the
allocated window. This will require negotiating a window offset and
limit for protocol traffic. None of this is implemented in this
revision.
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
typically memory mapped bus, for example on the AMD Opteron A1100 the AHCI
device is mapped in the CPUs address space, and not through a PCI
controller.
Further work is needed for this to work with ACPI as this is expected to be
common on ARMv8 servers.
Reviewed by: mav, mmel
Obtained from: mmel, ABT Systems Ltd
Relnotes: yes
Sponsored by: SoftIron Inc
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4269
Submitted by: Andy Moreton <amoreton at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4331
It seems the EEE made RX MAC enter LPI(Low Power Idle) mode such
that dwc(4) was not able to receive packets. Ideally dwc(4) should
be able to use EEE to save power during periods of low link
utilization(i.e. gating off clock). Due to lack of dwc(4)
datasheet it's not easy to take required steps for EEE on LPI
enter/exit events. Disabling EEE in PHY seems to be easy
workaround until dwc(4) supports EEE.
Updating EEE advertisement register on RTL8211F seems to have no
effect until reprogramming MII_ANAR, MII_100T2CR and MII_BMCR
with auto-negotiation. It's not clear whether it's related with
mii_phy_reset()'s BMCR_ISO handling for RTL8211F though.
It seems rgephy_reset() needs careful investigation for newer
RealTek PHYs.
Ganbold submitted working version based on NetBSD change and
tested lots of changes I made. Thanks a lot!
Submitted by: ganbold (initial version)
In collaboration with: ganbold
Each virtual interface has its own MAC address, queues, and statistics.
The dedicated netmap interfaces (ncxgbeX / ncxlX) were already implemented
as additional VIs on each port. This change allows additional non-netmap
interfaces to be configured on each port. Additional virtual interfaces
use the naming scheme vcxgbeX or vcxlX.
Additional VIs are enabled by setting the hw.cxgbe.num_vis tunable to a
value greater than 1 before loading the cxgbe(4) or cxl(4) driver.
NB: The first VI on each port is the "main" interface (cxgbeX or cxlX).
T4/T5 NICs provide a limited number of MAC addresses for each physical port.
As a result, a maximum of six VIs can be configured on each port (including
the "main" interface and the netmap interface when netmap is enabled).
One user-visible result is that when netmap is enabled, packets received
or transmitted via the netmap interface are no longer counted in the stats
for the "main" interface, but are not accounted to the netmap interface.
The netmap interfaces now also have a new-bus device and export various
information sysctl nodes via dev.n(cxgbe|cxl).X.
The cxgbetool 'clearstats' command clears the stats for all VIs on the
specified port along with the port's stats. There is currently no way to
clear the stats of an individual VI.
Reviewed by: np
MFC after: 1 month
Sponsored by: Chelsio
the firmware because the original flowc sent by t4_tom changed the
firmware-internal state of the tid. For now I'm setting MAX_DSL to 8K
and PDU accordingly. This will be tidied up with the next firmware
update that will handle multiple flowc's correctly.
After an MC reboot, a VF driver may reset before the PF driver has
finished bringing everything back up. This includes the VFs EVB port.
MC_CMD_VADAPTOR_ALLOC is the first MCDI call after an MC reboot to
require the EVB port, so if it fails with MC_CMD_ERR_NO_EVB_PORT,
retry the command a few times after waiting a while.
Submitted by: Mark Spender <mspender at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4333
Make link control privilege visible to OS driver to guard updates to
flow control and PHY advertised capabilities.
Submitted by: Richard Houldsworth <rhouldsworth at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4330
It allows manftest to program them.
Submitted by: Paul Fox <pfox at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4329
Submitted by: Mark Spender <mspender at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4328
Common code should infer other privileges from Admin privilege to
support firmware that pre-dates introduction of specific privilege
flags.
Submitted by: Richard Houldsworth <rhouldsworth at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4327
Submitted by: Artem V. Andreev <Artem.Andreev at oktetlabs.ru>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4308
It is really observed in the case of VLAN over sfxge interface.
Also this change makes total value equal to 35 which is default assumed
by the kernel for if_hw_tsomaxsegcount.
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4319
IPv4/IPv6 checksum offloading and VLAN tag insertion/stripping.
Since uether doesn't provide a way to announce driver specific offload
capabilities to upper stack, checksum offloading support needs more work
and will be done in the future.
Special thanks to Hayes Wang from RealTek who gave input.
tested on the Broadwell-Xeon with a hacked up version of pmcstudy -T. I still need
to circle back and add in to pmcstudy all the new tests from the Broadwell Vtune
guide (for the hacked up version I just made it so I could run the -T option). The
Skylake CPU is not yet available (even though Intel is advertising it .. imagine that).
The Skylake PMC's will need to be tested once we can get a sample skylake CPU :-)
Sponsored by: Netflix Inc.
This change will fix kernel panic with uninitialized (zeroed)
RXON structure.
Tested with Intel 3945BG, IBSS mode.
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4304
The synth programming here requires the real centre frequency,
which for HT20 channels is the normal channel, but HT40 is
/not/ the primary channel. Everything else was using 'freq',
which is the correct centre frequency, but the hornet config
was using 'ichan' to do the lookup which was also the primary
channel.
So, modify the HAL call that does the mapping to take a frequency
in MHz and return the channel number.
Tested:
* Carambola 2, AR9331, tested both HT/20 and HT/40 operation.
On ARM, we must ensure proper interdevice write ordering.
The AHCI interrupt status register must be updated in HW before
registers in interrupt controller.
Unfortunately, only way how we can do it is readback.
Discussed with: mav
Approved by: kib (mentor)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4240
Using a typedef for common code return types (rather than "int")
allows the Prefast static analyser to understand when a function
has been successful (and thus when its postconditions must hold).
This greatly reduces then number of false positives reported by
prefast for error paths in common code functions.
Submitted by: Andy Moreton <amoreton at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Dynamic config partitions on boards that support RFID are divided into
a number of segments, each formatted like a partition, with header,
trailer and end tags. The first segment is the current active
configuration.
The segments are initialised by manftest and each contain a different
configuration e.g. firmware variant. The firmware can be instructed
via RFID to copy a segment over the first segment, hence changing the
active configuration. This allows ops to change the configuration of
a board prior to shipment using RFID.
Changes to the dynamic config may need to be written to all segments (in
particular firmware versions written by manftest) or just the first
segment (changes to the active configuration). See SF-111324-SW.
If only the first segment is written the code still needs to be aware of
the possible presence of subsequent segments as writing to a segment may
cause its size to increase, which would overwrite the subsequent
segments and invalidate them.
Boards that do not support RFID will only have one segment in their
dynamic config partition.
Submitted by: Paul Fox <pfox at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4302
This probe/attaches correctly in my local branch and now displays
a useful message:
ath0: <Qualcomm Atheros QCA953x> at mem 0x18100000-0x1811ffff irq 0 on nexus0
...
ath0: AR9530 mac 1280.0 RF5110 phy 0.0
If the VPD is corrupt and contains an 'RV' keyword before the
END tag, then this function could return without setting the
return code to report the error.
Found by prefast.
Submitted by: Andy Moreton <amoreton at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Keep prefast happy by returning the initial queue index
from falconsiena_tx_qcreate(). No change in behaviour, as
etxo_qcreate already zeros *addedp before the call.
Submitted by: Andy Moreton <amoreton at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
PIO is not yet supported in the FreeBSD driver.
Submitted by: Andy Moreton <amoreton at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Adjust external port mapping table to distinguish Pavia from Monza.
Now the presence of any 40G mode implies at least 2 outputs per
external port. So Pavia 4x10G ports are now mapped to 1,2,3,4;
Monza 4x10G ports map to 1,1,2,2 as before.
Submitted by: Richard Houldsworth <rhouldsworth at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
GCC 4.2.1 used on FreeBSD 8 and 9 branches does not like unnamed
union member in the structure. It is not strictly required in head,
but nice to have to minimize difference with out-of-tree driver.
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
- Make scan aborted by event restart immediately and infinitely.
- Improve handling of some loop events from firmware.
- Remove loop down timer, adding its functionality to scanner thread.
- Some more unification and simplification.
I added MYBEACON support a while ago to listen to beacons that are only
for your configured BSSID. For AR9380 and later NICs this results in
a lot less chip wakeups in station mode as it then only shows you beacons
that are destined to you.
However in IBSS mode you really do want to hear all beacons so you can do
IBSS merges. Oops.
So only use MYBEACON for STA + not-scanning, and just use BEACON for
the other modes it used to use BEACON for.
This doesn't completely fix IBSS merges though - there are still some
conditions to chase down and fix.
And expose vm_memattr_t of current mapping to consumers (as well as the
ability to change it to one of UC, WB, WC).
After short discussion with: jhb (but no review)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
- Add error handling for urtwn_(r88e_)read_rom() and
urtwn_efuse_*() functions.
- Remove code duplication between urtwn_efuse_read() and
urtwn_r88e_read_rom().
- Merge r88e_rom and (r92c_)rom structures
(only one of them can be used at the same time).
- Other minor fixes / improvements.
Tested with RTL8188EU, STA mode
(URTWN_DEBUG + USB_DEBUG, hw.usb.urtwn.debug=3, no visual differences).
Reviewed by: kevlo
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4253
Adds a new tunable, ntb.hw.b2b_mw_idx, which specifies the offset (from the
total number of memory windows) to use for register access on hardware with
the SDOORBELL_LOCKUP errata. The default is -1, i.e., the last memory
window.
We map BARs before the b2b_mw_idx is selected, so map them all as memory
windows initially. The register memory window should not be write-combined,
so we explicitly disable WC on the selected MW later.
This introduces a layer of abstraction between consumer memory window
indices, which exclude any exclusive errata-workaround BARs, and internal
memory window indices, which include such BARs. An internal routine,
ntb_user_mw_to_idx(), converts the former to the latter. Public APIs have
been updated to use this instead of assuming the exclusive workaround BAR is
the last available MW.
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
This should be a big no-op pass; and reduces the size of if_ath.c.
I'm hopefully soon going to take a whack at the USB support for ath(4)
and this'll require some reuse of the busdma memory code.
- In the iSCSI CPL handlers, do not rely on the ulpcb/icl_conn when in
the middle of assembling a PDU. This is so we don't have to grab
various locks and evaluate the kernel state of the connection multiple
times. Instead, the state is evaluated once after the entire PDU is
received. This requires another ULP specific item in toepcb (ulpcb2).
- If there is data in the so_rcv sockbuf of a connection in iSCSI ULP
mode it must be from before the connection got promoted to ULP mode.
Convert the contents of the sockbuf to PDUs and deliver them to ICL.
Do this before delivering the PDUs received on the "normal" ULP path.
- The receive path within ICL is allowed to sleep so it's not
appropriate to deliver PDUs to ICL from the driver's ithread, or from
any other thread with any mutex held. Use worker threads (created
back in r285650 but unused till now) to dispatch received PDUs to ICL.
Assign a worker thread to each connection. For now everything goes to
the first thread.
- Prevent various bad races that are possible when more than one of
a) rx ithread, b) worker thread, and c) icl_conn_close are active at
the same time.
It is perhaps preferable to have a separate limit for send instead of
reusing the receive limit. I'll discuss with trasz@ and mav@ before
pulling this into head.
bridges. Currently this includes information about what resources a
bridge decodes on the upstream side for use by downstream devices including
bus numbers, I/O port resources, and memory resources. Windows and bus
ranges are enumerated for both PCI-PCI bridges and PCI-CardBus bridges.
To simplify the implementation, all enumeration is done by reading the
appropriate config space registers directly rather than querying the
bridge driver in the kernel via new ioctls. This does result in a few
limitations.
First, an unimplemented window in a PCI-PCI bridge cannot be accurately
detected as accurate detection requires writing to the window base
register. That is not safe for pciconf(8). Instead, this assumes that
any window where both the base and limit read as all zeroes is
unimplemented.
Second, the PCI-PCI bridge driver in a tree has a few quirks for
PCI-PCI bridges that use subtractive decoding but do not indicate that
via the progif config register. The list of quirks is duplicated in
pciconf's source.
Reviewed by: imp
MFC after: 2 weeks
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4171
Hacks to enable target mode there complicated code, while didn't really
work. And for outdated hardware fixing it is not really interesting.
Initiator mode tested with Qlogic 1080 adapter is still working fine.
While later firmware always registers for RSCN requests, older one does
it only in initiator mode. But in target mode there RSCN can be the only
way to detect gone intiator.
For those chips we are not receiving login events, adding initiators
based on ATIO requests. But there is no port ID in that structure, so
in fabric mode we have to explicitly fetch it from firmware to be able
to do normal scan after that.
Lower the payload data (IP) portion of the MTU from 0x10000 to
IP_MAXPACKET (0xFFFF) to avoid panicing the IP stack.
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
This feature is disabled by default. To enable it, tune
hw.if_ntb.enable_xeon_watchdog to non-zero.
If enabled, writes an unused NTB register every second to demonstrate to
a hardware watchdog that the NTB device is still alive. Most machines
with NTB will not need this -- you know who you are.
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
This change simplifies and unifies port adding/updating for loop and
fabric scanners. It also fixes problems with scanning restarts due to
concurrent port databases changes. It also fixes many cosmetic issues.
RX buffers from number of received packets.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4178
Submitted by: Drew Gallatin <gallatin@freebsd.org>
Sponsored by: Mellanox Technologies
MFC after: 3 days
Setting sysctl dev....conf.hw_lro may fail if the net device lro is
turned off. Due to the nature of our sysctl handler we need to set the
values back to 0 and issue an error.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4177
Submitted by: Shahar Klein <shahark@mellanox.com>
Sponsored by: Mellanox Technologies
MFC after: 3 days
Discard the unused rx_free_q. Instead, reuse inputed packets by putting
them back on the *pend* queue after reinitialization.
If tx or rx handlers are unavailable, free mbufs rather than leaking
them.
With this change, if_ntb can receive more than 100
(NTB_QP_DEF_NUM_ENTRIES) packets.
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
32-bit BARs can only address memory mapped in the low 32 bits of
physical RAM. Expose this as a 'plimit' out parameter from
ntb_mw_get_range().
Fix if_ntb to allocate memory within this limit.
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Sometimes they'll read spurious values (observed: 0xc on Broadwell-DE),
failing link negotiation.
Discussed with: Dave Jiang, Allen Hubbe
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
The tunable 'hw.ntb.enable_writecombine' may be set to zero to
administratively disable write combining the mapped NTB region.
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Use bus_space_write instead of (non-volatile) C pointer writes via an
iowrite32() shim in the same places as the Dual BSD/GPL Linux driver.
Update some types to fixed 32-bit sizes.
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Current Xen resume code clears all pending bitmap IPIs on resume, which is
not correct. Instead re-inject bitmap IPI vectors on resume to all CPUs in
order to acknowledge any pending bitmap IPIs.
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
MFC after: 2 weeks
Modern cards in most cases operate abstract port handles, that have no
any relation to real loop IDs. Leave loopid used only where it really
goes about local loop IDs.
While there, fix few more cases where LUNs were still printed in decimal.
It turns out on a 16550 w/ a 25MHz SoC reference clock you get a little
over 3% error at 115200 baud, which causes this to fail.
Just .. cope. Things cope these days.
Default to 30 (3.0%) as before, but allow UART_DEV_TOLERANCE_PCT to be
set at build time to change that.
- icl_cxgbei_conn is _the_ per-connection softc for iSCSI. Retire
iscsi_socket by removing all unneeded fields and moving the rest to
icl_cxgbei_conn.
- Update pdu_queue to use the new t4_push_pdus and associated mbufq in
the TOE driver. Throw away all the callbacks registered during MOD_LOAD
as t4_push_pdus doesn't need them.
- Use the mbuf allocated for the BHS header to store icl_cxgbei_pdu as
well. This eliminates the custom zone for the PDUs and reduces the
number of allocations on the fast path. For each PDU, the old code
used to allocate an icl_cxgbei_pdu, an mbuf for the BHS, and tags for
the BHS and data mbufs. The new code allocates just one mbuf per PDU.
This is convenient for another reason -- it allows t4_tom to deal with
mbufs (which it understands) instead of having to call into the iSCSI
driver.
- Remove the socket upcalls, calls to ICL_DEBUG and ICL_WARN, and all
code within ICL_KERNEL_PROXY. None of this stuff is actually used by
cxgbei, it's probably leftover copy/paste from icl_soft.
- Fold various icl_foo into icl_cxgbei_foo if the cxgbei implementation
was simply a call to the other function.
- Remove set_tcb_field and use t4_set_tcb_field that's already available
in the base driver.
- Fix connection handoff to not assume that there is only one T4/T5
adapter in the system and that's the one handling all offloaded
connections. Walk the list of adapters and match tp->t_tod with the
adapter's toedev instead. This allows multiple TOE devices of multiple
types to coexist.
- Fix connection teardown by not reaching for the inp via the toepcb but
via the socket instead. If the tid is dead in the hardware then the
inp has already been unhooked from the toepcb by t4_tom.
- Add more CTRs. The ones on the normal fast path are disabled by
default to avoid flooding the log.
- Refine pdu_append_data.
- Other miscellaneous changes.
Switch PCI register reads from using magic numbers to using the names
defined in pcireg.h
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4185
Using other values causes VMXNET3_CMD_ENABLE to fail. The Linux
driver also enforces this restriction.
Reviewed by: bryanv
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Norse
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4139
accident with RTL8168G and later chips when the interface actually was
brought up. This is due to the fact that with these MAC variants, RXDV
gate needs be disabled for WOL to work. So do just that in re_setwol()
when IFCAP_WOL is requested.
Reported and tested by: dhw
MFC after: 3 days
The code tracks a counter which is the number of events until the next
sample. On context switch in, it loads the saved counter. On context
switch out, it tries to calculate a new saved counter.
Problems:
1. The saved counter was shared by all threads in a process. However, this
means that all threads would be initially loaded with the same saved
counter. However, that could result in sampling more often than once every
X number of events.
2. The calculation to determine a new saved counter was backwards. It
added when it should have subtracted, and subtracted when it should have
added. Assume a single-threaded process with a reload count of 1000 events.
Assuming the counter on context switch in was 100 and the counter on context
switch out was 50 (meaning the thread has "consumed" 50 more events), the
code would calculate a new saved counter of 150 (instead of the proper 50).
Fix:
1. As soon as the saved counter is used to initialize a monitor for a
thread on context switch in, set the saved counter to the reload count.
That way, subsequent threads to use the saved counter will get the full
reload count, assuring we sample at least once every X number of events
(across all threads).
2. Change the calculation of the saved counter. Due to the change to the
saved counter in #1, we simply need to add (modulo the reload count) the
remaining counter time we retrieve from the CPU when a thread is context
switched out.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4122
Approved by: gnn (mentor)
MFC after: 1 month
Sponsored by: Juniper Networks
On my own tests I see no effect from this change, but I also can't
reproduce the reported problem in general.
PR: 127391
PR: 204554
Submitted by: satz@iranger.com
MFC after: 2 weeks
Changes to the code to gather user stacks:
* Delay setting pmc_cpumask until we actually have the stack.
* When recording user stack traces, only walk the portion of the ring
that should have samples for us.
Sponsored by: Juniper Networks
Approved by: gnn (mentor)
MFC after: 1 month
Currently, there is a single pm_stalled flag that tracks whether a
performance monitor was "stalled" due to insufficent ring buffer
space for samples. However, because the same performance monitor
can run on multiple processes or threads at the same time, a single
pm_stalled flag that impacts them all seems insufficient.
In particular, you can hit corner cases where the code fails to stop
performance monitors during a context switch out, because it thinks
the performance monitor is already stopped. However, in reality,
it may be that only the monitor running on a different CPU was stalled.
This patch attempts to fix that behavior by tracking on a per-CPU basis
whether a PM desires to run and whether it is "stalled". This lets the
code make better decisions about when to stop PMs and when to try to
restart them. Ideally, we should avoid the case where the code fails
to stop a PM during a context switch out.
Sponsored by: Juniper Networks
Reviewed by: jhb
Approved by: gnn (mentor)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4124
There is no need for the upstream and downstream addresses to be
different for the NTB configs. Go to using a single set of address. It
is still possible to configure them differently using module parameter
override however (CEM: tunable).
Authored by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com>
Reviewed by: Allen Hubbe <Allen.Hubbe@emc.com>
Reviewed by: Jon Mason <jdmason@kudzu.us>
Obtained from: Linux (Dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Remove the use of sbuf_data on drained sbufs from the debug sysctls:
* ixl_sysctl_hw_res_alloc
* ixl_sysctl_switch_config
This prevents a kernel panic when accessing these values under a kernel
compiled with INVARIANTS.
Sponsored by: Multiplay
Order of operations issue with the QP Num and MW count, which would
result in the receive buffer pointer being invalid if there are more
than 1 MW. Corrected with parenthesis to enforce the proper order of
operations.
Reported by: John I. Kading <John.Kading@gd-ms.com>
Reported by: Conrad Meyer <cem@FreeBSD.org>
Authored by: Jon Mason <jdmason@kudzu.us>
Obtained from: Linux (Dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Because it can sleep drainking link work callout(s). Linux (dual
BSD/GPL driver) does something very similar.
At the same time, switch the NTB CTX lock to a non-spin mutex, because
the taskqueue_swi lock can't be taken after a spin mutex.
Suggested by: Witness
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
In ntb_poll_link, we are intentionally writing the link bit, which is
absent from db_valid_mask. Don't panic on a kassert when we do so.
The Linux version of this (dual BSD/GPL) driver has the db_valid_mask
assertions in callers of db_iowrite() rather than db_iowrite() itself;
it skips the assertions in the equivalent of ntb_poll_link(). Rather
than duplicating the assertions in every caller, add a db_iowrite_raw()
that doesn't check and use it from ntb_poll_link().
Suggested by: kassert_panic
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
from Mellanox Technologies. The current driver supports ethernet
speeds up to and including 100 GBit/s. Infiniband support will be
done later.
The code added is not compiled by default, which will be done by a
separate commit.
Sponsored by: Mellanox Technologies
MFC after: 2 weeks
the TOE for LAN operation. It is possible to set this to other values
(cluster for networks with little loss and really tight RTTs, and wan
for relatively large RTTs and/or lossy networks) depending on the
environment in which the TOE is being used.
None of this affects plain NIC operation in any way.
MFC after: 1 week
- Split urtwn_tx_start() into urtwn_tx_data() and urtwn_tx_start()
(the last will be used for beacon updates / raw xmit path).
- Remove unneeded code from _urtwn_getbuf().
- Use CCK11 for data frames in 11b mode.
- Send EAPOL frames at 1 Mbps.
- Reduce code duplication in urtwn_tx_data().
- Fix sequence numbering.
- Add IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_F_WEP flag for encrypted frames.
- Check URTWN_RUNNING flag under lock.
Tested with RTL8188EU, STA mode.
Reviewed by: kevlo
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4017
Right now the only way to force a cold reset is:
* The HAL itself detects it's needed, or
* The sysctl, setting all resets to be cold.
Trouble is, cold resets take quite a bit longer than warm resets.
However, there are situations where a cold reset would be nice.
Specifically, after a stuck beacon, BB/MAC hang, stuck calibration results,
etc.
The vendor HAL has a separate method to set the reset reason (which is
how HAL_RESET_BBPANIC gets set) which informs the HAL during the reset path
why it occured. This is almost but not quite the same; I may eventually
unify both approaches in the future.
This commit just extends HAL_RESET_TYPE to include both status (eg BBPANIC)
and type (eg do COLD.) None of the HAL code uses it yet though; that'll
come later.
It also is a big no-op in each HAL - I need to go teach each of the HALs
about cold/warm reset through this path.
Using unmapped IO is really beneficial when running inside of a VM,
since it avoids IPIs to other vCPUs in order to invalidate the
mappings.
This patch adds unmapped IO support to blkfront. The following tests
results have been obtained when running on a Xen host without HAP:
PVHVM
3165.84 real 6354.17 user 4483.32 sys
PVHVM with unmapped IO
2099.46 real 4624.52 user 2967.38 sys
This is because when running using shadow page tables TLB flushes and
range invalidations are much more expensive, so using unmapped IO
provides a very important performance boost.
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
MFC after: 2 weeks
X-MFC-with: r290610
dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c:
- Add and announce support for unmapped IO.
before their initial configuration is done, it turns out that r281337
has the inverse effect on some older chips. Moreover, as with newer
chips before, two chips seemingly identical according to their MAC
revisions may behave differently in this regard, with most working
but a few not, making changes extremely hard to test.
Closer inspection of the corresponding Linux code suggests that RX
and TX should only be enabled after their initial configuration with
RTL8168G and later chips, i. e. RTL8106E{,US}, RTL8107E, as well as
RTL8168{EP,G,GU,H}, so limit the new code path to these. [1]
- Distinguish between RTL8168H and RTL8107E, with the latter being the
10/100-Mbit/s-only variant of the former.
- For MAC variants that can only do Fast Ethernet at a maximum, ensure
that we don't advertise Gigabit Ethernet speed.
- In re_stop(), do the inverse of re_init_locked() and enable RXDV
gate on RTL8168G and later chips again, matching what Linux does.
PR: 203422 [1]
MFC after: 1 week
- Filter out unneeded frames in STA mode.
- Implement ic_promisc() call.
Tested with RTL8188EU, STA and MONITOR modes.
Reviewed by: kevlo
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3999
learned that the Power8 and the PS3 have a mix of OFW and FDT. Both have AIM
defined. But currently they are not affected. They have no I2C devices under
OFW.
This version was tested on a Quad G5 and build tested for armv6*.
Discussed with nwhitehorn@
Reviewed by: ian@
32-bits aligned. Merge the two bounce buffers into a single one. Some
rough tests showed that the DWC OTG throughput on RPI2 increased by
10% after this patch.
MFC after: 1 week
The mbuf length fields must be set before m_adj() is called else
m_adj() will not always adjust the mbuf and an unaligned read
exception can trigger inside the network stack. This can happen on
platforms where unaligned reads are not supported. Adjust a length
check to include the 2-byte ethernet alignment while at it.
MFC after: 3 days
- Drop TSF initialization; device can discover it without our help.
- Do not touch R92C_BCN_CTRL_EN_BCN bit in STA mode.
- Add 'static' keyword for function definition.
Tested with RTL8188EU, STA mode.
Reviewed by: kevlo
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3801
- Fix mbuf leaks in iwn_raw_xmit() and iwn_xmit_task()
(regression since r288178).
- Check IWN_FLAG_RUNNING flag under lock.
- Remove m->m_pkthdr.rcvif initialization (fixed in r283994).
- Enclose some values in return statements into parentheses.
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4069
attributes when replying to a TLP from a Root Port. As a workaround,
disable No Snoop and Relaxed Ordering in the Root Port of each T5 adapter
during attach so that CPU-initiated requests do not contain these flags.
Note that this affects CPU-initiated requests to all devices under this
root port.
Reviewed by: np
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Chelsio
PCI-Express capability registers (that is, PCI config registers in the
standard PCI config space belonging to the PCI-Express capability
register set).
Note that all of the current PCI-e registers are either 16 or 32-bits,
so only widths of 2 or 4 bytes are supported.
Reviewed by: imp
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Chelsio
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4088
Since r288350, ic_wme_task() is called via ieee80211_runtask(),
so, any additional deferring from the driver side is not needed.
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D4072
- There is no reason to have a special case for iSCSI in t4_rcvd. Either there
is data in the socket buffer (from when the connection was plain TOE, before
being promoted to ulp_mode iSCSI) and sbused _should_ be taken into account,
or sbused is 0 and doesn't affect the calculation of rx_credits.
- write_tx_wr doesn't need special handling for iSCSI either. Its caller should
specify the ulp_submode.
- Replace t4_ulp_push_frames with t4_push_pdus that can deal with PDUs in an
mbufq hanging off the toepcb. This eliminates the "backwards" calls from
t4_tom's tx into the iSCSI driver.
- The iSCSI driver installs a handler for RX_ISCSI_DDP already and the iSCSI
handler for RX_DATA_DDP is identical to the one for RX_ISCSI_DDP. Take
advantage of this to eliminate the last remaining "backwards" call from
do_rx_data_ddp into the iSCSI driver.
- Eliminate the CXGBE_ISCSI_MBUF_TAG abomination.
- For tx, it makes no sense to allocate an mbuf tag just to stash 2 bits worth
of information. Use a spare byte from the mbuf header instead.
- For rx, the per-connection ulpcb is a more natural place to keep information
about the PDU currently being assembled.
to transmit the buffer.
ath_tx_start() may manipulate/reallocate the mbuf as part of the DMA
code, so we can't expect the mbuf can be returned back to the caller.
Now, the net80211 ifnet work changed the semantics slightly so
if an error is returned here, the mbuf/reference is freed by the
caller (here, it's net80211.)
So, once we reach ath_tx_start(), we never return failure. If we fail
then we still return OK and we free the mbuf/noderef ourselves, and
we increment OERRORS.
Certain invalid operations trigger hardware error conditions. Error
conditions that only halt one channel can be detected and recovered by
resetting the channel. Error conditions that halt the whole device are
generally not recoverable.
Add a sysctl to inject channel-fatal HW errors,
'dev.ioat.<N>.force_hw_error=1'.
When a halt due to a channel error is detected, ioat(4) blocks new
operations from being queued on the channel, completes any outstanding
operations with an error status, and resets the channel before allowing
new operations to be queued again.
Update ioat.4 to document error recovery; document blockfill introduced
in r290021 while we are here; document ioat_put_dmaengine() added in
r289907; document DMA_NO_WAIT added in r289982.
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Fixes race condition observed under following circumstances:
1) I/O split on 128KB boundary with Intel NVMe controller.
Current Intel controllers produce better latency when
I/Os do not span a 128KB boundary - even if the I/O size
itself is less than 128KB.
2) Per-CPU I/O queues are enabled.
3) Child I/Os are submitted on different submission queues.
4) Interrupts for child I/O completions occur almost
simultaneously.
5) ithread for child I/O A increments bio_inbed, then
immediately is preempted (rendezvous IPI, higher priority
interrupt).
6) ithread for child I/O B increments bio_inbed, then completes
parent bio since all children are now completed.
7) parent bio is freed, and immediately reallocated for a VFS
or gpart bio (including setting bio_children to 1 and
clearing bio_driver1).
8) ithread for child I/O A resumes processing. bio_children
for what it thinks is the parent bio is set to 1, so it
thinks it needs to complete the parent bio.
Result is either calling a NULL callback function, or double freeing
the bio to its uma zone.
PR: 203746
Reported by: Drew Gallatin <gallatin@netflix.com>,
Marc Goroff <mgoroff@quorum.net>
Tested by: Drew Gallatin <gallatin@netflix.com>
MFC after: 3 days
Sponsored by: Intel
status registers for every interrupt. Check a common host channel
status interrupt register first, then conditionally read the
individual host channel status registers.
Submitted by: Sebastian Huber <sebastian.huber@embedded-brains.de>
MFC after: 1 week
- Move all files related to the LinuxKPI into sys/compat/linuxkpi and
its subfolders.
- Update sys/conf/files and some Makefiles to use new file locations.
- Added description of COMPAT_LINUXKPI to sys/conf/NOTES which in turn
adds the LinuxKPI to all LINT builds.
- The LinuxKPI can be added to the kernel by setting the
COMPAT_LINUXKPI option. The OFED kernel option no longer builds the
LinuxKPI into the kernel. This was done to keep the build rules for
the LinuxKPI in sys/conf/files simple.
- Extend the LinuxKPI module to include support for USB by moving the
Linux USB compat from usb.ko to linuxkpi.ko.
- Bump the FreeBSD_version.
- A universe kernel build has been done.
Reviewed by: np @ (cxgb and cxgbe related changes only)
Sponsored by: Mellanox Technologies
AMD64 pmap assumes ranges will be in the DMAP, which isn't necessarily
true for NTB memory windows (especially 64-bit BARs).
Suggested by: pmap_change_attr_locked -> kassert_panic
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Allows DMA from/to arbitrary KVA or physical address. /dev/ioat_test
must be enabled by root and is only R/W root, so this is approximately
as dangerous as /dev/mem and /dev/kmem.
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
For the most of chips (except anscient ones) port handlers have no relation
to port IDs. In such situation old code scanning first 125 handlers was
quite naive. Instead of doing that, send to chip single request to get full
list of port handlers available on specific virtual port and scan only them.
Old code had problems with case of several virtual ports enabled, when port
handlers allocated from global address space could easily go above 125.
This change was successfully tested on 23xx, 24xx and 25xx chips in loop
mode with 4 virtual initiator ports, each seing 50 virtual target ports.
* refactor out the rx filter and operating mode code into a separate
method.
* add some comments about what's left with setting the operating mode
based on what carl9170 does.
* comment out some init from otus_init_mac() - it's no longer needed as
it's always init'ed now.
* add debugging and a missing return around a failure to call m_get2() -
during monitor mode operation I found RXing of frames > 2k, which
fails allocation. I'm sure they're valid (it's configuring 11n RX and
receiving 11n frames even though the driver doesn't "do" 11n)
and may be A-MSDU; but allocations fail and we should handle that
gracefully.
Tested:
* UB82 reference NIC (AR9170 + AR9104 2x2 dual band NIC); STA and
monitor mode operation.
The IOAT hardware supports writing a 64-bit pattern to some destination
buffer. The same limitations on buffer length apply as for copy
operations. Throughput is a bit higher (probably because fill does not
have to spend bandwidth reading from a source in memory).
Support for testing Block Fill has been added to ioatcontrol(8) and the
ioat_test device. ioatcontrol(8) accepts the '-f' flag, which tests
Block Fill. (If the flag is omitted, the tool tests copy by default.)
The '-V' flag, in conjunction with '-f', verifies that buffers are
filled in the expected pattern.
Tested on: Broadwell DE (Xeon D-1500)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Add generic hw descriptor struct and generic control flags struct, in
preparation for other kinds of IOAT operation.
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Now on 24xx and above chips it is really possible to simulate several
virtual FC ports with single physical one. For example, it allows to
configure several targets in ctl.conf, assign each of them to separate
virtual port, and let user to control access to them with switch zoning.
I still doubt that all problems are solved there, but at now it passes
at least basic tests.
The new load_ma implementation can cause dereferences when used with
certain drivers, back it out until the reason is found:
Fatal trap 12: page fault while in kernel mode
cpuid = 11; apic id = 03
fault virtual address = 0x30
fault code = supervisor read data, page not present
instruction pointer = 0x20:0xffffffff808a2d22
stack pointer = 0x28:0xfffffe07cc737710
frame pointer = 0x28:0xfffffe07cc737790
code segment = base 0x0, limit 0xfffff, type 0x1b
= DPL 0, pres 1, long 1, def32 0, gran 1
processor eflags = interrupt enabled, resume, IOPL = 0
current process = 13 (g_down)
trap number = 12
panic: page fault
cpuid = 11
KDB: stack backtrace:
#0 0xffffffff80641647 at kdb_backtrace+0x67
#1 0xffffffff80606762 at vpanic+0x182
#2 0xffffffff806067e3 at panic+0x43
#3 0xffffffff8084eef1 at trap_fatal+0x351
#4 0xffffffff8084f0e4 at trap_pfault+0x1e4
#5 0xffffffff8084e82f at trap+0x4bf
#6 0xffffffff80830d57 at calltrap+0x8
#7 0xffffffff8063beab at _bus_dmamap_load_ccb+0x1fb
#8 0xffffffff8063bc51 at bus_dmamap_load_ccb+0x91
#9 0xffffffff8042dcad at ata_dmaload+0x11d
#10 0xffffffff8042df7e at ata_begin_transaction+0x7e
#11 0xffffffff8042c18e at ataaction+0x9ce
#12 0xffffffff802a220f at xpt_run_devq+0x5bf
#13 0xffffffff802a17ad at xpt_action_default+0x94d
#14 0xffffffff802c0024 at adastart+0x8b4
#15 0xffffffff802a2e93 at xpt_run_allocq+0x193
#16 0xffffffff802c0735 at adastrategy+0xf5
#17 0xffffffff80554206 at g_disk_start+0x426
Uptime: 2m29s
Add a new flag for DMA operations, DMA_NO_WAIT. It behaves much like
other NOWAIT flags -- if queueing an operation would sleep, abort and
return NULL instead.
When growing the internal descriptor ring, the memory allocation is
performed outside of all locks. A lock-protected flag is used to avoid
duplicated work. Threads that cannot sleep and attempt to queue
operations when the descriptor ring is full allocate a larger ring with
M_NOWAIT, or bail if that fails.
ioat_reserve_space() could become an external API if is important to
callers that they have room for a sequence of operations, or that those
operations succeed each other directly in the hardware ring.
This patch splits the internal head index (->head) from the hardware's
head-of-chain (DMACOUNT) register (->hw_head). In the future, for
simplicity's sake, we could drop the 'ring' array entirely and just use
a linked list (with head and tail pointers rather than indices).
Suggested by: Witness
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Assertion used here was invalid. If current thread helds any of locks,
we never want to recurse on them.
Obtained from: Semihalf
Submitted by: Bartosz Szczepanek <bsz@semihalf.com>
Differential revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3903
Add e6000sw driver supporting Marvell 88E6352, 88E6172, 88E6176 switches.
It needs to be attached to mdio interface, exporting SMI access
functionality. e6000sw supports port-based VLAN configuration, per-port
media changing, accessing PHY and switch registers.
e6000sw attaches miibuses and PHY drivers as children. Instead of typical
tick as callout, kthread-based tick is used. This combined with SX locks
allows MDIO read/write calls to sleep. It is expected, because this
hardware requires long delays in SMI read/write procedures, which can not
be handled by busy-waiting.
Reviewed by: adrian
Obtained from: Semihalf
Submitted by: Bartosz Szczepanek <bsz@semihalf.com>
Differential revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3902
This commit introduces support for etherswitch devices that utilize SMI as
a way of accessing its registers. SMI register is located in address space
of mge -- access to it was exported through MDIO interface.
Attachment functions were enhanced so as to ensure proper initialisation
in both cases: 1) PHYs attached directly to mge, 2) PHYs attached to
switch device and switch attached to mge. Attachment of etherswitch device
depends on dts entry with compatible="mrvl,sw" property. If none is found,
typical PHY attachment procedure follows.
In case of switch attached, PHYs' status and configuration is accessible
via etherswitchcfg, and ifconfig shows always-up, non-configurable mge
interfaces.
Due to the fact that there may be simultaneous accessess to SMI
registers (e.g. from PHY attached to one of mge instances and switch
to the other), SMI access interlock was added. It is SX lock,
because sleep ability is necessary -- busy-waiting would result
in poor performance due to long delays required by hardware.
Underlying switch driver is obliged to use sleepable locks as well.
Reviewed by: adrian
Obtained from: Semihalf
Submitted by: Bartosz Szczepanek <bsz@semihalf.com>
Differential revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3900
We need to reset the chancmp and chainaddr MMIO registers to bring the
device back to a working state.
Name the chanerr bits while we're here.
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
We only need to borrow a mutex for the drain sleep and the 0->1
transition, so just reuse an existing one for now.
The wchan is arbitrary. Using refcount itself would have required
__DEVOLATILE(), so use the lock's address instead.
Different uses are tagged by kind, although we only do anything with
that information in INVARIANTS builds.
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Callers should have acquired this lock when they invoked ioat_acquire()
before issuing operations. Assert it is held.
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
This is still the worst possible way to allocate memory if it will ever
be under pressure, but at least it won't deadlock.
Suggested by: WITNESS
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Pull out the timer callout delay into IOAT_INTR_TIMO and shorten it
considerably (5s -> 100ms). Single operations do not take 5-10 seconds
and when interrupts aren't working, waiting 100ms sucks a lot less than
5s.
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Now 24xx and above chips support full 8-byte LUN address space.
Older FC chips may support up to 16K LUNs when firmware allows.
Tested in both initiator and target modes for 23xx, 24xx and 25xx.
This change allows to decode respective functions in isp(4) in target mode
and pass them through CAM to CTL. Unfortunately neither CAM nor isp(4)
support returning response info for those task management functions now.
On the other side I just have no initiator to test this functionality.
Using unmapped IO is really beneficial when running inside of a VM,
since it avoids IPIs to other vCPUs in order to invalidate the
mappings.
This patch adds unmapped IO support to blkfront. The following tests
results have been obtained when running on a Xen host without HAP:
PVHVM
3165.84 real 6354.17 user 4483.32 sys
PVHVM with unmapped IO
2099.46 real 4624.52 user 2967.38 sys
This is because when running using shadow page tables TLB flushes and
range invalidations are much more expensive, so using unmapped IO
provides a very important performance boost.
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
MFC after: 2 weeks
X-MFC-with: r289834
FC port database code already notifies CAM about all devices. Additional
full scan is just a waste of time, that by definition won't find anything
that is not present in port database.
registers (they are used for different purposes).
- Wrap R92C_MSR modifications into urtwn_set_mode().
Reviewed by: kevlo
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3838
* Add a comment about the parameters I should support, stolen shamelessly
from iwn(4);
* Implement the rate bit for the raw transmit path;
* Print out the host-order versions of each of the transmit bits, so
I have a hope in heck of debugging why things are going wrong.
This still doesn't fix 5GHz in the office but that's likely due to a lot
of other configuration parameters being 2GHz-specific. That'll come next.
Tested:
* AR9170 + AR9103 (2/5GHz) 2x2, 5GHz association
Replace custom Linux-like logging with a thin shim around
device_printf(), when the softc is available.
In ioat_test, shim around printf(9) instead.
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
This should export all of the same information as the Linux ntb_hw_intel
debugfs info file, but with a bit more structure, in the sysctl tree
rooted at 'dev.ntb_hw.<N>.debug_info'.
Raw registers are marked as OPAQUE because reading them on some hardware
revisions may cause a hard lockup (NTB errata). They can be read with
'sysctl -x dev.ntb_hw.<N>.debug_info.registers'. On Xeon platforms,
some additional registers are available under 'registers.xeon_stats' and
'registers.xeon_hw_err'. They are exported as big-endian values so that
the 'sysctl -x' output is legible.
Shrink the feature mask to 32 bits so we can use the %b formatter in
'debug_info.features'.
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Don't run the selftest until after we've enabled bus mastering, or the
DMA engine can't copy anything for our test.
Create the ioat_test device on attach, if so tuned. Destroy the
ioat_test device on teardown.
Replace deprecated 'CALLOUT_MPSAFE' with correct '1' in callout_init().
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
The test logic now preallocates memory before running the test.
The buffer size is now configurable. Post-copy verification is
configurable. The number of copies to chain into one transaction (one
interrupt) is configurable.
A 'duration' mode is added, which repeats the test until the duration
has elapsed, reporting the B/s and transactions completed.
ioatcontrol.8 has been updated to document the new arguments.
Initial limits (on this particular Broadwell-DE) (and when the
interrupts are working) seem to be: 256 interrupts/sec or ~6 GB/s,
whichever limit is more restrictive.
Unfortunately, it seems the interrupt-reset handling on Broadwell isn't
working as intended. That will be fixed in a later commit.
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
The FDT bindings for eeprom parts don't include any metadata about the
device other than the part name encoded in the compatible property.
Instead, a driver is required to have a compiled-in table of information
about the various parts (page size, device capacity, addressing scheme). So
much for FDT being an abstract description of hardware characteristics, huh?
In addition to the FDT-specific changes, this also switches to using the
newer iicbus_transfer_excl() mechanism which holds bus ownership for the
duration of the transfer. Previously this code held the bus across all
the transfers needed to complete the user's IO request, which could be
up to 128KB of data which might occupy the bus for 10-20 seconds. Now the
bus will be released and re-aquired between every page-sized (8-256 byte)
transfer, making this driver a much nicer citizen on the i2c bus.
The hint-based configuration mechanism is still in place for non-FDT systems.
Michal Meloun contributed some of the code for these changes.
while holding exclusive ownership of the bus. This is the routine most
slave drivers should use unless they have a need to acquire and hold the
bus across a series of related operations that involves multiple transfers.
various reasons while executing user commands. After these commands are
completed, the pages backing the relocation regions are unheld.
Since relocation regions do not have to be page aligned, the code in
validate_exec_list() allocates 2 extra page pointers in the array of
held pages populated by vm_fault_quick_hold_pages(). However, the cleanup
code that unheld the pages always assumed that only the buffer size /
PAGE_SIZE pages were used. This meant that non-page aligned buffers would
not unheld the last 1 or 2 pages in the list. Fix this by saving the
number of held pages returned by vm_fault_quick_hold_pages() for each
relocation region and using this count during cleanup.
Reviewed by: dumbbell, kib
MFC after: 1 week
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3965
represented in 7-bits format in DT files, but system expect it in 8-bit
format. Also, fix two drivers that locally hack around this bug.
Submitted by: Michal Meloun <meloun@miracle.cz>
r289587 broke LINT-NOIP kernels because the lro and queued local variables
are defined but not used. Add preprocessor guards around them.
Reported by: emaste
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
xen/hypervisor.h:
- Remove unused helpers: MULTI_update_va_mapping, is_initial_xendomain,
is_running_on_xen
- Remove unused define CONFIG_X86_PAE
- Remove unused variable xen_start_info: note that it's used inpcifront
which is not built at all
- Remove forward declaration of HYPERVISOR_crash
xen/xen-os.h:
- Remove unused define CONFIG_X86_PAE
- Drop unused helpers: test_and_clear_bit, clear_bit,
force_evtchn_callback
- Implement a generic version (based on ofed/include/linux/bitops.h) of
set_bit and test_bit and prefix them by xen_ to avoid any use by other
code than Xen. Note that It would be worth to investigate a generic
implementation in FreeBSD.
- Replace barrier() by __compiler_membar()
- Replace cpu_relax() by cpu_spinwait(): it's exactly the same as rep;nop
= pause
xen/xen_intr.h:
- Move the prototype of xen_intr_handle_upcall in it: Use by all the
platform
x86/xen/xen_intr.c:
- Use BITSET* for the enabledbits: Avoid to use custom helpers
- test_bit/set_bit has been renamed to xen_test_bit/xen_set_bit
- Don't export the variable xen_intr_pcpu
dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c:
- Fix the string format when XBB_DEBUG is enabled: host_addr is typed
uint64_t
dev/xen/balloon/balloon.c:
- Remove set but not used variable
- Use the correct type for frame_list: xen_pfn_t represents the frame
number on any architecture
dev/xen/control/control.c:
- Return BUS_PROBE_WILDCARD in xs_probe: Returning 0 in a probe callback
means the driver can handle this device. If by any chance xenstore is the
first driver, every new device with the driver is unset will use
xenstore.
dev/xen/grant-table/grant_table.c:
- Remove unused cmpxchg
- Drop unused include opt_pmap.h: Doesn't exist on ARM64 and it doesn't
contain anything required for the code on x86
dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c:
- Use the correct type for rx_pfn_array: xen_pfn_t represents the frame
number on any architecture
dev/xen/netback/netback.c:
- Use the correct type for gmfn: xen_pfn_t represents the frame number on
any architecture
dev/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c:
- Return BUS_PROBE_WILDCARD in xctrl_probe: Returning 0 in a probe callback
means the driver can handle this device. If by any chance xenstore is the
first driver, every new device with the driver is unset will use xenstore.
Note that with the changes, x86/include/xen/xen-os.h doesn't contain anymore
arch-specific code. Although, a new series will add some helpers that differ
between x86 and ARM64, so I've kept the headers for now.
Submitted by: Julien Grall <julien.grall@citrix.com>
Reviewed by: royger
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3921
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
I messed up when doing the reset_vlans method - setting vid[0] = 1 here
was making it 'hidden' from configuration (as it needed ETHERSWITCH_VID_VALID
as well) and so there was no way to configure vlangroup0.
In per-port VLAN mode, vlangroup0 is for the CPU port (port0).
Now, it normally wouldn't really matter - the CPU port thus sees
all other ports. However there are two CPU ports on the AR8327 and
so port0 (arge0) was seeing all traffic on port6 (arge1).
If you thus tried to use arge1/port6 for anything (eg a WAN port)
in a bridge group then things would very upset very quickly.
Whilst here, add a comment to remind myself that yes, it'd be nice
if we could specify a boot-time switch config.
Tested:
* AP135 reference platform w/ AR8327N switch
If the bus is detached and deleted by a call to device_delete_child() or
device_delete_children() on a device higher in the tree, I²C children
were already detached and deleted. So the device_t pointer stored in sc
points to freed memory: we must not try to delete it again.
By using device_delete_children(), we let subr_bus.c figure out if there
are children to take care of.
While here, make sure iicbus_detach() and iicoc_detach() call
device_delete_children() too, to be safe.
Reviewed by: jhb, imp
Approved by: jhb, imp
MFC after: 1 week
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3926
Add ntb_q_idx_t so it is more clear which struct members are of the same
type (some bogus uint64_ts snuck in that should have been unsigned int).
Add tx_err_no_buf and s/ENOMEM/EBUSY/ in tx_enqueue to match Linux.
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
A plain 32 bit integer will overflow for values over 4GiB.
Change the plain integer size to the appropriate size type in
ntb_set_mw. Change the type of the size parameter and two local
variables used for size.
Even if there is no overflow, a size of zero is invalid here.
Authored by: Allen Hubbe
Reported by: Juyoung Jung
Obtained from: Linux (Dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
It was possible for a synchronous update of the RX index in the error
case to get ahead of the asynchronous RX index update in the normal
case. Change the RX processing to preserve an RX completion order.
There were two error cases. First, if a buffer is not present to
receive data, there would be no queue entry to preserve the RX
completion order. Instead of dropping the RX frame, leave the RX frame
in the ring. Schedule RX processing when RX entries are enqueued, in
case there are RX frames waiting in the ring to be received.
Second, if a buffer is too small to receive data, drop the frame in the
ring, mark the RX entry as done, and indicate the error in the RX entry
length. Check for a negative length in the receive callback in
ntb_netdev, and count occurrences as rx_length_errors.
Authored by: Allen Hubbe
Obtained from: Linux (Dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Mechanically replace "SOC" with "ATOM" to match Linux. No functional
change. Original Linux commit log follows:
Instead of using the platform code names, use the correct platform names
to identify the respective Intel NTB hardware.
Authored by: Dave Jiang
Obtained from: Linux (Dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Prints driver name to indicate what is being loaded.
Authored by: Dave Jiang
Obtained from: Linux (Dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Benchmarking showed a significant performance increase with the MTU size
to 64k instead of 16k. Change the driver default to 64k.
Authored by: Dave Jiang
Obtained from: Linux (Dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Throw away the result of the peer SPAD read. The peer will write our
local SPAD and we need to keep the locally read SPAD value to check if
the remote side is up.
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Add module parameters for the addresses to be used in B2B topology.
Authored by: Allen Hubbe
Obtained from: Linux (Dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Reset the link stats when the link goes down. In particular, the TX and
RX index and count must be reset, or else the TX side will be sending
packets to the RX side where the RX side is not expecting them. Reset
all the stats, to be consistent.
Authored by: Allen Hubbe
Obtained from: Linux (Dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
We skip actually bringing up Rootport/Transparent configurations, so
most of this doesn't apply. Original Linux commit log:
Link training should be enabled in the driver probe for root port mode.
We should not have to wait for transport to be loaded for this to
happen. Otherwise the ntb device will not show up on the transparent
bridge side of the link.
Authored by: Dave Jiang
Obtained from: Linux (Dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
It is just a trivial wrapper around ntb_mw_set_trans().
Authored by: Allen Hubbe
Obtained from: Linux (Dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
The failure path for allocating rx grant refs should not try to free tx
grant refs because tx grant refs were allocated after that. Also fix the
error path for xen_net_read_mac.
Submitted by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Reviewed by: royger
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3891
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
This is redundant because ether_ifattach will set that field.
Submitted by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Reviewed by: royger
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3918
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
We're way beyond FreeBSD 7 at this point.
Submitted by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Reviewed by: royger
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3892
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
Multiqueue feature will make the number of queues dynamic, so XN_LOCK_INIT
won't be that useful. Remove the macro and call mtx_init directly.
XN_LOCK_DESTROY is just dead code.
Submitted by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Reviewed by: royger
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3890
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
Rename it with netfront_ prefix and purge a bunch of unused fields.
Submitted by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Reviewed by: royger
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3889
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
Currently neither Linux nor FreeBSD netback supports page flipping. NetBSD
still supports that. It is not sure how many people actually use page
flipping, but page flipping is supposed to be slower than copying nowadays.
It will also shatter frontend / backend address space.
Overall this feature is more of a burden than a benefit.
Submitted by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Reviewed by: royger
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3888
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
- Define the kref structure identical to the one found in Linux.
- Update clients referring inside the kref structure.
- Implement kref_sub() for FreeBSD.
Reviewed by: np @
Sponsored by: Mellanox Technologies
* Use the correct malloc type for node allocation - M_80211_NODE - so
the default node free method in net80211 will work correctly.
* Fix otus_node_alloc() to suit FreeBSD's net80211.
* .. and actually call otus_node_alloc() so there's space for the
per-node tx statistics. Otherwise, well, it will be scribbling over
random memory.
Tested:
* AR9170, STA mode
The monitor mode stuff is from the openbsd driver, but it doesn't
100% work. It doesn't seem to get all frames for all BSSes.
However, it's enough to at start debugging things. That 0xffffffff
write is /I think/ the RX filter, but I am still not 100% sure about
it all.
Then, whilst here, use the lowest rate for EAPOL frames. This is just
generally a good thing to do.
This commit adds support for MDIO present in the ThunderX SoC.
From the FDT point of view it is compatible with "octeon-3860-mdio"
however only C22 mode is used.
The code also implements lmac_if interface functions.
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
- The driver consists of three main componens: PF, VF, BGX
- Requires appropriate entries in DTS and MDIO driver
- Supports only FDT configuration
- Multiple Tx queues and single Rx queue supported
- No RSS, HW checksum and TSO support
- No more than 8 queues per-IF (only one Queue Set per IF)
- HW statistics enabled
- Works in all available MAC modes (1,10,20,40G)
- Style converted to BSD according to style(9)
- The code brings lmac_if interface used by the BGX driver to
update its logical MACs state.
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
This import brings following components of the Linux driver:
- Thunder BGX (programmable MAC)
- Physical Function driver
- Virtual Function driver
- Headers
Revision: 1.0
Obtained from: Cavium
License information: Cavium provided these files under BSD license
This is the last e26a5843 patch. The general thrust of the rewrite was
to move more responsibility for Memory Window and Doorbell interrupt
management from the ntb_hw driver to if_ntb.
A number of APIs have been added, removed, or replaced. The old
DB callback mechanism has been excised. Instead, callers (if_ntb) are
responsible for configuring MWs and handling their interrupts more
directly.
This adds a tunable, hw.ntb.max_mw_size, allowing users to limit the
size of memory windows used by if_ntb (identical to the Linux modparam
of the same name).
Despite attempts to keep mechanical name changes to separate commits,
some have snuck in here. At least the driver should be much more
similar to the latest Linux one now -- making porting fixes easier.
Authored by: Allen Hubbe
Obtained from: Linux (Dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
No functional change. Part of the huge rewrite (e26a5843).
Obtained from: Linux (e26a5843) (Dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Move all Xeon secondary register setup to the setup_b2b_mw routine. We
use subroutines to make it a bit less wordy than the Linux version.
Adds a new tunable, 'hw.ntb.b2b_mw_share'. By default, it is off
(zero). If both sides enable it (any non-zero value), the NTB driver
attempts to use only half of a memory window for remote register MMIO
access.
This is still part of the large Linux rewrite (e26a5843).
Authored by: Allen Hubbe
Obtained from: Linux (e26a5843) (Dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
This Linux commit was more or less a rewrite. Unfortunately, the commit
log does not give a lot of context for the rewrite. I have tried to
faithfully follow the changes made upstream, including matching function
names where possible, while churning the FreeBSD driver as little as
possible.
This is the bulk of the rewrite. There are two groups of changes to
follow in separate commits: fleshing out the rest of the changes to
xeon_setup_b2b_mw(), and some changes to if_ntb.
Yes, this is a big patch (3 files changed, 416 insertions(+), 237
deletions(-)), but the Linux patch was 13 files changed, 2,589
additions(+) and 2,195 deletions(-).
Original Linux commit log:
Change ntb_hw_intel to use the new NTB hardware abstraction layer.
Split ntb_transport into its own driver. Change it to use the new NTB
hardware abstraction layer.
Authored by: Allen Hubbe
Obtained from: Linux (e26a5843) (Dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Some interrupt-related function names changed to match Linux.
No functional change. Still part of the huge e26a5843 rewrite in Linux.
Obtained from: Linux (e26a5843) (Dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
No functional change.
Still part of the huge e26a5843 rewrite. I'm trying to make it less of
a complete rewrite in the FreeBSD version of the driver. Still, it
helps if our names match Linux.
Obtained from: Linux (e26a5843) (Dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
On the Haswell platform, a split BAR option to allow creation of 2 32bit
BARs (4 and 5) from the 64bit BAR 4. Adding support for this new option.
Authored by: Dave Jiang
Obtained from: Linux (Dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
This is a follow-up to r289208: "Xeon Errata Workaround."
Add logic to support a variable number of memory windows and doorbell
callbacks. This was added to the Linux driver in the "Xeon Errata
Workaround" commit, but I skipped it because it didn't look neccessary
at the time. It is needed for future Haswell split-BAR support, so
bring it in now.
A new tunable was added for if_ntb, 'hw.ntb.max_num_clients'. By
default, it is set to zero -- infer the number of clients from the
number of memory windows available from the hardware. Any other
positive value can specify a different number of clients, limited by the
number of doorbell callbacks available (4 under MSI-X, or 15 (Xeon) or
34 (SoC) under legacy INTx).
Obtained from: Linux (Dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
This patch adds support for the BCM57765[2] card reader function included in
Broadcom's BCM57766 ethernet/sd3.0 controller. This controller is commonly
found in laptops and Apple hardware (MBP, iMac, etc).
The BCM57765 chipset is almost fully compatible with the SD3.0 spec, but
does not support deriving a frequency below 781KHz from its default base
clock via the standard SD3.0-configured 10-bit clock divisor.
If such a divisor is set, card identification (which requires a 400KHz
clock frequency) will time out[1].
As a work-around, I've made use of an undocumented device-specific clock
control register to switch the controller to a 63MHz clock source when
targeting clock speeds below 781KHz; the clock source is likewise switched
back to the 200MHz clock when targeting speeds greater than 781KHz.
Additionally, this patch fixes a small sdhci_pci bug; the
sdhci_pci_softc->quirks flag was not copied to the sdhci_slot, resulting in
`quirk` behavior not being applied by sdhci.c.
[1] A number of Linux/FreeBSD users have noted that bringing up the chipsets'
associated ethernet interface will allow SD cards to enumerate (slowly).
This is a controller implementation side-effect triggered by the ethernet
driver's reading of the hardware statistics registers.
[2] This may also fix card detection when using the BCM57785 chipset, but I
don't have access to the BCM57785 chipset and can't verify.
I actually snagged some BCM57785 hardware recently (2012 Retina MacBook Pro)
and can confirm that this also fixes card enumeration with the BCM57785
chipset; with the patch, I can boot off of the internal sdcard reader.
PR: kern/203385
Submitted by: Landon Fuller <landon@landonf.org>
Pull out read of PPD and platform detection logic to new functions,
ntb_detect_xeon(), ntb_detect_soc(). No functional change -- mostly
this is just shuffling the code to more closely match the Linux driver.
Linux commit log:
To simplify some of the platform detection code. Move the platform
detection to a function to be called earlier.
Authored by: Dave Jiang
Obtained from: Linux (Dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
The doorbell registers (and associated mask) are 16-bit on Xeon but
64-bit on SoC. Abstract IO access to doorbell registers with
'db_ioread' and 'db_iowrite' (names and idea borrowed from the dual
BSD/GPL Linux driver).
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Original Linux commit log:
The NTB translate register must have the value to be BAR size aligned.
This alignment check make sure that the DMA memory allocated has the
proper alignment. Another requirement for NTB to function properly with
memory window BAR size greater or equal to 4M is to use the CMA feature
in 3.16 kernel with the appropriate CONFIG_CMA_ALIGNMENT and
CONFIG_CMA_SIZE_MBYTES set.
Authored by: Dave Jiang
Obtained from: Linux (Dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
The detection of an uneven number of queues on the given memory windows
was not correct. The mw_num is zero based and the mod should be
division to spread them evenly over the mw's.
Authored by: Jon Mason
Obtained from: Linux (Dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Remap MSI-X messages over available slots rather than falling back to
legacy INTx when fewer MSI-X slots are available than were requested.
N.B. the Linux driver does *not* do this.
To aid in testing, a tunable 'hw.ntb.force_remap_mode' has been added.
It defaults to off (0). When the tunable is enabled and sufficient
slots were available, the driver restricts the number of slots by one
and remaps the MSI-X messages over the remaining slots.
In case this is actually not okay (as I don't yet have access to this
hardware to test), a tunable 'hw.ntb.prefer_intx_to_remap' has been
added. It defaults to off (0). When the tunable is enabled and fewer
slots are available than requested, fall back to legacy INTx mode rather
than attempting to remap MSI-X messages.
Suggested by: jhb
Reviewed by: jhb (earlier version)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Consumers that registered on this bit would never see a callback and it
is likely a mistake.
This does not affect if_ntb, which limits itself to a single doorbell
callback.
The names don't line up 100% with Linux. Our routines are named
ntb_setup_interrupts, ntb_setup_xeon_msix, ntb_setup_soc_msix, and
ntb_setup_legacy_interrupt. Linux SNB = FreeBSD Xeon; Linux BWD =
FreeBSD SOC. Original Linux commit log:
This is an cleanup effort to make ntb_setup_msix() more readable - use
ntb_setup_bwd_msix() to init MSI-Xs on BWD hardware and
ntb_setup_snb_msix() - on SNB hardware.
Function ntb_setup_snb_msix() also initializes MSI-Xs the way it should
has been done - looping pci_enable_msix() until success or failure.
Authored by: Alexander Gordeev
Obtained from: Linux (Dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Provide a better event interface between the client and transport.
Authored by: Jon Mason
Obtained from: Linux (Dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
according to the Cortex-A8 TRM r3p2 section 3.2.49.
The A8 list differs from the "ARM-v7 common" list, given the A8
was an earlier model.
There is still more work to be done for other Cortex-Ax version as
andrew points out, but I am just trying to fix A8 for now for teaching.
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: DARPA/AFRL
Obtained from: Cambridge/L41
Reviewed by: andrew
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3876
Enable Snoop from Primary to Secondary side on BAR23 and BAR45 on all
TLPs. Previously, Snoop was only enabled from Secondary to Primary
side. This can have a performance improvement on some workloads.
Also, make the code more obvious about how the link is being enabled.
Authored by: Jon Mason
Obtained from: Linux (Dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Add a comment describing the necessary ordering of modifications to the
NTB Limit and Base registers.
Authored by: Jon Mason
Obtained from: Linux (Dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
A WARN_ON is being hit in ntb_qp_link_work due to the NTB transport link
being down while the ntb qp link is still active. This is caused by the
transport link being brought down prior to the qp link worker thread
being terminated. To correct this, shutdown the qp's prior to bringing
the transport link down. Also, only call the qp worker thread if it is
in interrupt context, otherwise call the function directly.
Authored by: Jon Mason
Obtained from: Linux (Dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
The Xeon NTB-RP setup, the transparent side does not get a link up/down
interrupt. Since the presence of a NTB device on the transparent side
means that we have a NTB link up, we can work around the lack of an
interrupt by simply calling the link up function to notify the upper
layers.
Authored by: Jon Mason
Obtained from: Linux (Dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Modifications to the 14th bit of the B2BDOORBELL register will not be
mirrored to the remote system due to a hardware issue. To get around
the issue, shrink the number of available doorbell bits by 1. The max
number of doorbells was being used as a way to referencing the Link
Doorbell bit. Since this would no longer work, the driver must now
explicitly reference that bit.
This does not affect the xeon_errata_workaround case, as it is not using
the b2bdoorbell register.
Authored by: Jon Mason
Obtained from: Linux (Dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
NTB-RP is not a supported configuration on BWD hardware. Remove the
code attempting to set it up.
Authored by: Jon Mason
Obtained from: Linux (dual BSD/GPL driver)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
This commit does not actually add NTB-RP support. Mostly it serves to
shuffle code around to match the Linux driver. Original Linux commit
log follows:
Add support for Non-Transparent Bridge connected to a PCI-E Root Port on
the remote system (also known as NTB-RP mode). This allows for a NTB
enabled system to be connected to a non-NTB enabled system/slot.
Modifications to the registers and BARs/MWs on the Secondary side by the
remote system are reflected into registers on the Primary side for the
local system. Similarly, modifications of registers and BARs/MWs on
Primary side by the local system are reflected into registers on the
Secondary side for the Remote System. This allows communication between
the 2 sides via these registers and BARs/MWs.
Note: there is not a fix for the Xeon Errata (that was already worked
around in NTB-B2B mode) for NTB-RP mode. Due to this limitation, NTB-RP
will not work on the Secondary side with the Xeon Errata workaround
enabled. To get around this, disable the workaround via the
xeon_errata_workaround=0 modparm. However, this can cause the hang
described in the errata.
Authored by: Jon Mason
Obtained from: Linux
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Many variable names in the NTB driver refer to the primary or secondary
side. However, these variables will be used to access the reverse case
when in NTB-RP mode. Make these names more generic in anticipation of
NTB-RP support.
Authored by: Jon Mason
Obtained from: Linux
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
The BWD NTB device will drop the link if an error is encountered on the
point-to-point PCI bridge. The link will stay down until all errors are
cleared and the link is re-established. On link down, check to see if
the error is detected, if so do the necessary housekeeping to try and
recover from the error and reestablish the link.
There is a potential race between the 2 NTB devices recovering at the
same time. If the times are synchronized, the link will not recover and
the driver will be stuck in this loop forever. Add a random interval to
the recovery time to prevent this race.
Authored by: Jon Mason
Obtained from: Linux
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
There is a Xeon hardware errata related to writes to SDOORBELL or B2BDOORBELL
in conjunction with inbound access to NTB MMIO Space, which may hang the
system. To workaround this issue, use one of the memory windows to access the
interrupt and scratch pad registers on the remote system. This bypasses the
issue, but removes one of the memory windows from use by the transport. This
reduction of MWs necessitates adding some logic to determine the number of
available MWs.
Since some NTB usage methodologies may have unidirectional traffic, the ability
to disable the workaround via modparm has been added.
See BF113 in
http://www.intel.com/content/dam/www/public/us/en/documents/specification-updates/xeon-c5500-c3500-spec-update.pdf
See BT119 in
http://www.intel.com/content/dam/www/public/us/en/documents/specification-updates/xeon-e5-family-spec-update.pdf
Authored by: Jon Mason
Obtained from: Linux
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Due to ambiguous documentation, the USD/DSD identification is backward
when compared to the setting in BIOS. Correct the bits to match the
BIOS setting.
Authored by: Jon Mason
Obtained from: Linux
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
The NTB Xeon hardware has 16 scratch pad registers and 16 back-to-back
scratch pad registers. Correct the #define to represent this and update
the variable names to reflect their usage.
Authored by: Jon Mason
Obtained from: Linux
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
This doesn't free the mbuf upon error; the driver ic_raw_xmit method is still
doing that.
Submitted by: <s3erios@gmail.com>
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3774
Move error handling into ieee80211_parent_xmitpkt() instead of spreading it
between functions.
Submitted by: <s3erios@gmail.com>
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3772
* Create ieee80211_free_mbuf() which frees a list of mbufs.
* Use it in the fragment transmit path and ath / uath transmit paths.
* Call it in xmit_pkt() if the transmission fails; otherwise fragments
may be leaked.
This should be a big no-op.
Submitted by: <s3erios@gmail.com>
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3769
The system will appear to lockup for long periods of time due to the NTB
driver spending too much time in memcpy. Avoid this by reducing the
number of packets that can be serviced on a given interrupt.
Authored by: Jon Mason
Obtained from: Linux
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
The ring logic of the NTB receive buffer/transmit memory window requires
there to be at least 2 payload sized allotments. For the minimal size
case, split the buffer into two and set the transport_mtu to the
appropriate size.
Authored by: Jon Mason
Obtained from: Linux
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
If the NTB link toggles, the driver could stop receiving due to the
tx_index not being set to 0 on the transmitting size on a link-up event.
This is due to the driver expecting the incoming data to start at the
beginning of the receive buffer and not at a random place.
Authored by: Jon Mason
Obtained from: Linux
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Each link-up will allocate a new NTB receive buffer when the NTB
properties are negotiated with the remote system. These allocations did
not check for existing buffers and thus did not free them. Now, the
driver will check for an existing buffer and free it if not of the
correct size, before trying to alloc a new one.
Authored by: Jon Mason
Obtained from: Linux
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
64bit BAR sizes are permissible with an NTB device. To support them
various modifications and clean-ups were required, most significantly
using 2 32bit scratch pad registers for each BAR.
Also, modify the driver to allow more than 2 Memory Windows.
Authored by: Jon Mason
Obtained from: Linux
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
->remote_rx_info and ->rx_info are struct ntb_rx_info pointers. If we
add sizeof(struct ntb_rx_info) then it goes too far.
Authored by: Dan Carpenter
Obtained from: Linux
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
This change fixes some amount of -Wsign-conversion and -Wconversion warnings
and sets correct sizes for some variables (as a result, some loop counters
were touched too).
Submitted by: <s3erios@gmail.com>
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3763
This is roughly the iw_cxgbe equivalent of
be13b2dff8
-----------------
RDMA/cxgb4: Connect_request_upcall fixes
When processing an MPA Start Request, if the listening endpoint is
DEAD, then abort the connection.
If the IWCM returns an error, then we must abort the connection and
release resources. Also abort_connection() should not post a CLOSE
event, so clean that up too.
Signed-off-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
-----------------
Submitted by: Krishnamraju Eraparaju at chelsio dot com.
This was off because the net80211 aggregation code was using the same
state pointers for both fast frames and ampdu tx support which led to some
pretty unfortunate panic-y behaviour.
Now that net80211 doesn't panic, let's flip this back on.
It doesn't (yet) do the horrific sounding thing of A-MPDU aggregates
of fast frames; that'll come next. It's a pre-requisite to supporting
AMSDU + AMPDU anyway, which actually speeds things up quite considerably
(think packing lots of little ACK frames into a single AMSDU.)
Tested:
* QCA955x SoC, AP mode
* AR5416, STA mode
* AR9170, STA mode (with local fast frame patches)
these functions are thin wrappers around calling the hardware-layer driver,
but some of them do sanity checks and return an error. Since the hardware
layer can only return IIC_Exxxxx status values, the iicbus helper functions
must also adhere to that, so that drivers at higher layers can assume that
any non-zero status value is an IIC_Exxxx value that provides details about
what happened at the hardware layer (sometimes those details are important
for certain slave drivers).
errno values that are at least vaguely equivelent. Also add a new status
value, IIC_ERESOURCE, to indicate a failure to acquire memory or other
required resources to complete a transaction.
The IIC_Exxxxxx values are supposed to communicate low-level details of the
i2c transaction status between the lowest-layer hardware driver and
higher-layer bus protocol and device drivers for slave devices on the bus.
Most of those slave drivers just return all status values from the lower
layers directly to their callers, resulting in crazy error reporting from a
user's point of view (things like timeouts being reported as "no such
process"). Now there's a helper function to make it easier to start
cleaning up all those drivers.
Make it clearer what each one means in the comments that define them.
IIC_BUSBSY was used in many places to mean two different things, either
"someone else has reserved the bus so you have to wait until they're done"
or "the signal level on the bus was not in the state I expected before/after
issuing some command".
Now IIC_BUSERR is used consistantly to refer to protocol/signaling errors,
and IIC_BUSBSY refers to ownership/reservation of the bus.
perform a stop operation on the bus if there was an error, otherwise the
bus will remain hung forever. Consistantly use 'if (error != 0)' style in
the function.
The current Xen console driver is crashing very quickly when using it on
an ARM guest. This is because the console lock is recursive and it may
lead to recursion on the tty lock and/or corrupt the ring pointer.
Furthermore, the console lock is not always taken where it should be and has
to be released too early because of the way the console has been designed.
Over the years, code has been modified to support various new features but
the driver has not been reworked.
This new driver has been rewritten with the idea of only having a small set
of specific function to write either via the shared ring or the hypercall
interface.
Note that HVM support has been left aside for now because it requires
additional features which are not yet supported. A follow-up patch will be
sent with HVM guest support.
List of items that may be good to have but not mandatory:
- Avoid to flush for each character written when using the tty
- Support multiple consoles
Submitted by: Julien Grall <julien.grall@citrix.com>
Reviewed by: royger
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3698
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
Use direct dispatch into the destination hardware ring instead of using
a staging queue.
Submitted by: <s3erios@gmail.com>
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3757
Pull the latest headers for Xen which allow us to add support for ARM and
use new features in FreeBSD.
This is a verbatim copy of the xen/include/public so every headers which
don't exits anymore in the Xen repositories have been dropped.
Note the interface version hasn't been bumped, it will be done in a
follow-up. Although, it requires fix in the code to get it compiled:
- sys/xen/xen_intr.h: evtchn_port_t is already defined in the headers so
drop it.
- {amd64,i386}/include/intr_machdep.h: NR_EVENT_CHANNELS now depends on
xen/interface/event_channel.h, so include it.
- {amd64,i386}/{amd64,i386}/support.S: It's not neccessary to include
machine/intr_machdep.h. This is also fixing build compilation with the
new headers.
- dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: The typedef for blkif_request_segmenthas
been dropped. So directly use struct blkif_request_segment
Finally, modify xen/interface/xen-compat.h to throw a preprocessing error if
__XEN_INTERFACE_VERSION__ is not set. This is allow us to catch any file
where xen/xen-os.h is not correctly included.
Submitted by: Julien Grall <julien.grall@citrix.com>
Reviewed by: royger
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3805
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
'rdrand' instruction may occasionally not return random numbers, in
spite of looping attempts to do so. The reusult is a KASSERT/panic.
Reluctantly accept this state-of-affairs, but make a noise about it.
if this 'noise' spams the console, it may be time to discontinue
using that source.
This is written in a general way to account for /any/ source that
might not supply random numbers when required.
Submitted by: jkh (report and slightly different fix)
Approved by: so (/dev/random blanket)
* Remove obsolete drm_agp_*_memory() prototypes.
* Fix comment in drm_fops.c (outisde -> outside).
* Fix some formatting issues in drm_stub.c (spaces -> tabs).
* Add missing case statement (gen == 3) in intel_gpu_reset().
* Restore pci_enable_busmaster() call in the init path (fixes gpu hang on i945GM).
* Replace M_WAITOK with M_NOWAIT when the return value of malloc is checked (may be incorrect).
Submitted by: <s3erios@gmail.com>
Reviewed by: dumbbell
Approved by: dumbbell
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3413
Now run(4) fetches parameters from ic->ic_wme.wme_params array, which is never initialized
(and can be safely removed). This patch replaces &ic->ic_wme.wme_params with
&ic->ic_wme.wme_chanParams.cap_wmeParams (contains parameters for local station;
used by other drivers with WME support).
Tested:
* me: STA: run0: MAC/BBP RT5390 (rev 0x0502), RF RT5370 (MIMO 1T1R), address 38:83:45:11:78:ae
Now device will use retry limit, which is set via 'ifconfig <interface>
maxretry <number>'.
Tested:
* Tested on WUSB54GC, STA mode.
Submitted by: <s3erios@gmail.com>
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3689
The MAC can be fetched from the key struct.
I added the ndis updates to make it compile.
Submitted by: <s3erios@gmail.com>
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3657
This diff includes:
* Transmitter Addresses, Keys and TKIP MIC addition to the Security Key Table.
* Proper SEC Control Registers initialization and maintenance.
* Additional flags and values in TX descriptor, which are required for encryption support.
* Error checking in RX path.
Tested:
* Tested on WUSB54GC, STA (WEP, TKIP, CCMP), HOSTAP (CCMP) and IBSS (CCMP, WPA-None) modes.
* rum0: MAC/BBP RT2573 (rev 0x2573a), RF RT2528, STA mode (CCMP+TKIP)
Submitted by: <s3erios@gmail.com>
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3640
Note: I manually had to merge this; I merged in the "put beacon_offsets
into vap" commit before this.
Submitted by: <s3erios@gmail.com>
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3628
Don't override the NIC MAC address with an overridden MAC address for
a VAP.
Submitted by: <s3erios@gmail.com>
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3625
Tested:
* rum0: MAC/BBP RT2573 (rev 0x2573a), RF RT2528, STA mode
Note: haven't tested AP mode yet; will do once the rest of the
AP mode / power save commits are in.
Submitted by: <s3erios@gmail.com>
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3624
Move the mbuf free responsibility to the caller of the hardware xmit
function, not the hardware xmit function itself.
Submitted by: <s3erios@gmail.com>
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3621
* Remove unused sc_txtap_len/sc_rxtap_len fields.
* Remove unused ackrate variable.
* Remove unneded warning in rum_update_mcast().
* Use nitems().
* Replace some hardcoded values for RT2573_MAC_CSR1 register.
* Remove second argument for RUM_LOCK_ASSERT() - it is always the same.
Submitted by: <s3erios@gmail.com>
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3605
release resources (such as unholding pages) when errors occur. Some
recently added error checks return immediately instead of jumping to a
label resulting in leaks. Fix these to jump to a label to do cleanup
instead.
Reviewed by: kib
MFC after: 1 week
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3745
to shut down; close laptop lid" scenario which otherwise tended to end
with a laptop overheating or the battery dying.
The implementation uses a new sysctl, kern.suspend_blocked; init(8) sets
this while rc.suspend runs, and the ACPI sleep code ignores requests while
the sysctl is set.
Discussed on: freebsd-acpi (35 emails)
MFC after: 1 week
The fullmac firmware doesn't seem to populate a useful rssi indicator
in the RX descriptor, so if one plotted said values, they'd basically
look like garbage.
The reference driver implements a "get current rssi" firmware command
which I guess is really meant for station operation only (as hostap
operation would need rssi per station, not a single firmware read.)
So:
* populate sc_currssi during each calibration run;
* use this in the RX path instead of trying to reconstruct the RSSI
value and passing it around as a pointer;
* do up a quick hack to map the rssi hardware value to some useful
signal level;
* the survey results provide an RSSI value between 0..100, so just
do another quick hack to map it into some usefulish signal level;
* supply a faked noise floor - I haven't yet found how to pull it
out of the firmware.
The scan results and the station RSSI information is now more useful
for indicating signal strength / distance.
- Remove write-only SBUF_ULP_FLAG_COALESCE_OFF flag.
- Failure to allocate ulp_mbuf_cb during rx is a hard error. Panic
instead of just freeing the mbuf and pretending nothing happened. The
payload in the mbuf is precious because it has been ACK'ed by the TOE.
(ulp_mbuf_cb is going to go away soon and so will these potential
failures during rx.)
This logic is mostly crimed from the reference driver and the linux
r92su driver.
I verified that it (a) worked on the rsu hardware I have, and (b)
did traffic testing whilst watching what ath(4) sent as a hostap.
It successfully sent MCS8..15 rates (which requires 2-stream reception)
as well as MCS0..7 (which is 1-stream.)
Tested:
* RTL8712, 1T1R NIC, MCS rates 0..7.
* RTL8712, 1T2R NIC, MCS rates 0..15
TODO:
* Find a 2T2R NIC!
* include opt_wlan.h like a good little wlan driver;
* add a function to free the mbufq /and/ the node references on it, or we will leak
said node references;
* free the mbufq upon NIC shutdown otherwise we may end up with a full list that
we never begin transmit work on, and thus never drain it;
* .. which frees it upon NIC detach too;
* ensure urtwn_start() gets called after the completion of frame TX even if the
pending queue is empty, otherwise transmit will stall. It's highly unlikely that
the usb tx queue would be empty whilst the incoming send queue is full, but hey,
who knows.
This passes some iperf testing with and without the NIC being actively removed during
said active iperf test.
Tested:
* urtwn0: MAC/BB RTL8188EU, RF 6052 1T1R ; STA mode
Fast-frames:
* include opt_wlan.h ; tsk to not doing it earlier;
* add a tx pending tracking counter for seeing how deep
the hardware TX queue is;
* add the frame aging code from if_ath;
* add fast-frames capability to the driver setup.
Bugs:
* free the buffers (and node references) before
detaching net80211 state. This prevents a use-after-free in
the node free path where we've destroyed net80211 underneath it.
Don't make an integer to a boolean and then compare to a value which
needs an integer comparison.
Spotted by: reading kernel compile time log
MFC after: 2 weeks
in the join message so the firmware would pick it up.
* Strip out the direct hardware fiddling for 40MHz mode - the firmware
we're using doesn't require it (the rtl8712su firmware does; it
is less 'fullmac' than what we're using.)
* Fix the mbuf handling during errors - rsu_tx shouldn't free mbufs;
it's up to the caller to do so. This brings it in line with
what other drivers do or should be doing.
Tested:
* RTL8712, HT40 channel, STA mode (during this commit)
Atheros.
Thanks to OpenBSD for providing a driver based on the original
Atheros open source driver circa 2008. This uses the early, pre-carl9170
atheros provided firmware.
It only supports 11bg at the moment. I've not tested it with 11a
(and so the TX rate control logic may be slightly wrong!) so if
you do have the dual-band version of this hardware please do let me know.
Tested:
* AR9170, TP-Link WN821N 2GHz.
TODO:
* Hook this up to a non-module build.
Refer to the usb_quirk(4) manual page for more details on how to use
this new feature.
Submitted by: Maxime Soule <btik-fbsd@scoubidou.com>
PR: 203249
MFC after: 2 weeks
* Don't free the mbuf in the tx path - it uses the transmit path now,
so the caller frees the mbuf.
* Don't decrement the node ref upon error - that's up to the caller to
do as well.
Tested:
* Intel 5300 3x3 wifi, station mode
Noticed by: <s3erios@gmail.com>
* Add a new method to control NIC poweron / network-sleep / power off;
* Add in A-MPDU TX negotiation support, but comment it out because it
does break TX traffic;
* blank out the tx buffer before sending a firmware message, just in case;
* go into network-sleep once associated;
TODO:
* figure out why ampdu negotiation isn't working and breaking TX traffic,
then enable it.
to do it directly.
Ensure that we re-queue starting transmit upon TX completion.
This solves two issues:
* It stops tx stalls - before this, if the transmit path filled the
mbuf queue then it'd never start another transmit.
* It enforces ordering - this is very required for 802.11n which
requires frames to be transmitted in the order they're queued.
Since everything remotely involved in USB has an unlock/thing/relock
pattern with that mutex, the only way to guarantee TX ordering is
to 100% defer it into a separate thread.
This now survives an iperf test and gets a reliable 30mbit/sec.
Correctly (I hope!) remove net80211 references before doing so.
Just doing a dumb mbufq drain isn't enough.
If enough traffic occurs and the mbuf queue fills up then transmit
stalls (which I'm not fixing in this commit!) but then the mbuf queue
stays full until the driver is removed. There's also the net80211
node refcounting leak.
This just ensures that during rsu_stop and detach the mbuf queue
is purged (and references!) so the queue-full situation can be
recovered from.
setup pieces and so (at least) transmit doesn't work.
It'll just fall back to being a straight HT20 device and negotiate
HT20 only.
Tested by: Idwer Vollering <vidwer@gmail.com>
This also adds a newbus interface that allows a SoC to override the
following settings:
- if_dwc specific SoC initialization;
- if_dwc descriptor type;
- if_dwc MII clock.
This seems to be an old version of the hardware descriptors but it is
still in use in a few SoCs (namely Allwinner A20 and Amlogic at least).
Tested on Cubieboard2 and Banana pi.
Tested for regressions on Altera Cyclone by br@ (old version).
Obtained from: NetBSD
requirements.
Don't start the opmode and join path until a pending survey is finished.
This seems to reliably fix things.
Ideally I'd just finish off the net80211 pluggable scan stuff and implement
the methods here so if_rsu can just drive the scan machinery.
However, that's a .. later thing.
Whilst here, remove the getbuf debugging; it's okay to run out of transmit
buffers under load; it however isn't okay to not be able to send commands.
I'll fix that later.
* Add a tunable to enable 11n if it's available, so to not anger people
who upgrade.
kenv hw.usb.rsu.enable_11n=1 before inserting the device.
* Add initial 11n htconfig bits;
* Enable 40MHz mode if it's available;
* Add 11n channels;
* Set 11n bits in the firmware.
It works for RX; I haven't tested TX aggregation just yet.
However the firmware doesn't do RX re-ordering, so I have to tie it into
the net80211 A-MPDU RX reorder path before I flip this on by default.
I've verified that I'm indeed actually seeing MCS 0->7 rates being received.
I haven't dug into whether it's actually transmitting 11n rates; I'll dig into
that later.
* the tx descriptor TID is priority, not TID.
* the tx descriptor queue id mapping is separate from the
TID/priority; rather than just "BE".
TODO:
* go and re-re-re-verify the queue mappings; the linux and openbsd
mappings aren't exactly the same. I need to verify all of this
before I try to flip on 11n RX.
* Do 1T1R for now, until we read the config out of ROM and use it.
* Disable turbo mode, I dunno what this is, but the linux drivers
have this disabled.
* Set the firmware endpoints to what we read from USB.
Tested:
* RTL8712 cut 3, STA mode
data queues.
This is similar to the openbsd and rtlwifi/r92su drivers.
Note: this driver still assumes it's a 4-endpoint device; I'll enforce
that in a follow-up commit.
When the system has more than a single PCI domain, the bus numbers
are not unique, thus they cannot be used for "pci" device numbering.
Change bus numbers to -1 (i.e. to-be-determined automatically)
wherever the code did not care about domains.
Reviewed by: jhb
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3406
There is an issue with interrupts at the moment, but it works with
polling mode set (hw.usb.xhci.use_polling=1).
Reviewed by: hselasky
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3665
This allows for arbitrary channel info to be placed in the input call rather
than the totally gross hack of overriding ic_curchan.
Without this I'm sure ic_curchan setting was racing with the scan code
setting the channel itself..
The firmware in this NIC sends management frames. So far I'm not sure which
ones it handles and which ones it doesn't handle - but this is what openbsd
does.
The association messages are handled by the firmware; the key negotiation
for 802.1x and WPA are done as raw frames, not management frames.
This successfully allows it to associate to my home networks whereas it didn't
work beforehand.
Tested:
* RTL8712, cut 3, STA mode
TODO:
* The firmware does send a join response with a status code; that should be
logged in a more obvious way to assist with debugging. Ie, the firmware
is the thing that is saying "couldn't join, sorry!", not net80211.
to attach with the last version of this commit. This commit fixes
attach failures on "ICH8" class devices via modifications to
e1000_init_nvm_params_ich8lan()
- Fix compiler warning in 80003es2lan.c
- Add return value handler for e1000_*_kmrn_reg_80003es2lan
- Fix usage of DEBUGOUT
- Remove unnecessary variable initializations.
- Removed unused variables (complaints from gcc).
- Edit defines in 82571.h.
- Add workaround for igb hw errata.
- Shared code changes for Skylake/I219 support.
- Remove unused OBFF and LTR functions.
Tested by some of the folks that reported breakage in previous incarnation.
Thanks to AllanJude, gjb, gnn, tijl for tempting fate with their machines.
Submitted by: erj@freebsd.org
MFC after: 2 weeks
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3162
* yes, when a "sta disconnect" message comes through we should, like,
disconnect things. We're not currently generating beacon miss messages,
and net80211 isn't disconnecting things via software beacon miss receive.
Tested:
* RTL8712, cut 3, STA mode
* use an ath/iwn style debug bitmap - it's still global rather than per-device,
but it's better than debug levels
* disable bgscan - it just makes things unstable/unpredictable for now.
Tested:
* if_rsu - RTL8712 cut 3, STA mode
The pci bus driver handles the power state, it also manages
configuration state saving and restoring for its child devices. Thus a
PCI device driver does not have to worry about those things. In fact, I
observe a hard system hang when trying to suspend a system with active
radeonkms driver where both the bus driver and radeonkms driver try to
do the same thing. I suspect that it could be because of an access to a
PCI configuration register after the device is placed into D3 state.
Reviewed by: dumbbell, jhb
MFC after: 13 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3561
vendor supplied device trees contain the needed properties for us to select
the correct uart to use as the kernel console.
An example of this would be to add the following to loader.conf.
hw.fdt.console="/smb/uart@f7113000"
The intention of this is slightly different than the existing
hw.uart.console option. The new option will mean the boot serial
configuration will be derived from the device node, while the existing
option expects the user to configure all this themselves.
Further work is planned to allow the uart configuration to be set based on
the stdout-path property devicetree bindings.
Sponsored by: ABT Systems Ltd
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3559
Certain VM guest types (VMware, Xen) do not support MSI, so pci_alloc_msix()
always fails. isci(4) was not properly detecting the allocation failure,
and would try to proceed with MSIx resource initialization rather than
reverting to INTx.
Reported and tested by: Bradley W. Dutton (brad-fbsd-stable@duttonbros.com)
MFC after: 3 days
Sponsored by: Intel
BIOS always enables PCI busmaster on the isci device, which effectively
worked around this omission. But when passing the isci device through
to a guest VM, the hypervisor will disable busmaster and isci will not
work without calling pci_enable_busmaster().
MFC after: 3 days
Sponsored by: Intel
This is a subtle use-after-free race that results in some very undesirable
hang behaviour.
Reviewed by: pkelsey
Obtained from: Kip Macy, NextBSD (91a9bd1dbb)
Gleaned from a public header file. 5402 and 5404 look like they may be
used on embedded devices. 5478 and 5488 are switch PHYs. 5754 change is just
to note a product alias.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3338
Submitted by: kevin.bowling@kev009.com
delete a logic volume on status change which is NOT what we want here.
The original code is correct in that when the volume changes status
the driver will only delete the volume if the status is one of the
fatal errors. A drive failure in a mirrored volume is NOT a situtation
where the volume should dissapear.
Reported on freebsd-scsi@:
https://lists.freebsd.org/pipermail/freebsd-scsi/2015-September/006800.html
MFC after: 3 days
Resetting some generations of the I/OAT hardware (just BDXDE for now)
resets the corresponding MSI-X registers. So, teardown and
re-initialize interrupts after resetting the hardware.
Reviewed by: jimharris
Approved by: markj (mentor)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3549
SoC is used in the HiKey board from 96boards.
Currently on the SD card is working on the HiKey, as such devices 0 and 2
will need to be disabled, for example by adding the following to
loader.conf:
hint.hisi_dwmmc.0.disabled=1
hint.hisi_dwmmc.2.disabled=1
Relnotes: yes (Hikey board booting)
Sponsored by: ABT Systems Ltd
in Marvell terms) to 32768. 32768 looks overkill but it will
ensure correct DMAed update. This change addresses occasional
watchdog timeouts reported on 10.2-RELEASE.
Tested by: Johann Hugo <jhugo@meraka.csir.co.za>
MFC after: 2 weeks
only gpiobus configured via FDT is supported. Bus enumeration is
supported. Devices are created for each device found. 1-Wire
temperature controllers are supported, but other drivers could be
written. Temperatures are polled and reported via a sysctl. Errors
are reported via sysctl counters. Mis-wired bus detection is included
for more trouble shooting. See ow(4), owc(4) and ow_temp(4) for
details of what's supported and known issues.
This has been tested on Raspberry Pi-B, Pi2 and Beagle Bone Black
with up to 7 devices.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2956
Relnotes: yes
MFC after: 2 weeks
Reviewed by: loos@ (with many insightful comments)
connectivity interact with the net80211 stack.
Historical background: originally wireless devices created an interface,
just like Ethernet devices do. Name of an interface matched the name of
the driver that created. Later, wlan(4) layer was introduced, and the
wlanX interfaces become the actual interface, leaving original ones as
"a parent interface" of wlanX. Kernelwise, the KPI between net80211 layer
and a driver became a mix of methods that pass a pointer to struct ifnet
as identifier and methods that pass pointer to struct ieee80211com. From
user point of view, the parent interface just hangs on in the ifconfig
list, and user can't do anything useful with it.
Now, the struct ifnet goes away. The struct ieee80211com is the only
KPI between a device driver and net80211. Details:
- The struct ieee80211com is embedded into drivers softc.
- Packets are sent via new ic_transmit method, which is very much like
the previous if_transmit.
- Bringing parent up/down is done via new ic_parent method, which notifies
driver about any changes: number of wlan(4) interfaces, number of them
in promisc or allmulti state.
- Device specific ioctls (if any) are received on new ic_ioctl method.
- Packets/errors accounting are done by the stack. In certain cases, when
driver experiences errors and can not attribute them to any specific
interface, driver updates ic_oerrors or ic_ierrors counters.
Details on interface configuration with new world order:
- A sequence of commands needed to bring up wireless DOESN"T change.
- /etc/rc.conf parameters DON'T change.
- List of devices that can be used to create wlan(4) interfaces is
now provided by net.wlan.devices sysctl.
Most drivers in this change were converted by me, except of wpi(4),
that was done by Andriy Voskoboinyk. Big thanks to Kevin Lo for testing
changes to at least 8 drivers. Thanks to pluknet@, Oliver Hartmann,
Olivier Cochard, gjb@, mmoll@, op@ and lev@, who also participated in
testing.
Reviewed by: adrian
Sponsored by: Netflix
Sponsored by: Nginx, Inc.
While here update the list of devices id to match the one in linux 3.8.13
Reviewed by: dumbbell
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3489
Keep a couple of old macros that will be removed lated when the rest of the code
will be updated to 3.8.13 equivalent.
Chase the renamed macros
Reviewed by: dumbbell
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3487
Convert filemon_lock and struct filemon* lock to sx(9), rather than a
self-rolled reader-writer lock, and hold it for the entire time needed.
At least filemon_lock_write() was not checking for active readers when
it would successfully return with the write lock "held". This led to
a race with reading entries from filemon_inuse as they were removed. This
could be seen with QUEUE_MACRO_DEBUG enabled, causing -1 to be read as an
entry rather than a valid struct filemon*.
Fixing filemon_lock_write() to check readers was insufficient to fix the
races.
sx(9) was used as the lock could be held while taking proctree_lock and sleeping
in fo_write.
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
MFC after: 2 weeks
I/OAT is also referred to as Crystal Beach DMA and is a Platform Storage
Extension (PSE) on some Intel server platforms.
This driver currently supports DMA descriptors only and is part of a
larger effort to upstream an interconnect between multiple systems using
the Non-Transparent Bridge (NTB) PSE.
For now, this driver is only built on AMD64 platforms. It may be ported
to work on i386 later, if that is desired. The hardware is exclusive to
x86.
Further documentation on ioat(4), including API documentation and usage,
can be found in the new manual page.
Bring in a test tool, ioatcontrol(8), in tools/tools/ioat. The test
tool is not hooked up to the build and is not intended for end users.
Submitted by: jimharris, Carl Delsey <carl.r.delsey@intel.com>
Reviewed by: jimharris (reviewed my changes)
Approved by: markj (mentor)
Relnotes: yes
Sponsored by: Intel
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3456
in the parent, we will inherit the pmcids but cannot execute any operations
on them in the child. The reason for this is that pmc_find_pmc() only
tries to find the current process on the owners hash list, but given the
child does not own the attachment, we cannot find it.
Thus, in case the initial lookup fails, try to find the pmc_process state
affiliated with the child process, lookup the pmc from there using the
row index, and get the owner process from that pmc.
Then continue as normal and lookup the pmc context of the owner (process).
This allows us to call, e.g., pmc_start() in the child process before we
start the work there, but to collect the accumulated results later in
the parent.
Sponsored by: DARPA,AFRL
Obtained from: L41
Tested by: rwatson, L41
MFC after: 4 weeks
Reviewed by: gnn
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2052
Provide and document the RANDOM_ENABLE_UMA option.
Change RANDOM_FAST to RANDOM_UMA to clarify the harvesting.
Remove RANDOM_DEBUG option, replace with SDT probes. These will be of
use to folks measuring the harvesting effect when deciding whether to
use RANDOM_ENABLE_UMA.
Requested by: scottl and others.
Approved by: so (/dev/random blanket)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3197
Summary:
The RouterBoard uses a predefined partition map which doesn't exist in the fdt.
This change allows overriding the fdt slicer with a custom slicer, and uses this
custom slicer to define the flash map on the RouterBoard RB800.
D3305 converts the mpc85xx platform into a base class, so that systems based on
the mpc85xx platform can add their own overrides. This change builds on D3305,
and creates a RouterBoard (RB800) platform to initialize the slicer override.
Reviewed By: nwhitehorn, imp
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3345
Introduce two new loader tunnables that can be used to disable PV disks and
PV nics at boot time. They default to 0 and should be set to 1 (or any
number different than 0) in order to disable the PV devices:
hw.xen.disable_pv_disks=1
hw.xen.disable_pv_nics=1
In /boot/loader.conf will disable both PV disks and nics.
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
Tested by: Karl Pielorz <kpielorz_lst@tdx.co.uk>
MFC after: 1 week
This driver allows read the software reset switch state and control the
status LEDs.
The GPIO pins have their direction (input/output) locked down to prevent
possible short circuits.
Note that most people get a reset button that is a hardware reset. The
software reset button is available on boards from Netgate.
Sponsored by: Rubicon Communications (Netgate)
Though there is no direct midi_uninit() caller amongst existing drivers
at this moment, a quick experiment indicates that EBUSY gives users more
precise error message once drivers start to honour this result. For example,
emu_midi_detach() should check the result of mpu401_uninit() and block
module unloading if there is any MIDI I/O in progress.
MFC after: 2 weeks
size as defined by VT_FB_DEFAULT_WIDTH and VT_FB_DEFAULT_HEIGHT
(at this time 2048x1200). The default is really a max. We cap
the height and width to those defaults and position the screen
in the center of the frame buffer.
Ideally we use a bigger font to utility the entire real estate
that is the frame buffer, but that's seen as an improvement over
making it work first.
PR: 193745
- Detach the gpiobus and the gpioc devices from the GPIO controller.
- Fix the leak of gpiobus IRQ rman(9) region descriptor.
- Fix the leak of child ivars and IRQ resource list.
While here return NULL (instead of 0) for a device_t that fails to allocate
the ivar memory.
Tested with gpiobus built as a module.
Sponsored by: Rubicon Communications (Netgate)
if desired.
Retire randomdev_none.c and introduce random_infra.c for resident
infrastructure. Completely stub out random(4) calls in the "without
DEV_RANDOM" case.
Add RANDOM_LOADABLE option to allow loadable Yarrow/Fortuna/LocallyWritten
algorithm. Add a skeleton "other" algorithm framework for folks
to add their own processing code. NIST, anyone?
Retire the RANDOM_DUMMY option.
Build modules for Yarrow, Fortuna and "other".
Use atomics for the live entropy rate-tracking.
Convert ints to bools for the 'seeded' logic.
Move _write() function from the algorithm-specific areas to randomdev.c
Get rid of reseed() function - it is unused.
Tidy up the opt_*.h includes.
Update documentation for random(4) modules.
Fix test program (reviewers, please leave this).
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3354
Reviewed by: wblock,delphij,jmg,bjk
Approved by: so (/dev/random blanket)
doesn't get overrun by things like NFS that can and do shove more than 32 segs when
being used with em(4) and TSO4.
Update tso handling code in em_xmit() with update from jhb@ in email thread:
https://lists.freebsd.org/pipermail/freebsd-net/2014-July/039306.html
set ifp->if_hw_tsomax, ifp->if_hw_tsomaxsegcount & ifp->if_hw_tsomaxsegsize
to appropriate values.
Define a TSO workaround "magic" number of 4 that is used to avoid an
alignment issue in hardware.
Change a couple of integer values that were used as booleans to actual
bool types.
Ensure that em_enable_intr() enables the appropriate mask of interrupts
and not just a hardcoded define of values.
PR: 200221 199174 195078
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3192
Reviewed by: erj jhb hiren
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: Limelight Networks
After CAM replaced old ATA stack, this driver processes no more then one
request at a time per channel. Using UMA after that is overkill, so
replace it with simple preallocation of one request per channel.
MFC after: 2 weeks
horizonal resolution (width). In those cases fb_bpp ended up
completely wrong -- as in 6 bytes per pixel or something like
that. Since we already have a way to calculate fb_depth given
the masks and fb_bpp is effectively the same as fb_depth, all
we need to do is make sure fb_bpp is rounded to the next
multiple of the number of bits in a byte -- we assume we can
divide by the number of bits in a byte throughout vt(4).
While here:
- simplify how we calculate fb_depth.
- use fb_bpp instead of fb_depth to calculate fb_stride;
we know we can divide fb_bpp.
- don't limit fb_width and fb_height by VT_FB_DEFAULT_WIDTH
and VT_FB_DEFAULT_HEIGHT (resp.). Those constants have
not relation to the size of the frame buffer.
This at least fixes "lower-resolution" Macs. We're talking
1280x1024 or so. There still is a problem with 27" Macs,
which typically have a horizontal resolution over 2K.
PR: 193745 (partial)
Ok'd by: emaste@
intervals less than 250us was not handled properly. Add support for
high-bandwidth ISOCHRONOUS packets. USB webcams, USB audio and USB DVB
devices are expected to work better. High-bandwidth INTERRUPT
endpoints is not yet supported.
MFC after: 2 weeks
the kernel is tapping an USB transfer. This leads to a NULL pointer
access. The solution is to only trace while the USB bus lock is
locked.
MFC after: 2 weeks
like RPI-B and RPI-2.
Description of problem:
USB transfers can process data in their callbacks sometimes causing
unacceptable latency for other USB transfers. Separate BULK completion
callbacks from CONTROL, INTERRUPT and ISOCHRONOUS callbacks, and give
BULK completion callbacks lesser execution priority than the
others. This way USB audio won't be interfered by heavy USB ethernet
usage for example.
Further serve USB transfer completion in a round robin fashion,
instead of only serving the most CPU hungry. This has been done by
adding a third flag to USB transfer queue structure which keeps track
of looping callbacks. The "command" callback function then decides
what to do when looping.
MFC after: 2 weeks
root disk. The embedded image is linked into the kernel in the .mfs
section.
Add rules and variables to kern.pre.mk and kern.post.mk that handle the
linking of the image. First objcopy is used to generate an object file.
Then, the object file is linked into the kernel.
Submitted by: Steve Kiernan <stevek@juniper.net>
Reviewed by: brooks@
Obtained from: Juniper Networks, Inc.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2903
We first map 64KB at 0xA0000 and then determine whether to work
in text or graphics mode. When graphics mode, the mapping is
precisely what we need and everything is fine. But text mode,
has the frame buffer relocated to 0xB8000. We didn't map that
much to safely add 0x18000 bytes to the base address.
Now we first check whether to work in text or graphics mode and
then map the frame buffer at the right address and with the
right size (0xA0000+64KB for graphics, 0xB8000+32KB for text).
PR: 202276
Tested by: ed@
frame buffers and memory mapped UARTs.
1. Delay calling cninit() until after pmap_bootstrap(). This makes
sure we have PMAP initialized enough to add translations. Keep
kdb_init() after cninit() so that we have console when we need
to break into the debugger on boot.
2. Unfortunately, the ATPIC code had be moved as well so as to
avoid a spurious trap #30. The reason for which is not known
at this time.
3. In pmap_mapdev_attr(), when we need to map a device prior to the
VM system being initialized, use virtual_avail as the KVA to map
the device at. In particular, avoid using the direct map on amd64
because we can't demote by virtue of not being able to allocate
yet. Keep track of the translation.
Re-use the translation after the VM has been initialized to not
waste KVA and to satisfy the assumption in uart(4) that the handle
returned for the low-level console is the same as later returned
when the device is probed and attached.
4. In pmap_unmapdev() remove the mapping from the table when called
pre-init. Otherwise keep the mapping. During bus probe and attach
device resources are mapped and unmapped multiple times, which
would have us destroy the mapping used by the low-level console.
5. In pmap_init(), set pmap_initialized to signal that we're not
pre-init anymore. On amd64, bring the direct map in sync with the
translations created at that time.
6. Implement bus_space_map() and bus_space_unmap() for real: when
the tag corresponds to memory space, call the corresponding
pmap_mapdev() and pmap_unmapdev() functions to construct and
actual handle.
7. In efifb.c and vt_vga.c, remove the crutches and hacks and simply
call pmap_mapdev_attr() or bus_space_map() as desired.
Notes:
1. uart(4) already used bus_space_map() during low-level console
setup but since serial ports have traditionally been I/O port
based, the lack of a proper implementation for said function
was not a problem. It has always supported memory mapped UARTs
for low-level consoles by setting hw.uart.console accordingly.
2. The use of the direct map on amd64 without setting caching
attributes has been a bigger problem than previously thought.
This change has the fortunate (and unexpected) side-effect of
fixing various EFI frame buffer problems (though not all).
PR: 191564, 194952
Special thanks to:
1. XipLink, Inc -- generously donated an Intel Bay Trail E3800
based eval board (ADLE3800PC).
2. The FreeBSD Foundation, in particular emaste@ -- for UEFI
support in general and testing.
3. Everyone who tested the proposed for PR 191564.
4. jhb@ and kib@ for being a soundboard and applying a clue bat
if so needed.
define GID_VIDEO in sys/conf.h, and use it together with UID_ROOT
to define DRM_DEV_UID and DRM_DEV_GID in the drmP.h files.
So there is one place where the UID's and GID's are defined.
Submitted by: ed@
Reviewed by: ed@, dumbbell@
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3360
can be seen as the same as 0.2. There are changes with the data passed to
CPU_SUSPEND, however we don't yet use this call.
Sponsored by: ABT Systems Ltd
electrical signals on the serial port. Virtually all devices which output a
PPS signal generate a brief higher-voltage pulse, the leading edge of which
is the on-time point.
Both DCD and CTS are active-low signals on the wire, meaning the assertion
of their status bits in the modem status register corresponds to the lower
voltage level on the wire. So when the status bit transitions to not-set,
create a PPS assert event; when the status bit transitions to set, create a
PPS clear event.
eliminating the need to build a custom kernel to use the CTS signal.
The historical UART_PPS_ON_CTS kernel option is still honored, but now it
can be overridden at runtime using a tunable to configure all uart devices
(hw.uart.pps_mode) or specific devices (dev.uart.#.pps_mode). The per-
device config is both a tunable and a writable sysctl.
This syncs the PPS capabilities of uart(4) with the enhancements recently
recently added to ucom(4) for capturing from USB serial devices.
Relnotes: yes
devices in /dev/dri/ with this new group.
This will allow ports and users to more easily access to these devices
for OpenGL and OpenCL support.
Reviewed by: dumbbell@
Approved by: dumbbell@
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D1260
Internal bridges in Cavium ThunderX SoC behave as subtractive,
but they are unable to be identified. Force setting an appropriate
flag.
Reviewed by: emaste, imp
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3277
time_pps_fetch() to be used in blocking mode.
Also, don't init the pps api for system devices (consoles) that provide a
custom attach routine. The device may actually be a keyboard or other non-
tty device. If it wants to do pps processing (unlikely) it must handle
everything for itself. (In reality, only a sun keyboard uses a custom
attach routine, and it doesn't make a good pps device.)
For some reason 32-bit PIO writes are not working on 6Gbit/s Intel SATA
ports, while 16/32-bit PIO reads and 16-bit PIO writes are working fine.
3Gbit/s ports on the same controllers have no this problem.
Workaround this by disabling 32-bit PIO for all Intel controllers that may
have 6Gbit/s ports. It halves PIO performance from 6MB/s to 3MB/s, but
who bother about speed of such rare and slow mode, which is also highly
discouraged by SATA specifications?
MFC after: 2 weeks
There are still several bugs, but I've been using it for a while now.
Thanks to all the testers and to Adrian for his help with this
driver.
This driver isn't connected to the build yet, but it will be soon.
There's no MFC planned because the driver isn't very stable yet.
Reviewed by: adrian
Obtained from: https://github.com/rpaulo/iwm
Tested by: adrian, gjb, dumbbell (others that I forgot).
Relnotes: yes
* 286410
* 286413
* 286416
The initial commit broke a variety of debug and features that aren't
in the GENERIC kernels but are enabled in other platforms.
Main problem there was PIO mode support, that required KVA mapping.
Handle that case using recently added pmap_quick_enter_page(9) KPI,
mapping data pages to KVA one at a time.
with the net80211 stack.
Historical background: originally wireless devices created an interface,
just like Ethernet devices do. Name of an interface matched the name of
the driver that created. Later, wlan(4) layer was introduced, and the
wlanX interfaces become the actual interface, leaving original ones as
"a parent interface" of wlanX. Kernelwise, the KPI between net80211 layer
and a driver became a mix of methods that pass a pointer to struct ifnet
as identifier and methods that pass pointer to struct ieee80211com. From
user point of view, the parent interface just hangs on in the ifconfig
list, and user can't do anything useful with it.
Now, the struct ifnet goes away. The struct ieee80211com is the only
KPI between a device driver and net80211. Details:
- The struct ieee80211com is embedded into drivers softc.
- Packets are sent via new ic_transmit method, which is very much like
the previous if_transmit.
- Bringing parent up/down is done via new ic_parent method, which notifies
driver about any changes: number of wlan(4) interfaces, number of them
in promisc or allmulti state.
- Device specific ioctls (if any) are received on new ic_ioctl method.
- Packets/errors accounting are done by the stack. In certain cases, when
driver experiences errors and can not attribute them to any specific
interface, driver updates ic_oerrors or ic_ierrors counters.
Details on interface configuration with new world order:
- A sequence of commands needed to bring up wireless DOESN"T change.
- /etc/rc.conf parameters DON'T change.
- List of devices that can be used to create wlan(4) interfaces is
now provided by net.wlan.devices sysctl.
Most drivers in this change were converted by me, except of wpi(4),
that was done by Andriy Voskoboinyk. Big thanks to Kevin Lo for testing
changes to at least 8 drivers. Thanks to Olivier Cochard, gjb@, mmoll@,
op@ and lev@, who also participated in testing. Details here:
https://wiki.freebsd.org/projects/ifnet/net80211
Still, drivers: ndis, wtap, mwl, ipw, bwn, wi, upgt, uath were not
tested. Changes to mwl, ipw, bwn, wi, upgt are trivial and chances
of problems are low. The wtap wasn't compilable even before this change.
But the ndis driver is complex, and it is likely to be broken with this
commit. Help with testing and debugging it is appreciated.
Differential Revision: D2655, D2740
Sponsored by: Nginx, Inc.
Sponsored by: Netflix
The ftdi chip itself has a "get bitmode" command that doesn't actually
return the current bitmode, just a snapshot of the gpio lines. The chip
apparently has no way to provide the current bitmode.
This implements the functionality at the driver level. The driver starts
out assuming the chip is in UART mode (which it will be, coming out of
reset) and keeps track of every successful set-bitmode operation so that
it can always return the current mode with UFTDIIOC_GET_BITMODE.
use vtophys() directly instead of vtomach() and retire the no-longer-used
headers <machine/xenfunc.h> and <machine/xenvar.h>.
Reported by: bde (stale bits in <machine/xenfunc.h>)
Reviewed by: royger (earlier version)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3266
is detaching.
This mostly fixes a panic - the reset path shouldn't run whilst
the NIC is being torn down.
It's not locked, so it's "mostly" ok, but most of the rest of
the driver doesn't read sc->invalid with sensible locking. Grr.
The real solution is to cleanly tear down taskqueues in the detach/suspend
phase, but ..
changes in the firmwares since 1.11.27.0 are listed here (straight copy-paste
from the "Release Notes.txt" accompanying the Chelsio Unified Wire 2.11.1.0
release on the website).
22.1. T5 Firmware
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
Version : 1.14.4.0
Date : 08/05/2015
================================================================================
FIXES
-----
BASE:
- Fixes a potential data path hang by properly programming PMTX congestion
threshold settings.
- Fixes a potential initialization error when accessing a configuration file
stored on the flash.
- Fixes a regression where SGE resources can be miss-sized if iWARP is disabled.
ETH:
- Fixes a timing issue that would prevent CR4 links from coming up with some
switches.
FOFCoE:
- Defers fcoe linkdown mailbox command handling till LOGO is sent.
- Updates vlan prio for all outstanding IOs during dcbx update.
ENHANCEMENTS
------------
BASE:
- Adds support for PAUSE OFF watchdog.
- Reports devlog access information in PCIE_FW_PF register 7.
ETH:
- Enhances segmentation offload to include VxLAN and Geneve.
- Adds PTP support.
- Adds new interface to allow the driver to query the VI rss table base
addresses.
- Allows the driver to program the SGE ingrext contxt CongDrop field.
OFLD:
- Adds new interface for the driver to specify offloaded connections TCP snd
and rcv scale factors.
iSCSI:
- Adds support for iscsi segmentatation offload (ISO).
- Adds support for iscsi t10-dif offload.
FOiSCSI:
- Sets FORCE_BIT for cut through processing for FOiSCSI.
FOFCoE:
- Adds support for FCoE BB6.
- Improves WRITE performance.
================================================================================
================================================================================
Version : 1.13.32.0
Date : 03/25/2015
================================================================================
FIXES
-----
BASE:
- Fixes FW_CAPS_CONFIG_CMD return value on error (was positive instead of
negative)
- Fixes FW_PARAMS_PARAM_DEV_FLOWC_BUFFIFO_SZ indication (was wrong on certain
adapter configurations)
- Fixes config file based PL_TIMEOUT register programming
ETH:
- Fixes a potential EO UDP SEG header corruption
- Fixes an issue where 1000Base-X was not enabled correctly when using QSA
modules
OFLD:
- Fixes timeout issue with half-open connections
- Fixes FW_FLOWC_WR processing when state is set to finwait1
FOFCoE:
- Fixes fcoe xchg leaks in linkdown/peer down path
- Fixes cleanup in FCoE linkdown and fixed buf timer flowid abuse
- Fixes fw crash by clearing fcf flowc during bye
FOiSCSI:
- Don't create a new tcp socket if ERL0 attempt has timed out.
ENHANCEMENTS
------------
BASE:
- Adds support for VFs on PFs 4 to 7
- Adds support for QPs/CQs on any physical and virtual function
ETH:
- Stops sending LACP frames on loopback interface
- Adds an AUTOEQU indication to CPL_SGE_EGR_UPDATE
- Adds support for CR4 links (BEAN/AEC on 40G TwinAx cables)
OFLD:
- Improves default settings of LAN and CLUSTER TCP timer settings
- Sends Negative Advice CPLs to software
FOISCSI:
- Adds IPv6 support for foiscsi. Keeps backward compatibility with
old foiscsi drivers which doesn't support ipv6.
FOFCoE:
- Added fcoe debug support in flowc dump
================================================================================
================================================================================
Version : 1.12.25.0
Date : 10/22/2014
================================================================================
FIXES
-----
BASE:
- Improves precision of the Weight Round Robing Traffic Management Algorithm
- Fixes an issue where the link would intermittently fail to come up
- Fixes an issue where adapters with an external PHY couldn't run at 100Mbps
- Fixes an issue where active optical cables were not recognized
- Fixes link advertising issues on T520-BT (speed and pause frames) that would
cause the link to negotiate unexpected settings
- Forces link restart when auto-negotiation is disabled
- Fix an issue where pause frames wouldn't be fully disabled even if requested
ETH:
- Fixes NVGRE Segmentation Offload network header generation.
DCBX:
- Fixes an issue where some settings were not being sent to the switch
correctly
- Fixes an issue where back-to-back DCBX port updates could get overwritten by
FW
- Fixes a firmware crash on DCBX APP information request before link up
FOiSCSI:
- Fixes abort task leak in tmf response handling
- Fixes TCP RST handling while in iSCSI ERL0
- Fixes a firmware crash on BYE without INIT
ENHANCEMENTS
-------------
BASE:
- Adds link partner settings reporting when available
- Adds QSA support (in conjunction with QSA VPD)
- Adds T520-BT LED support
- Reports NOTSUPPORTED for modules with an unhandled identifier
DCBX:
- Adds version reporting (indicating which version FW is trying to negotiate)
- Adds IEEE support
- Reports LLDP time outs
FOiSCSI:
- Add support for multiple iSCSI DDP client
- Sends DHCP renew request when lease expires
================================================================================
22.2. T4 Firmware
+++++++++++++++++
Version : 1.14.4.0
Date : 08/05/2015
================================================================================
FIXES
-----
BASE:
- Fixes a potential initialization error when accessing a configuration file
stored on the flash.
- Initialize PCIE_DBG_INDIR_REQ.Enable to 0, as hardware failed to do so and
register dumps could result in errors.
ETH:
- Fixes an issue that sometimes prevented the link from coming up in CR adapters.
ENHANCEMENTS
------------
BASE:
- Adds support for PAUSE OFF watchdog.
- Reports devlog access information in PCIE_FW_PF register 7.
ETH:
- Adds new interface to allow the driver to query the VI rss table base
addresses.
OFLD:
- Adds new interface for the driver to specify offloaded connections TCP snd
and rcv scale factors.
================================================================================
================================================================================
Version : 1.13.32.0
Date : 03/25/2015
================================================================================
FIXES
-----
BASE:
- Fixes FW_CAPS_CONFIG_CMD return value on error (was positive instead of
negative)
- Fixes FW_PARAMS_PARAM_DEV_FLOWC_BUFFIFO_SZ indication (was wrong on certain
adapter configurations)
- Fixes config file based PL_TIMEOUT register programming
ETH:
- Fixes a potential EO UDP SEG header corruption
OFLD:
- Fixes timeout issue with half-open connections
- Fixes FW_FLOWC_WR processing when state is set to finwait1
FOiSCSI:
- Don't create a new tcp socket if ERL0 attempt has timed out.
ENHANCEMENTS
------------
ETH:
- Stops sending LACP frames on loopback interface
- Adds an AUTOEQU indication to CPL_SGE_EGR_UPDATE
OFLD:
- Improves default settings of LAN and CLUSTER TCP timer settings
- Sends Negative Advice CPLs to software
================================================================================
================================================================================
Version : 1.12.25.0
Date : 10/22/2014
================================================================================
FIXES
-----
BASE:
- Improves precision of the Weight Round Robing Traffic Management Algorithm
- Forces link restart when auto-negotiation is disabled
- Fix an issue where pause frames wouldn't be fully disabled even if requested
DCBX:
- Fixes an issue where some settings were not being sent to the switch
correctly
- Fixes an issue where back-to-back DCBX port updates could get overwritten by
FW
- Fixes a firmware crash on DCBX APP information request before link up
FOiSCSI:
- Fixes abort task leak in tmf response handling
- Fixes TCP RST handling while in iSCSI ERL0
- Fixes a firmware crash on BYE without INIT
ENHANCEMENTS
------------
BASE:
- Adds link partner settings reporting when available
- Firmware now reports NOTSUPPORTED for modules with an unhandled identifier
DCBX:
- Adds version reporting (indicating which version FW is trying to negotiate)
- Adds IEEE support
- Reports LLDP time outs
FOiSCSI:
- Adds support for multiple iSCSI DDP clients
- Sends DHCP renew request when lease expires
================================================================================
Obtained from: Chelsio Communications
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: Chelsio Communications
- The existing TCP INP_INFO lock continues to protect the global inpcb list
stability during full list traversal (e.g. tcp_pcblist()).
- A new INP_LIST lock protects inpcb list actual modifications (inp allocation
and free) and inpcb global counters.
It allows to use TCP INP_INFO_RLOCK lock in critical paths (e.g. tcp_input())
and INP_INFO_WLOCK only in occasional operations that walk all connections.
PR: 183659
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2599
Reviewed by: jhb, adrian
Tested by: adrian, nitroboost-gmail.com
Sponsored by: Verisign, Inc.
hangs on shutdown with LUNs with mounted filesystems over a disconnected
iSCSI session.
MFC after: 1 month
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3052
to double check for if the card has probed before. In fact, there's no
reason to single check either. Simplify the code as a result.
$FreeBSD$ added to lxutil.c in a non-standard way to help keep the
diffs with upstream to a minimum.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3263
Brightness is controlled through sysctl dev.gpiobacklight.X.brightness:
- any value greater than 0: backlight is on
- any value less than or equal to 0: backlight is off
FDT bindings docs in Linux tree:
Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/backlight/gpio-backlight.txt
the blkfront driver to perform I/Os of up to 2 MB, subject to support from
the blkback to which it is connected and the initiation of such large I/Os
by the rest of the kernel. In practice, the I/O size is increased from 40 kB
to 128 kB.
The changes to xen/interface/io/blkif.h consist merely of merging updates
from the upstream Xen repository.
In dev/xen/blkfront/block.h we add some convenience macros and structure
fields used for indirect-page I/Os: The device records its negotiated limit
on the number of indirect pages used, while each I/O command structure gains
permanently allocated page(s) for indirect page references and the Xen grant
references for those pages.
In dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c we now check in xbd_queue_cb whether a request
is small enough to handle without an indirection page, and either follow the
previous behaviour or use new code for issuing an indirect segment I/O. In
xbd_connect we read the size of indirect segment I/Os supported by the backend
and select the maximum size we will use; then allocate the pages and Xen grant
references for each I/O command structure. In xbd_free those grants and pages
are released.
A new loader tunable, hw.xbd.xbd_enable_indirect, can be set to 0 in order to
disable this functionality; it works by pretending that the backend does not
support this feature. Some backends exhibit a loss of performance with large
I/Os, so users may wish to test with and without this functionality enabled.
Reviewed by: royger
MFC after: 3 days
Relnotes: yes
Both are used to protect access to IP addresses lists and they can be
acquired for reading several times per packet. To reduce lock contention
it is better to use rmlock here.
Reviewed by: gnn (previous version)
Obtained from: Yandex LLC
Sponsored by: Yandex LLC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3149
While here, reduce the style diff with Linux.
There is no functional change. The goal is to ease the future update to
Linux 3.8's i915 driver.
MFC after: 2 months
enqueueing the frames when it fails. This way there is some latency
removed from the transmitting path.
- If IFF_DRV_OACTIVE is set (and also if IFF_DRV_RUNNING is not) just
enqueue the desired frames and return successful transmit. This way we
avoid to return errors on transmit side and resulting in
possible out-of-order frames. Please note that IFF_DRV_OACTIVE is set
everytime we get the threshold ring hit, so this can be happening quite
often.
Submitted by: Attilio.Rao@isilon.com
MFC after:5 days
On some platforms, the /cpus node contains cpu-to-cluster
map which deffinitely is not a CPU node. Its presence was
causing incrementing of "id" variable and reporting more
CPUs available than it should.
To make "id" valid, increment it only when an entry really
is a CPU device.
Reviewed by: andrew
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3216
Remove NAKing limit and pause IN and OUT transactions for 125us in
case of NAK response for BULK and CONTROL endpoints. This gets the
receive latency down and improves USB network throughput at the cost
of some CPU usage.
MFC after: 1 month
xhci_start_controller() to xhci_init(). These values don't change at run-
time so there's no point of acquiring them on every USB_HW_POWER_RESUME
instead of only once during initialization. In r276717, reading the first
couple of registers in question already had been moved as a prerequisite
for the changes in that revision.
- Identify ASMedia ASM1042A controllers.
- Use NULL instead of 0 for pointers.
MFC after: 3 days
variant of Microsoft RNDIS, i. e. their unofficial version of CDC ACM,
has been disabled in r261544 for resolving a conflict with umodem(4).
Eventually, in r275790 that problem was dealt with in the right way.
However, r275790 failed to put probing of RNDIS devices in question
back.
- Initialize the device prior to querying it, as required by the RNDIS
specification. Otherwise already determining the MAC address may fail
rightfully.
- On detach, halt the device again.
- Use UCDC_SEND_ENCAPSULATED_{COMMAND,RESPONSE}. While these macros are
resolving to the same values as UR_{CLEAR_FEATURE,GET_STATUS}, the
former set is way more appropriate in this context.
- Report unknown - rather: unimplemented - events unconditionally and
not just in debug mode. This ensures that we'll get some hint of what
is going wrong instead of the driver silently failing.
- Deal with the Microsoft ActiveSync requirement of using an input buffer
the size of the expected reply or larger - except for variably sized
replies - when querying a device.
- Fix some pointless NULL checks, style bugs etc.
This changes allow urndis(4) to communicate with a Microsoft-certified
USB RNDIS test token.
MFC after: 3 days
Sponsored by: genua mbh
uart_bus_attach() during its test that 20 iterations weren't sufficient
for clearing all pending interrupts, assuming this means that hardware
is broken and doesn't deassert interrupts. However, under pressure, 20
iterations also can be insufficient for clearing all pending interrupts,
leading to a panic as intr_event_handle() tries to schedule an interrupt
handler not registered. Solve this by introducing a flag that is set in
test mode and otherwise restores pre-r253161 behavior of uart_intr(). The
approach of additionally registering uart_intr() as handler as suggested
in PR 194979 is not taken as that in turn would abuse special pccard and
pccbb handling code of intr_event_handle(). [1]
- Const'ify uart_driver_name.
- Fix some minor style bugs.
PR: 194979 [1]
Reviewed by: marcel (earlier version)
MFC after: 3 days
raw data to the doorbell offset in order to clarify the intent and for
avoiding unnecessarily converting the endianess back and forth.
Unfortunately, the same can't be done in mpt_recv_handshake_reply() as
16-bit data needs to be read using 32-bit bus accessors.
- In mpt_recv_handshake_reply(), get rid of a redundant variable.
MFC after: 1 fortnight
- Use pointer assignment rather than a combination of pointers and
flags to switch buffers between unmapped and mapped. This eliminates
multiple flags and generally simplifies the logic.
- Eliminate b_saveaddr since it is only used with pager bufs which have
their b_data re-initialized on each allocation.
- Gather up some convenience routines in the buffer cache for
manipulating buf space and buf malloc space.
- Add an inline, buf_mapped(), to standardize checks around unmapped
buffers.
In collaboration with: mlaier
Reviewed by: kib
Tested by: pho (many small revisions ago)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Apologies, this was how it was supposed to land. Mea culpa.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3157
Reviewed by: gnn, hiren
Approved by: markj (mentor)
MFC after: 1 week
Driver must be able to start against older firmware that is missing
recently added MCDI calls, otherwise firmware upgrade will not be
possible.
Submitted by: Richard Houldsworth <rhouldsworth at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3145
- Allocate resources for MSI-X table and PBA if necessary
- Add function ahci_free_mem() to free all resources
Reviewed by: jhb, mav
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3009
Windows Server 2012 and earlier hosts.
Submitted by: whu
Reviewed by: royger
Approved by: royger
MFC after: 3 days
Relnotes: No
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3086
- Add required MAC/VLAN filter when adding an LAA
- Fix bug where code did not check for I40E_SUCCESS from a successful
i40e_validate_mac_address() call in ixl_init_locked(), when setting
an LAA.
PR: 201240
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3111
Submitted by: Gregory Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Reviewed by: gnn, rstone
Approved by: gnn
MFC after: 2 weeks
The NVMe specification has no ability to specify a maximum delete size
that is less than the full capacity of the namespace - so just using the
namespace size is the correct value here.
This fixes reported issues where ZFS trim on init looked like it was
hanging the system - previously the default I/O max size (128KB on
Intel NVMe controllers) was used for delete operations which worked out
to only about 8MB/s. With this patch I can add an 800GB DC P3700
drive to a ZFS pool in about 15-20 seconds.
Reported by: Dylan Just <dylan@techtangents.com>
MFC after: 3 days
Sponsored by: Intel
This feature is inspired by another Unix-alike OS commonly found on
airplane headrests.
A number of beasties[0] are drawn at top of framebuffer during boot,
based on the number of active SMP CPUs[1]. Console buffer output
continues to scroll in the screen area below beastie(s)[2].
After some time[3] has passed, the beasties are erased leaving the
entire terminal for use.
Includes two 80x80 vga16 beastie graphics and an 80x80 vga16 orb
graphic. (The graphics are RLE compressed to save some space -- 3x 3200
bytes uncompressed, or 4208 compressed.)
[0]: The user may select the style of beastie with
kern.vt.splash_cpu_style=(0|1|2)
[1]: Or the number may be overridden with tunable kern.vt.splash_ncpu.
[2]: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UP2jizfr3_o
[3]: Configurable with kern.vt.splash_cpu_duration (seconds, def. 10).
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2181
Reviewed by: dumbbell, emaste
Approved by: markj (mentor)
MFC after: 2 weeks
Explicitly mark existing VT_SYSCTL_INTs static. This is in preparation for
D2181.
Reviewed by: dumbbell, emaste
Approved by: markj (mentor)
MFC after: 1 week
It is possible that some HW will use different PCI devids,
hence allow to replace the default domain🚌slot:func schema
by implementing and registering custom function.
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3118
with some cards that causes them to become deselected after probing for
switch capabilities. The old workaround fixes the behavior with some cards,
but causes problems with the cards the behave correctly and don't become
deselected. Forcing a deselect then reselect appears to work correctly
with all cards in initial testing.
save it for later. This enables direct manipulation of the indirection
tables (although the stock driver doesn't do that right now).
MFC after: 1 month
1) Use the TX FIFO empty interrupts to poll the transmit FIFO usage,
instead of using own software counters and waiting for SOF
interrupts. Assume that enough FIFO space is available to execute one
USB OUT transfer of any kind when the TX FIFO is empty.
2) Use the host channel halted event to asynchronously wait for host
channels to be disabled instead of waiting for SOF interrupts. This
results in less turnaround time for re-using host channels and at the
same time increases the performance.
The network transmit performance measured by "iperf" for the "RPi-B v1
2011/12" board, increased from 45MBit/s to 65Mbit/s after applying the
changes above.
No regressions seen using:
- High Speed (BULK, CONTROL, INTERRUPT)
- Full Speed (All transfer types)
- Low Speed (Control and Interrupt)
MFC after: 1 month
Submitted by: Daisuke Aoyama <aoyama@peach.ne.jp>
polling at device attach time [1].
Add tunables 'debug.uart_force_poll' and 'debug.uart_poll_freq' to control
uart polling.
Submitted by: Aleksey Kuleshov (rndfax@yandex.ru) [1]
an if_ixv instance can now set at creation time, and the receive ring
tail pointer is correctly initialized (previously, things still worked
because the receive ring tail pointer was being fixed up as a side
effect of other activity).
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2922
Reviewed by: erj, gnn
Approved by: jmallett (mentor)
Sponsored by: Norse Corp, Inc.
I performed the commit on a different system as where I wrote the
change. After pulling in the change from Phabricator, I didn't notice
that a single chunk did not apply.
Approved by: secteam (implicit, as intended change was approved)
Pointy hat to: me
The random_get() system call works similar to getentropy()/getrandom()
on OpenBSD/Linux. It fills a buffer with random data.
This change introduces a new function, read_random_uio(), that is used
to implement read() on the random devices. We can call into this
function from within the CloudABI compatibility layer.
Approved by: secteam
Reviewed by: jmg, markm, wblock
Obtained from: https://github.com/NuxiNL/freebsd
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3053
not. When doing multiqueue, we are all setup to have full 32bit RSS hash from
the card. We do not need to hide that under "ifdef RSS" and should expose that
by default so others like lagg(4) can use that and avoid hashing the traffic by
themselves.
While here, delete the FreeBSD version check and use of deprecated M_FLOWID.
Reviewed by: adrian, erj
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Limelight Networks
IDs in initiator mode -- index in port database instead of handlers.
This makes initiator IDs persist across role changes and firmware resets,
when handlers previously assigned by firmware are lost and reused.
Sponsored by: iXsystems, Inc.
Aside from cleaner and more consistent code, this allows ports to be both
target and initiator same time, and easily switch from any role to any.
Sponsored by: iXsystems, Inc.
in units of crypto blocks, so must have adequate space to write.
This means needing to be careful about buffers and keeping track
of external read request length.
Approved by: so (/dev/random blanket)
PHY instead of the revision of the RADIO.
This fixes the RF switch state polling.
This is from DragonflyBSD, Commit 202e28d1f65e9f35df6032400df3242a3bafb483
Obtained from: DragonflyBSD
- Tweek man page.
- Remove all mention of RANDOM_FORTUNA. If the system owner wants YARROW or DUMMY, they ask for it, otherwise they get FORTUNA.
- Tidy up headers a bit.
- Tidy up declarations a bit.
- Make static in a couple of places where needed.
- Move Yarrow/Fortuna SYSINIT/SYSUNINIT to randomdev.c, moving us towards a single file where the algorithm context is used.
- Get rid of random_*_process_buffer() functions. They were only used in one place each, and are better subsumed into those places.
- Remove *_post_read() functions as they are stubs everywhere.
- Assert against buffer size illegalities.
- Clean up some silly code in the randomdev_read() routine.
- Make the harvesting more consistent.
- Make some requested argument name changes.
- Tidy up and clarify a few comments.
- Make some requested comment changes.
- Make some requested macro changes.
* NOTE: the thing calling itself a 'unit test' is not yet a proper
unit test, but it helps me ensure things work. It may be a proper
unit test at some time in the future, but for now please don't make
any assumptions or hold any expectations.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2025
Approved by: so (/dev/random blanket)
Previously several places were doing it on its own, partially
incorrectly (e.g. without the filedesc locked) or even actively harmful
by populating jdir or assigning rootvnode without vrefing it.
Reviewed by: kib
(detected by jenkins run with gcc 4.9)
Update documentation on the use of netmap_priv_d,
rename the refcount and use the same structure in
FreeBSD and linux
No functional changes.
This commit contains large contributions from Giuseppe Lettieri and
Stefano Garzarella, is partly supported by grants from Verisign and Cisco,
and brings in the following:
- fix zerocopy monitor ports and introduce copying monitor ports
(the latter are lower performance but give access to all traffic
in parallel with the application)
- exclusive open mode, useful to implement solutions that recover
from crashes of the main netmap client (suggested by Patrick Kelsey)
- revised memory allocator in preparation for the 'passthrough mode'
(ptnetmap) recently presented at bsdcan. ptnetmap is described in
S. Garzarella, G. Lettieri, L. Rizzo;
Virtual device passthrough for high speed VM networking,
ACM/IEEE ANCS 2015, Oakland (CA) May 2015
http://info.iet.unipi.it/~luigi/research.html
- fix rx CRC handing on ixl
- add module dependencies for netmap when building drivers as modules
- minor simplifications to device-specific routines (*txsync, *rxsync)
- general code cleanup (remove unused variables, introduce macros
to access rings and remove duplicate code,
Applications do not need to be recompiled, unless of course
they want to use the new features (monitors and exclusive open).
Those willing to try this code on stable/10 can just update the
sys/dev/netmap/*, sys/net/netmap* with the version in HEAD
and apply the small patches to individual device drivers.
MFC after: 1 month
Sponsored by: (partly) Verisign, Cisco
Detected by clang 3.7.0 with the warning:
sys/dev/cxgb/ulp/iw_cxgb/iw_cxgb_provider.c:309:18: error: variable
'rptr' is uninitialized when used here [-Werror,-Wuninitialized]
chp->cq.rptr = rptr;
^~~~
MFC after: 1 week
The 6205 (Taylor Peak) in the Lenovo X230 works fine in 5GHz 11a and 11n HT20,
but not 11n HT40. The NIC goes RX deaf the moment HT40 is configured.
It's so RX deaf that it doesn't even hear beacons and the firmware sends
"BEACON MISS" events. That's pretty deaf.
I tried configuring up the HT40 flags in monitor mode and it worked - so
I assumed that doing the transition from 20 -> 40MHz channel configuration
when going auth->assoc (ie, after the NIC has been partially configured)
is a problem.
So for now, let's just always set them if they're available.
Tested:
* Intel 5300, STA mode, 5GHz HT/40 AP; 2GHz HT/20 AP
* Intel 6205, STA mode, 5GHz HT/40, HT20, 11a AP; 2GHz HT/20 AP
This was pointed out to me by coworkers trying to use FreeBSD-HEAD
in the office on their Thinkpad T420p laptops.
TODO:
* I don't like how the HT40 flags are configured - the whole interop/
protection config should be re-checked. Notably, I think curhtprotmode
is 0 in a lot of cases, which means "no interoperability" and i think
that's busted.
Sponsored by: Norse Corp, Inc.
To avoid conflicts between target and initiator devices in CAM, make
CTL use target ID reported by HBA as its initiator_id in XPT_PATH_INQ.
That target ID is known to never be used for initiator role, so it won't
conflict. For Fibre Channel and FireWire HBAs this specific ID choice
is irrelevant since all target IDs there are virtual. Same time for SPI
HBAs it seems could be even requirement to use same target ID for both
initiator and target roles.
While there are some more things to polish in isp(4) driver, first tests
of using both roles same time on the same port appeared successfull:
# camcontrol devlist -v
scbus0 on isp0 bus 0:
<FREEBSD CTLDISK 0001> at scbus0 target 1 lun 0 (da20,pass21)
<> at scbus0 target 256 lun 0 (ctl0)
<> at scbus0 target -1 lun ffffffff (ctl1)
FreeBSD never had limitation on number of target IDs, and there is no
any other requirement to allocate them densely. Since slots of port
database already populated just sequentially, there is no much need
for another indirection to allocate sequentially too.
This stops the panics that occur on MIPS platforms when doing say,
'sysctl dev.ath.0' whilst the MAC is asleep. The MIPS platform is
rather unforgiving in getting power-save register access wrong and you
will get all kinds of odd failures if you don't have things woken
up at the right times.
Tested:
* QCA9558 (TP-Link Archer C7 v2)
* AR9331 (Carambola 2)
.. with no VAPs configured and ath0 down (thus the MAC is definitely
asleep.)
PR: kern/201117
The Allwinner SoC has an AHCI device on its internal main bus rather
than the PCI bus. This SoC is somewhat underdocumented, and its SATA
controller is no exception. The methods to support this chip were
harvested from the Linux Allwinner SDK, and then constants invented to
describe what's going on based on low-level constants contained in the
SATA standard and guess work.
This SoC requires a specific AHCI channel setup in order to start the
operations on the channel properly.
Clock setup and AHCI channel setup idea came from NetBSD.
Tested on Cubieboard 2 and Banana pi (and attachment on Cubieboard by
Pratik Singhal).
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D737
Submitted by: imp
Reviewed by: imp, ganbold, mav, andrew
Try to preserve the xn configuration when migrating. This is not always
possible since the backend might not have the same set of options
available, in which case we will try to preserve as many as possible.
MFC after: 2 weeks
PR: 183139
Reported by: mcdouga9@egr.msu.edu
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
According to report, some recent unrelated changes in the driver triggered
timeouts when testing for absent port multiplier. Cause of this behavior
channge is unclear, but since these chips are old, rare and buggy, it is
easier to just disable port multiplier support, same as done in Linux.
Reported by: bar
MFC after: 3 days
* GENERAL
- Update copyright.
- Make kernel options for RANDOM_YARROW and RANDOM_DUMMY. Set
neither to ON, which means we want Fortuna
- If there is no 'device random' in the kernel, there will be NO
random(4) device in the kernel, and the KERN_ARND sysctl will
return nothing. With RANDOM_DUMMY there will be a random(4) that
always blocks.
- Repair kern.arandom (KERN_ARND sysctl). The old version went
through arc4random(9) and was a bit weird.
- Adjust arc4random stirring a bit - the existing code looks a little
suspect.
- Fix the nasty pre- and post-read overloading by providing explictit
functions to do these tasks.
- Redo read_random(9) so as to duplicate random(4)'s read internals.
This makes it a first-class citizen rather than a hack.
- Move stuff out of locked regions when it does not need to be
there.
- Trim RANDOM_DEBUG printfs. Some are excess to requirement, some
behind boot verbose.
- Use SYSINIT to sequence the startup.
- Fix init/deinit sysctl stuff.
- Make relevant sysctls also tunables.
- Add different harvesting "styles" to allow for different requirements
(direct, queue, fast).
- Add harvesting of FFS atime events. This needs to be checked for
weighing down the FS code.
- Add harvesting of slab allocator events. This needs to be checked for
weighing down the allocator code.
- Fix the random(9) manpage.
- Loadable modules are not present for now. These will be re-engineered
when the dust settles.
- Use macros for locks.
- Fix comments.
* src/share/man/...
- Update the man pages.
* src/etc/...
- The startup/shutdown work is done in D2924.
* src/UPDATING
- Add UPDATING announcement.
* src/sys/dev/random/build.sh
- Add copyright.
- Add libz for unit tests.
* src/sys/dev/random/dummy.c
- Remove; no longer needed. Functionality incorporated into randomdev.*.
* live_entropy_sources.c live_entropy_sources.h
- Remove; content moved.
- move content to randomdev.[ch] and optimise.
* src/sys/dev/random/random_adaptors.c src/sys/dev/random/random_adaptors.h
- Remove; plugability is no longer used. Compile-time algorithm
selection is the way to go.
* src/sys/dev/random/random_harvestq.c src/sys/dev/random/random_harvestq.h
- Add early (re)boot-time randomness caching.
* src/sys/dev/random/randomdev_soft.c src/sys/dev/random/randomdev_soft.h
- Remove; no longer needed.
* src/sys/dev/random/uint128.h
- Provide a fake uint128_t; if a real one ever arrived, we can use
that instead. All that is needed here is N=0, N++, N==0, and some
localised trickery is used to manufacture a 128-bit 0ULLL.
* src/sys/dev/random/unit_test.c src/sys/dev/random/unit_test.h
- Improve unit tests; previously the testing human needed clairvoyance;
now the test will do a basic check of compressibility. Clairvoyant
talent is still a good idea.
- This is still a long way off a proper unit test.
* src/sys/dev/random/fortuna.c src/sys/dev/random/fortuna.h
- Improve messy union to just uint128_t.
- Remove unneeded 'static struct fortuna_start_cache'.
- Tighten up up arithmetic.
- Provide a method to allow eternal junk to be introduced; harden
it against blatant by compress/hashing.
- Assert that locks are held correctly.
- Fix the nasty pre- and post-read overloading by providing explictit
functions to do these tasks.
- Turn into self-sufficient module (no longer requires randomdev_soft.[ch])
* src/sys/dev/random/yarrow.c src/sys/dev/random/yarrow.h
- Improve messy union to just uint128_t.
- Remove unneeded 'staic struct start_cache'.
- Tighten up up arithmetic.
- Provide a method to allow eternal junk to be introduced; harden
it against blatant by compress/hashing.
- Assert that locks are held correctly.
- Fix the nasty pre- and post-read overloading by providing explictit
functions to do these tasks.
- Turn into self-sufficient module (no longer requires randomdev_soft.[ch])
- Fix some magic numbers elsewhere used as FAST and SLOW.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2025
Reviewed by: vsevolod,delphij,rwatson,trasz,jmg
Approved by: so (delphij)
offload support was introduced in r284746.
While here also fix the ioctl() handler for IPv4 added in r279819,
which was never compiled in given opt_inet.h was not included.
Switch from make_dev_alias to make_dev_alias_p since make_dev_alias_p can
gracefully fail if the /dev/megaraid_sas_ioctl_node symlink already exists.
This can happen if mfi(4) and mrsas(4) are both attached to cards and
providing Linux emulation support. Let the first one win. An equivalent
change has been done in mfi(4). Extra credit would be to pass the
Linux emulation call to the other driver when appropriate. This will
probably be a rare case and the user can manually change where the symlink
points to.
MFC after: 3 days
and there are some pending IOs at the time of OCR. This is mainly because of
recursive mutext in OCR and IO completion function call. Generic IO completion (from ISR) needs
sim_lock to be held before it calls completion to CAM (xpt_done), but in case of OCR path mrsas_ocr thread
itself take sim_lock, so this condition is now handled in this patch.
MFC after: 3 days
It is odd that driver first tries to generate synthetic WWNN based on
WWPN starting from 2, but then refuses to use it. If we don't trust
generated WWNN, we should probably not generate it. Same time this
limitation prevents potentially valid WWNN setting by user.
v1.1.4 2015-06-09
* Fix a bug that FailLED was not initialized properly.
v1.1.3 2015-05-19
* Support Report Luns command.
v1.1.2 2015-05-05
* Fix a bug that report wrong physical sector size for 512e HDD.
Many thanks to HighPoint for continued support of FreeBSD!
This driver update is intended for 10.2-RELEASE.
Submitted by: Steve Chang
MFC after: 3 days
This makes driver better track reported CAM_SEL_TIMEOUTs to properly
report device reappearance later. This fixes target 0 not reappearing
after initiator mode disabled and then reenabled.
MFC after: 3 days
The patch allows to run on unprivileged PF (PFIOV) passed to
a virtual machine.
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2891
Added support for the following:
- iSCSI TLV (requires 64 Tx and 32 Rx rings
- 9K receive buffers for jumbo frames (feature may be enabled/disabled)
- builtin firmware, bootloader and minidump template
- quick stats
- async event handling for SFP insertion/removal and DCBX changes
- Configuring DCBX and interrupt coalescing parameters
adds support of 4Kn drives and report LUNs command.
This driver update is intended for 10.2-RELEASE.
Many thanks to HighPoint for providing this driver update.
Submitted by: Steve Chang
MFC after: 3 days
It (mostly) allows to enable/disable initiator mode in run time.
Target mode control is blocked here to force coordination with CTL.
While there, add separate tunables/sysctls for virtual channels.
Previous implementation was too fragile to initiator parameters changes.
In case of port role change it could not survive different handle assigned
to the same initiator by firmware, even though initiator was logged out.
The new implementation should be more resillient to this kind of problems,
trying to work in any situation and only warn user about suspisious events.
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: iXsystems, Inc.
xbd_initialize to xbd_connect. Both of these initialization steps need
to know what the maximum possible I/O size will be, and when we gain
support for indirect segment I/Os we won't know that value until we
reach xbd_connect. Since none of this data is used before xbd_connect
completes, moving the initialization is harmless.
This commit should not result in any functional changes.
removed bxe_free_mcast_macs_list() and bxe_init_mcast_macs_list()
fixed bug where copy of multicast list mta was deleted prior to passing the list to firmware
MFC after:5 days
adding already exists and if so just return that. The typical use case
is from identify routines, which shouldn't be adding multiple copies
of the same phandle_t to the gpiobus. Only one per phandle_t is needed
(or expected by the current code).
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2871
into blkif segments, and moving it into a new function. This will be used
by upcoming support for indirect-segment blkif requests.
This commit should not result in any functional changes.
* nsegs must be at most BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_REQUEST (since we specify
that limit to bus_dma_tag_create), so KASSERT that rather than silently
adjusting the request.
* block_segs is now a synonym for nsegs, so garbage collect that variable.
* nsegs is never read during or after the while loop, so remove the dead
decrement from the loop.
These were all left behind from the pre-r284296 support for a "segment
block" extension.
The iwn(4) firmware forgets most of its channel state after an RXON
command. This means that any beacons its seen on passive 5GHz channels
are forgotten upon an association/authorisation request.
This unfortuantely means that 5GHz association almost always fails -
the assoc and/or auth frames are dropped with a status of "passive
channel, haven't seen a beacon yet." (0x90.)
So:
* add an xmit queue, global, to buffer frames
* modify the xmit path to use the mbuf tag from net80211
to specify raw frame details
* buffer xmit frames from both raw and non-raw paths
* if a beacon is seen in the RX path, schedule a taskqueue to
send said frames and un-buffer things.
* flush frames during state change back to INIT, or NIC
down/up/detach.
This isn't the final shape I'd like this to be in but it certainly
is better than 5GHz "not working at all".
Tested:
* Intel 5100, STA mode (before spilling coffee)
* Intel 5300, STA mode (after spilling coffee)
Story:
* This has been bugging me at work for months, which I just
worked around by throwing an ath(4) into my Lenovo T400 cardbus
slot.
* Our ops director discovered indeed FreeBSD runs well on the
Lenovo T420p, except for that pesky 5GHz thing. So now developers
also can have a T420p running FreeBSD to do work with.
Their #1 feedback to me - "boy it'd be nice if 5GHz wifi worked."
* .. then, I was at NANOG but stuck with 5GHz only wifi and no ath(4)
NIC to put in a laptop - and I snapped.
Thus, the reason this is actually work related.
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: Norse Corp, Inc.
There was a inconsistency which led to enable passthrough commands
being interpreted as actual touchpad commands.
Submitted by: Jan Kokemüller <jan.kokemueller at gmail.com>
MFC after: 1 week
ct_rxid value on CTIO completion. Try to workaround that using tag_id
from the CCB, pointed by still valid ct_syshandle.
I don't know whether this is valid fix or dirty hack, but considering that
alternative is indefinitely stuck command -- it worth trying.
MFC after: 1 week
In bxe_set_mc_list(): added missing BXE_MCAST_UNLOCK()
In __ecore_vlan_mac_h_exec_pending(): need to check for ECORE_PENDING
Submitted by:gary.zambrano@qlogic.com
o rev. 1.10: Nuke trailing whitespace.
o rev. 1.15: Fix typo in comment.
o rev. 1.16: Add the following registers from IEEE 802.3-2009 Clause 22:
- PSE control register (0x0b)
- PSE status register (0x0c)
- MMD access control register (0x0d)
- MMD access address data register (0x0e)
o rev. 1.17 (comments only): The bit location of link ability is different
between 1000Base-X and others (see Annex 28B.2 and 28D).
o rev. 1.18: Nuke dupe word.
Obtained from: NetBSD
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: genua mbh
This change re-organizes code a little bit to extract common pieces
of ttm_alloc_new_pages() and ttm_get_pages() into dedicated functions.
Also, for requests without address restrictions regular vm_page_alloc()
is used.
Lastly, when vm_page_alloc_contig() fails we call VM_WAIT before calling
vm_pageout_grow_cache() to ensure that there is enough free pages at all.
Reviewed by: kib
MFC after: 15 days
If the pathname is absolute or dirfd is AT_FDCWD we can
handle it exactly like open(2).
Otherwise we output an A record to indicate that the path of
an open directory needs to be used (earlier in the trace).
Differential Revision: D2810
Reviewed by: jhb
MFC after: a bit
vtnet interfaces are always in promiscuous mode (at least if the
VIRTIO_NET_F_CTRL_RX feature is not negotiated with the host). if_promisc() on
a vtnet interface returned ENOTSUP although it has IFF_PROMISC set. This
confused the bridge code. Instead we now accept all enable/disable promiscuous
commands (and always keep IFF_PROMISC set).
There are also two issues with the if_bridge error handling.
If if_promisc() fails it uses bridge_delete_member() to clean up. This tries to
disable promiscuous mode on the interface. That runs into an assert, because
promiscuous mode was never set in the first place. (That's the panic reported in
PR 200210.)
We can only unset promiscuous mode if the interface actually is promiscuous.
This goes against the reference counting done by if_promisc(), but only the
first/last if_promic() calls can actually fail, so this is safe.
A second issue is a double free of bif. It's already freed by
bridge_delete_member().
PR: 200210
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2804
Reviewed by: philip (mentor)
Add a check for NULL before strcmp on smbios information incase it is not populated
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2750
Reviewed by: ngie, jhb
Approved by: rpaulo
Sponsored by: ScaleEngine Inc.
bxe_ioctl() completes all functions within its context as opposed to a taskqueue earlier.
bxe_handle_rx_mode_tq() no longer required. bxe_set_rx_mode() handles the functionality within its context
Submitted by:gary.zambrano@qlogic.com
MFC after:5 days
which is default. It was broken in r281441.
It appears that set_trackpoint_parameters() call on resume disables the
mouse. So, we need not call it on resume if hw.psm.trackpoint_support=0.
The problem is that the probe functions are used both for probing and
for reiniting on resume. And the absense of the softc parameter is used
as a mark to distinguish reinit and probe, which is quite ugly. At the
same time the softc parameter is needed to call set_trackpoint_parameters().
o Change the arguments of probefunc_t to always supply the softc, and
use additional enum argument to tell probing from initing.
o Don't call set_trackpoint_parameters() from global doinitialize(),
instead call it from the enable_trackpoint() only.
o In enable_synaptics() call enable_trackpoint() in both probe and
reinit cases.
Together with: Jan Kokemüller <jan.kokemueller gmail.com>
Work based on Cavium Thunder PCIe driver by Semihalf.
Reviewed by: andrew, jhb
Sponsored by: HEIF5
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2386
PCI infrastructure instantiates a non-existent resource.
This has BARs suddenly show up with pciconf(8) under
VMware as well. Now that we read the BAR ourselves, ask
for the correct resource type.
The FreeBSD extension adds a new request type, called blkif_segment_block
which has a size of 112bytes for both i386 and amd64. This is fine on
amd64, since requests have a size of 112B there also. But this is not true
for i386, where requests have a size of 108B. So on i386 we basically
overrun the ring slot when queuing a request of type blkif_segment_block_t,
which is very bad.
Remove this extension (including a cleanup of the public blkif.h header
file) from blkfront and blkback.
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
Tested-by: cperciva
drivers, one for fdt, one for acpi. It then uses this to decide if it will
use fdt or acpi.
The GICv2 (interrupt controller) and Generic Timer drivers have been
updated to handle both cases.
As this is early code we still need FDT to find the kernel console, and
some parts are still missing, including PCI support.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2463
Reviewed by: jhb, jkim, emaste
Obtained from: ABT Systems Ltd
Relnotes: Yes
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
Use the same scheme implemented to manage credentials.
Code needing to look at process's credentials (as opposed to thred's) is
provided with *_proc variants of relevant functions.
Places which possibly had to take the proc lock anyway still use the proc
pointer to access limits.
gracefully fail if the /dev/megaraid_sas_ioctl_node symlink already exists.
This can happen if mfi(4) and mrsas(4) are both attached to cards and
providing Linux emulation support. Let the first one win. An equivalent
change needs to be done to mrsas(4). Extra credit would be to pass the
Linux emulation call to the other driver when appropriate. This will
probably be a rare case and the user can manually change where the symlink
points to.
MFC after: 3 days
(easily) without having to go to other drivers to change the
magical return values. This wouldn't be so bad if there were
proper defines for these constants.
In particular dev/acpica/acpi_pcib_pci.c returns -1000 as the
probe priority and it's expected that this driver gets to
attach over the common PCI bus drivers.
Without creating a LAW entry, any access to the NAND hangs the CPU.
The original intent was to add a quirk to map all of the RouterBoard's LBC
address space in one shot, which would fix it for both NAND and the CF, and
that's probably still in the cards. However, for now, this makes NAND usable
without a separate hack.
Things left before the RouterBoard can run standalone:
* Add partitions to the NAND (not specified by the FDT, which we currently
require).
* Create a YAFFS partition for the kernel. The Mikrotik boot loader requires a
4MB partition at the beginning of NAND, with a file called 'kernel' in the
root.
Create a special resource (= device special file) for management
of tags and maps, as well as for mapping memory into the address
space. DMA resources are managed using the PROTO_IOC_BUSDMA ioctl.
Part 1 implements tag creation, derivation and destruction.
BUS_PROBE_HOOVER is. Drivers like proto(4), when compiled into the
kernel or preloaded, will render your system useless by virtue of
attaching to your PCI busses.
Return BUS_PROBE_GENERIC instead. It's just the next priority up
from BUS_PROBE_HOOVER. No other meaning has been give to its use.
While BUS_PROBE_DEFAULT seems like a better candidate, it's hard
not to think that there must be some reason why these drivers
return -10000 in the first place.
Differential Revision: D2705
code update, with supporting changes in the CORE. Changes for the extended
media types, VF driver has virtual channel protocol changes, and some
register use corrections. This software change should be coordinated with
Firmware updates to your hardware, contact your support channels for that.
MFC after: 1 week
logic is now placed in the mmap hook implementation rather than requiring
it to be placed in sys/vm/vm_mmap.c. This hook allows new file types to
support mmap() as well as potentially allowing mmap() for existing file
types that do not currently support any mapping.
The vm_mmap() function is now split up into two functions. A new
vm_mmap_object() function handles the "back half" of vm_mmap() and accepts
a referenced VM object to map rather than a (handle, handle_type) tuple.
vm_mmap() is now reduced to converting a (handle, handle_type) tuple to a
a VM object and then calling vm_mmap_object() to handle the actual mapping.
The vm_mmap() function remains for use by other parts of the kernel
(e.g. device drivers and exec) but now only supports mapping vnodes,
character devices, and anonymous memory.
The mmap() system call invokes vm_mmap_object() directly with a NULL object
for anonymous mappings. For mappings using a file descriptor, the
descriptors fo_mmap() hook is invoked instead. The fo_mmap() hook is
responsible for performing type-specific checks and adjustments to
arguments as well as possibly modifying mapping parameters such as flags
or the object offset. The fo_mmap() hook routines then call
vm_mmap_object() to handle the actual mapping.
The fo_mmap() hook is optional. If it is not set, then fo_mmap() will
fail with ENODEV. A fo_mmap() hook is implemented for regular files,
character devices, and shared memory objects (created via shm_open()).
While here, consistently use the VM_PROT_* constants for the vm_prot_t
type for the 'prot' variable passed to vm_mmap() and vm_mmap_object()
as well as the vm_mmap_vnode() and vm_mmap_cdev() helper routines.
Previously some places were using the mmap()-specific PROT_* constants
instead. While this happens to work because PROT_xx == VM_PROT_xx,
using VM_PROT_* is more correct.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2658
Reviewed by: alc (glanced over), kib
MFC after: 1 month
Sponsored by: Chelsio
stability.
I'll re-enable it once the scan overhaul is done - the NIC itself
can do bgscan, but not how we're doing it.
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: Norse Corp, Inc.
up to 2 rx/tx queues for the 82574.
Program the 82574 to enable 5 msix vectors, assign 1 to each rx queue,
1 to each tx queue and 1 to the link handler.
Inspired by DragonFlyBSD, enable some RSS logic for handling tx queue
handling/processing.
Move multiqueue handler functions so that they line up better in a diff
review to if_igb.c
Always enqueue tx work to be done in em_mq_start, if unable to acquire
the TX lock, then this will be processed in the background later by the
taskqueue. Remove mbuf argument from em_start_mq_locked() as the work
is always enqueued. (stolen from igb)
Setup TARC, TXDCTL and RXDCTL registers for better performance and stability
in multiqueue and singlequeue implementations. Handle Intel errata 3 and
generic multiqueue behavior with the initialization of TARC(0) and TARC(1)
Bind interrupt threads to cpus in order. (stolen from igb)
Add 2 new DDB functions, one to display the queue(s) and their settings and
one to reset the adapter. Primarily used for debugging.
In the multiqueue configuration, bump RXD and TXD ring size to max for the
adapter (4096). Setup an RDTR of 64 and an RADV of 128 in multiqueue configuration
to cut down on the number of interrupts. RADV was arbitrarily set to 2x RDTR
and can be adjusted as needed.
Cleanup the display in top a bit to make it clearer where the taskqueue threads
are running and what they should be doing.
Ensure that both queues are processed by em_local_timer() by writing them both
to the IMS register to generate soft interrupts.
Ensure that an soft interrupt is generated when em_msix_link() is run so that
any races between assertion of the link/status interrupt and a rx/tx interrupt
are handled.
Document existing tuneables: hw.em.eee_setting, hw.em.msix, hw.em.smart_pwr_down, hw.em.sbp
Document use of hw.em.num_queues and the new kernel option EM_MULTIQUEUE
Thanks to Intel for their continued support of FreeBSD.
Reviewed by: erj jfv hiren gnn wblock
Obtained from: Intel Corporation
MFC after: 2 weeks
Relnotes: Yes
Sponsored by: Limelight Networks
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D1994
Previously the OACTIVE flag was being set when the tx descriptors are fully
allocated but it wasn't unset anywhere.
As soon as a packet is transmitted, unset the OACTIVE flag and call start
routine to push any pending packets from the tx queue.
This closes another race where a full tx queue would jam the tx path (tx
queue is full, new packets cannot be added to queue and dwc_txstart never
gets called).
This fatal mismatch appeared to be absolutely harmless, since both structs
have pointer to struct ifnet as their first member, and they both point to
the same ifnet. And the first member is the only one used from the argument.
When providing memory map information to userland, populate the vnode pointer
for tmpfs files. Set the memory mapping to appear as a vnode type, to match
FreeBSD 9 behavior.
This fixes the use of tmpfs files with the dtrace pid provider,
procstat -v, procfs, linprocfs, pmc (pmcstat), and ptrace (PT_VM_ENTRY).
Submitted by: Eric Badger <eric@badgerio.us> (initial revision)
Obtained from: Dell Inc.
PR: 198431
MFC after: 2 weeks
Reviewed by: jhb
Approved by: kib (mentor)
applying them to em(4).
Rely on iterations through the local timer, and the tx queue state to
determine if an actual hang has occurred. Any time a descriptor is used
(packet sent), the tx queue is flagged as busy. Then when txeof runs, it
either clears the flag when all is clean, or resets it to 1 if ANY are
cleaned, if nothing is cleaned it increments the flag.
Local timer simply checks to see if busy ever reaches MAX (10, which
is compile time configurable), and then sets it as HUNG, at that point
there is one more timer cycle in which to have any cleans, if not a
watchdog reset will occur.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2019
Submitted by: jfv
Reviewed by: hiren
Obtained from: Intel Corporation
MFC after: 2 weeks
Relnotes: Yes
Sponsored by: Limelight Networks
stage processing is only allowed after the setup complete event has
been received. Else a race may occur and the OUT data can be corrupted.
While at it ensure resetting a FIFO has the required wait loop.
MFC after: 3 days
NOTE: This is a technology preview, while it has undergone
development testing, Intel has not yet completed full
validation of the feature. It is being integrated for
early access and customer testing.
NOTE: This is a technology preview, while it has undergone development
tests, Intel has not yet completed full validation of the feature.
It is being integrated for early access and customer testing.
tend to be invalid. On a Beaglebone Black, we get 8192 sectors per
track and that causes major breakages.
Differential Revision: D2646
Reviewed by: ian@ imp@
buildkernel run.
Some of them were write-only under some kernel options, e.g. variables
keeping values only used by CTR() macros. It costs nothing to the
code readability and correctness to eliminate the warnings in those
cases too by removing the local cached values used only for
single-access.
Review: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2665
Reviewed by: rodrigc
Looked at by: bjk
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
MFC after: 1 week
DEBUG_FLAGS are set to DEBUG option value when kernel is built.
For example, it is -g in GENERIC config to have debug symbols.
Also DEBUG_FLAGS are used to determine if ctfconvert should keep
debug symbols.
Since we redefined DEBUG_FLAGS, debug symbols were always missing.
ctfconvert complains about it during kernel build.
It is incorrect to append DEBUG_FLAGS, since if DEBUG has no -g (or
similar), we'll have no debug symbols and ctfconvert will complain.
If it incorrect to always have -g in our DEBUG_FLAGS, since debug
symbols presence should be controllable by kernel config.
So, just add disabled by default addition of -DDEBUG=1 to CFLAGS.
Reviewed by: imp
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2666
Leaf drivers should not import the PCI bus interface to add IOV handling.
Instead, move the IOV client methods to a separate kobj interface.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2584
Reviewed by: rstone
- Updated all files with 2015 Avago copyright, and updated LSI's copyright
dates.
- Changed all of the PCI device strings from LSI to Avago Technologies (LSI).
- Added a sysctl variable to control how StartStopUnit behavior works. User can
select to spin down disks based on if disk is SSD or HDD.
- Inquiry data is required to tell if a disk will support SSU at shutdown or
not. Due to the addition of mpssas_async, which gets Advanced Info but not
Inquiry data, the setting of supports_SSU was moved to the
mpssas_scsiio_complete function, which snoops for any Inquiry commands. And,
since disks are shutdown as a target and not a LUN, this process was
simplified by basing it on targets and not LUNs.
- Added a sysctl variable that sets the amount of time to retry after sending a
failed SATA ID command. This helps with some bad disks and large disks that
require a lot of time to spin up. Part of this change was to add a callout to
handle timeouts with the SATA ID command. The callout function is called
mpssas_ata_id_timeout(). (Fixes PR 191348)
- Changed the way resets work by allowing I/O to continue to devices that are
not currently under a reset condition. This uses devq's instead of simq's and
makes use of the MPSSAS_TARGET_INRESET flag. This change also adds a function
called mpssas_prepare_tm().
- Some changes were made to reduce code duplication when getting a SAS address
for a SATA disk.
- Fixed some formatting and whitespace.
- Bump version of mps driver to 9.255.01.00-fbsd
PR: 191348
Reviewed by: ken, scottl
Approved by: ken, scottl
MFC after: 1 week
message synced to the changes in r283632, those changes are now backed out.
Another commit will be done that is exactly the same as r283632 except it will
have to correct commit message.
Approved by: ken, scottl, asomers, gibbs
amount of memory.
- Don't request segsize of BUS_SPACE_MAXSIZE_32BIT, when maxsize is
MCLBYTES.
With this change bwi_attach() can succeed on i386.
Submitted by: scottl
Smart NICs with firmware (eg wpi, iwn, the new atheros parts, the intel 7260
series, etc) support doing a lot of things in firmware. This includes but
isn't limited to things like scanning, sending probe requests and receiving
probe responses. However, net80211 doesn't know about any of this - it still
drives the whole scan/probe infrastructure itself.
In order to move towards suppoting smart NICs, the receive path needs to
know about the channel/details for each received packet. In at least
the iwn and 7260 firmware (and I believe wpi, but I haven't tried it yet)
it will do the scanning, power-save and off-channel buffering for you -
all you need to do is handle receiving beacons and probe responses on
channels that aren't what you're currently on. However the whole receive
path is peppered with ic->ic_curchan and manual scan/powersave handling.
The beacon parsing code also checks ic->ic_curchan to determine if the
received beacon is on the correct channel or not.[1]
So:
* add freq/ieee values to ieee80211_rx_stats;
* change ieee80211_parse_beacon() to accept the 'current' channel
as an argument;
* modify the iv_input() and iv_recv_mgmt() methods to include the rx_stats;
* add a new method - ieee80211_lookup_channel_rxstats() - that looks up
a channel based on the contents of ieee80211_rx_stats;
* if it exists, use it in the mgmt path to switch the current channel
(which still defaults to ic->ic_curchan) over to something determined
by rx_stats.
This is enough to kick-start scan offload support in the Intel 7260
driver that Rui/I are working on. It also is a good start for scan
offload support for a handful of existing NICs (wpi, iwn, some USB
parts) and it'll very likely dramatically improve stability/performance
there. It's not the whole thing - notably, we don't need to do powersave,
we should not scan all channels, and we should leave probe request sending
to the firmware and not do it ourselves. But, this allows for continued
development on the above features whilst actually having a somewhat
working NIC.
TODO:
* Finish tidying up how the net80211 input path works.
Right now ieee80211_input / ieee80211_input_all act as the top-level
that everything feeds into; it should change so the MIMO input routines
are those and the legacy routines are phased out.
* The band selection should be done by the driver, not by the net80211
layer.
* ieee80211_lookup_channel_rxstats() only determines 11b or 11g channels
for now - this is enough for scanning, but not 100% true in all cases.
If we ever need to handle off-channel scan support for things like
static-40MHz or static-80MHz, or turbo-G, or half/quarter rates,
then we should extend this.
[1] This is a side effect of frequency-hopping and CCK modes - you
can receive beacons when you think you're on a different channel.
In particular, CCK (which is used by the low 11b rates, eg beacons!)
is decodable from adjacent channels - just at a low SNR.
FH is a side effect of having the hardware/firmware do the frequency
hopping - it may pick up beacons transmitted from other FH networks
that are in a different phase of hopping frequencies.
Support 7xxx adapters including firmware-assisted TSO and VLAN tagging:
- Solarflare Flareon Ultra 7000 series 10/40G adapters:
- Solarflare SFN7042Q QSFP+ Server Adapter
- Solarflare SFN7142Q QSFP+ Server Adapter
- Solarflare Flareon Ultra 7000 series 10G adapters:
- Solarflare SFN7022F SFP+ Server Adapter
- Solarflare SFN7122F SFP+ Server Adapter
- Solarflare SFN7322F Precision Time Synchronization Server Adapter
- Solarflare Flareon 7000 series 10G adapters:
- Solarflare SFN7002F SFP+ Server Adapter
Support utilities to configure adapters and update firmware.
The work is done by Solarflare developers
(Andy Moreton, Andrew Lee and many others),
Artem V. Andreev <Artem.Andreev at oktetlabs.ru> and me.
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 weeks
Causually read by: gnn
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2618
https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-gpio.txt
Without this booting the VSATV102 causes the blue "working" led to turn
off when the kernel starts up. With this the led (which is turned on by
the firmware) stays on since that's the default state specified in the FDT.
Expanded the meaning of the led_create_state state parameter in order
to implement support for "keep". The original values were:
== 0 Off
!= 0 On
The new values are:
== -1 don't change / keep current setting
== 0 Off
!= -1 && != 0 On
This should have no effect on acpi_asus_attach which only calls
led_create_state with state set to 1. Updated acpi_ibm_attach
in order to avoid surprises.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2615
Submitted by: John Wehle
Reviewed by: gonzo, loos
years for head. However, it is continuously misused as the mpsafe argument
for callout_init(9). Deprecate the flag and clean up callout_init() calls
to make them more consistent.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2613
Reviewed by: jhb
MFC after: 2 weeks
Kernel under stress load, mixed MC reboot and sfupdate really
generates TSO packet with RST flag.
It will generate many TCP packets with RST flag set.
May be RST flag should be set in the last segment only, but it could be
dropped. So, it is safer to keep the flag in all packets to be sure that
connection is reset.
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2609
files to vendor-provided ones. It should make easier to adopt platform
code to new revisions of hardware and to use DTS overlays for various
Beaglebone extensions (shields/capes).
Original dts filenames were not changed, they're now wrappers over dts
files provided by TI. So make sure you update .dtb files on your
devices as part of kernel update
GPIO addressing was changed: instead of one global /dev/gpioc0 there
are per-bank instances of /dev/gpiocX. Each bank has 32 pins so for
instance pin 121 on /dev/gpioc0 in old addressing scheme is now pin 25
on /dev/gpioc3
On Pandaboard serial console devices was changed from /dev/ttyu0 to
/dev/ttyu2 so you'll have to update /etc/ttys to get login prompt
on serial port in multiuser mode. Single user mode serial console
should work as-is
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2146
Reviewed by: rpaulo, ian, Michal Meloun, Svatopluk Kraus
Some FDT nodes have complex properties organized as a child sub-nodes
(e.g. timing for LCD panel) we need easy way to obtain handles for
these sub-nodes
Also remove the checks for IFCAP_LRO in bxe_alloc_fp_buffers() and bxe_pf_rx_q_prep() since both TPA and Jumbo can use SGE ring.
Submitted by:gary.zambrano@qlogic.com
Approved by:davidcs@freebsd.org
MFC after:5 days
MTU + any required pad. Now when this size greater than MJUMPAGESIZE, the packet is spanned across multiple buffers and the
mbufs are stiched together.
Submitted by:gary.zambrano@qlogic.com
Approved by:davidcs@freebsd.org
this value at runtime.
The SD card specification says that a block write or a block erase can take
up to 250ms to complete and thus, under some circumstances, the existent 2
seconds timeout was triggering with normal usage.
This change fixes the sporadic controller timeout that happens on RPi and
RPi 2.
Discussed with: ian (some time ago)
bridges only supported Intel Pentium and Pentium II era processors and there
is no reason for hardware virtualizations to emulate these quirks.
MFC after: 1 week
This is based on the patch sent by Alexander Fedorov with the following
fixes/improvements:
- Better error handling;
- Clock is derived from PLL6 (obtained from netbsd);
- No more unnecessary busy loops on interrupt handler;
- style(9) fixes and code cleanup.
I also want to thanks Martin Galvan who has sent an alternative
implementation with some interesting fixes.
Tested on CubieBoard2, Banana-Pi (thanks to netgate!) and Cubieboard1
(Pratik Singhal).
This is intended to pave the way for the upcoming GSoC work (and make
easier the build of images for the supported boards).
PR: 196081
Submitted by: Alexander Fedorov <alexander.fedorov@rtlservice.com>
boards, this prevents some error messages during enumeration and also
gives us the correct erase block size. They appear to be harmless
elsewhere.
# Note: we treat too many commands as 'can't fail' if they don't work
# after a couple of retries. We need to fix that, but not today...
In both cases, the the effect of the bug was that a very small positive
number was written to the counter. This means that a large number of
events needed to occur before the next sampling interrupt would trigger.
Even with very frequently occurring events like clock cycles wrapping all
the way around could take a long time. Both bugs occurred when updating
the saved reload count for an outgoing thread on a context switch.
First, the counter-independent code compares the current reload count
against the count set when the thread switched in and generates a delta
to apply to the saved count. If this delta causes the reload counter
to go negative, it would add a full reload interval to wrap it around to
a positive value. The fix is to add the full reload interval if the
resulting counter is zero.
Second, occasionally the raw counter value read during a context switch
has actually wrapped, but an interrupt has not yet triggered. In this
case the existing logic would return a very large reload count (e.g.
2^48 - 2 if the counter had overflowed by a count of 2). This was seen
both for fixed-function and programmable counters on an E5-2643.
Workaround this case by returning a reload count of zero.
PR: 198149
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2557
Reviewed by: emaste
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Norse Corp, Inc.
This removes one of the frequent causes of ABI breakage when new CPU
types are added to hwpmc(4).
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2586
Reviewed by: davide, emaste, gnn (earlier version)
MFC after: 2 weeks
HDA association descriptors. This fixes a crash during device probe
for some HDA PCI devices.
Reported by: David Wolfskill <david@catwhisker.org>
Reviewed by: mav @
MFC after: 1 week
Also return error if TSO is requested without Tx checksum offload.
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2564
It just affects capabilities of the created VLAN interface.
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2563
If TxQ lock is obtained, deferred packet list shold be serviced even if
the packet addition fails because of overflow.
Without the patch freeze happens if:
- queue is not blocked (i.e. completion does not trigger unblock and service)
- put-list overflow (1024 entries)
- sfxge_tx_packet_add() acquires TxQ lock just as it is released it in
sfxge_tx_qdpl_service() on the second CPU but before pending check
- sfxge_tx_packet_add() swizzles put-list to get-list, fails because of
non-tcp get-list overflow and returns without packet list service
- sfxge_tx_qdpl_service() on the second CPU checks that there are no
pending packets in the put-list and returns
Other possible solution is to guaranee that maximum length of the put-list
is less than maximum length of any get-list.
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2562
The driver uses ifm_data to save capabilities mask calculated during
initialization when supported phy modes are discovered.
The patch simply calculates it when either media or options are changed.
Reviewed by: glebius
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2540
It is required for the next patch which adds dependency of TSO
capabilities from Tx checksum offloads.
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2553
* simplify channel logic for determining RF gain setting in scan setup
* don't set TX timer on error
* free node references for unsent frames on device stop
* set maxfrags to IWN_MAX_SCATTER-1 (first segment is used by TX command)
* add missing IWN_UNLOCK() from interrupt path when the hardware
disappears.
* pass control frames to host
* nitems() instead of local macro
Tested:
* Intel 5100, STA mode
PR: kern/196264
Submitted by: Andriy Voskoboinyk <s3erios@gmail.com>
It is a preparation to the next patch which will service packet queue even
if packet addtion fails.
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2552
Now each branch has one and only one possible TxQ lock state.
It simplifies understanding of the code.
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2551
We can't disable it in HW, but we can ignore result.
Discard Rx descriptor checksum flags if Rx checksum offload is off.
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2544
was granted via rings and ni_bufs_list_head represented in those rings
and lists (e.g., via SIGKILL), those buffers are no longer available
for subsequent users for the lifetime of the system. To mitigate this
resource leak, reset the allocator state when the last ref to that
allocator is released.
Note that this only recovers leaked resources for an allocator when
there are no longer any users of that allocator, so there remain
circumstances in which leaked allocator resources may not ever be
recovered - consider a set of multiple netmap processes that are all
using the same allocator (say, the global allocator) where members of
that set may be killed and restarted over time but at any given point
there is one member of that set running.
Based on intial work by adrian@.
Reviewed by: Giuseppe Lettieri (g.lettieri@iet.unipi.it), luigi
Approved by: jmallett (mentor)
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Norse Corp, Inc.
It simplifies understanding of the sfxge_tx_packet_add() logic and
avoids passing of 'locked' to called function.
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2547
It is simply not required since the kernel checks corresponding
IFCAP_TSOx capability and CSUM_TSO in hw-assisted offloads.
Note that CSUM_TSO is two bits (CSUM_IP_TSO|CSUM_IP6_TSO) and both bits
are set in IPv4 and IPv6 mbufs.
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2546
Also it is cheaper to check Rx descriptor flags than TCP protocol in IP
header.
Reviewed by: gnn
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2542
Netfront has to wait for the backend to switch to state XenbusStateConnected
before sending the ARP request, or else the backend might not be connected
and thus the packet will be lost.
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
MFC after: 1 week
Tx checksum offload may be enabled/disabled.
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2543
Split IFCAP_HWCSUM to IFCAP_RXCSUM and IFCAP_TXCSUM to highlight Tx and Rx.
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2541
Summary:
The Freescale PCIe Root Complex shows up as a Processor class device, PowerPC
subclass, so the generic PCI code ignores it for a bridge. This adds support
for it.
As part of this, update the Freescale PCI hostbridge driver, to allow probing
beyond the root complex, instead of only allowing "proper" PCI-PCI bridges.
Reviewers: #powerpc, marcel, nwhitehorn
Reviewed By: nwhitehorn
Subscribers: imp
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2442
Relnotes: yes
results.
Right now the scan infrastructure assumes the channel is under net80211
control, and that when receiving beacon frames for scanning, the
current channel is indeed what ic_curchan is set to.
But firmware NICs with firmware scan support need more than this -
they can do background scans whilst hiding the off-channel behaviour
from net80211. Ie, net80211 still thinks everything is associated
and on the main channel, but it's getting scan results from all the
background traffic.
However sta_add() pays attention to ic_curchan and discards scan
results that aren't on the right channel. CCK beacon frames can be
decoded from adjacent channels so the receive path and sta_add
discard these as appropriate. This is fine for software scanning
like for ath(4), but not for firmware NICs. So with those, the
whole concept of background firmware scanning won't work without
major hacks (eg, overriding ic_curchan before calling the beacon
input / scan add.)
As part of my scan overhaul, modify sta_add() and the scan_add()
APIs to take an explicit current channel. The normal RX path
will set it to ic_curchan so it's a no-op. However, drivers may
decide to (eventually!) override the scan method to set the
"right" current channel based on what the firmware reports the
scan state is.
So for example, iwn, rsu and other NICs will eventually do this:
* driver issues scan start firmware command;
* firmware sends a "scan start on channel X" notify;
* firmware sends a bunch of beacon RX's as part of
the scan results;
* .. and the driver will replace scan_add() curchan with channel X,
so scan results are correct.
* firmware sends a "scan start on channel Y" notify;
* firmware sends more beacons...
* .. the driver replaces scan_add() curchan with channel Y.
Note:
* Eventually, net80211 should eventually grow the idea of a per-packet
current channel. It's possible in various modes (eg WAVE, P2P, etc)
that individual frames can come in from different channels and that
is under firmware control rather than driver/net80211 control, so
we should support that.
Several improvements to the Synaptics driver to support
semi-multitouch trackpads and some other fixes:
- Two finger scrolling support for "semi-MT" touchpads. Those include
many of the older Synaptics touchpads before "true" multitouch support
(indicated by capMultiFinger). Semi-MT touchpads can report a second
finger position, but the X or Y coordinate may be swapped with some
coordinate of the first finger. This is a result of how the hardware
works internally. Therefore, all that can be reliably extracted is the
bounding box of the two finger positions. Semi-MT touchpads can be
recognized by the capAdvancedGestures capability bit. After setting the
mode byte, advanced gestures mode has to be enabled. Then, data packets
compatible with the capMultiFinger format are sent, so the same two
finger scrolling code can be leveraged. Enabling advanced gestures mode
on true multitouch touchpads should be harmless. Linux seems to always
enable advanced gestures mode.
- Put mode setting logic into own functions synaptics_preferred_mode()
and synaptics_set_mode() to have this in one place.
synaptics_passthrough_on() and synaptics_passthrough_off() currently
always use 0xc1 as the mode byte, which may be wrong for touchpads that
don't have capExtended.
- Expose X and Y resolution of touchpad to userland. Also expose minimum
and maximum X and Y coordinates. This is useful for programs in
userspace that read raw PSM packets (with PSM_LEVEL_NATIVE enabled) and
need to interpret the coordinates.
- Also send "extended w mode" packets (see section 3.2.9 of
511-000275-01_RevB.pdf) to userspace if PSM_LEVEL_NATIVE is enabled.
This is useful for userspace programs/drivers such as
xf86-input-synaptics that can handle these packets.
- Fix parsing of nExtendedQueries, and request extended/continued
capability bits depending on this value.
- capReportsMax, capClearPad, capAdvancedGestures and capCoveredPad must
be extracted from status[0] and not status[2], I think.
Submitted by: Jan Kokemüller jan.kokemueller at gmail.com
bus_alloc_resource(), bus_release_resource() and bus_set_resource()
(bus_generic_rl_alloc_resource(), bus_generic_rl_release_resource() and
bus_generic_rl_set_resource() respectively).
Do not print the resources for nomatch devices.
Use the inherited method for bus_get_resource_list() on ofw_iicbus.c.
Submitted by: jhb and Michal Meloun (D2033)
interacts with interrupts, query ACPI and use MWAIT for entrance into
Cx sleep states. Support C1 "I/O then halt" mode. See Intel'
document 302223-007 "Intelб╝ Processor Vendor-Specific ACPI Interface
Specification" for description.
Move the acpi_cpu_c1() function into x86/cpu_machdep.c and use
it instead of inlining "sti; hlt" sequence in several places.
In the acpi(4) man page, besides documenting the dev.cpu.N.cx_methods
sysctl, correct the names for dev.cpu.N.{cx_usage,cx_lowest,cx_supported}
sysctls.
Both jkim and avg have some other patches implementing the mwait
functionality; this work is unrelated. Linux does not rely on the
ACPI to provide correct tables describing Cx modes. Instead, the
driver has pre-defined knowledge of the CPU models, it was supplied by
Intel.
Tested by: pho (previous versions)
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
127 and decrease the maximum number of sub-channels to 1. These
definitions are only used inside the kernel and can be changed later
if more than one sub-channel is desired. This has been done to allow
so-called USB audio rack modules to work with FreeBSD.
Bump the FreeBSD version to force recompiling all external modules.
MFC after: 2 weeks
Reviewed by: mav
and is not applicable unless the integer pointer is NULL. Set it to
zero to avoid confusion. While at it remove extra semicolon at the end
of the "VT_SYSCTL_INT()" macro.
MFC after: 1 week
function. This fixes an issue where X11 keyboard input can appear
stuck. The cause of the problem is a duplicate TTY device window
switch IOCTL during boot, which leaves the "vt_switch_timer" running,
because the current window is already selected. While at it factor out
some NULL checks.
PR: 200032
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2480
Reported by: several people
MFC after: 1 week
Reviewed by: emaste
In order to map memory from other domains when running on Xen FreeBSD uses
unused physical memory regions. Until now this memory has been allocated
using bus_alloc_resource, but this is not completely safe as we can end up
using unreclaimed MMIO or ACPI regions.
Fix this by introducing a new newbus method that can be used by Xen drivers
to request for unused memory regions. On amd64 we make sure this memory
comes from regions above 4GB in order to prevent clashes with MMIO/ACPI
regions. On i386 there's nothing we can do, so just fall back to the
previous mechanism.
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
Tested by: Gustau Pérez <gperez@entel.upc.edu>
1. While disabling interrupt the FW disables interrupts for only 16 vectors.
In case of Invader which supports 96 MSI-x vectors, some spurious interrupts
may come on other vectors even after interrupt disable. So, driver uses a flag
and ignores the spurious interrupts.
2. Reply queue depth is made double the number of commands supported by FW.
3. Misplaced interrupt enable code is now moved down in the OCR path.
4. Updated error handling code in OCR path.
5. Removed un-necessary print.
Reviewed by: ambrisko
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: AVAGO Technologies
issued through the ioctl() interface prior to the kill adapter. This ensures
userspace ioctl() system calls issued just before a kill adapter don't get stuck in
wait state and IOCTLs are returned to application.
Reviewed by: ambrisko
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: AVAGO Technologies
MEGASAS_HBA_OPERATIONAL before getting new RAID map.
There will be a small window where IO will come from OS with old RAID map.
This patch will update adapter state to MEGASAS_HBA_OPERATIONAL,
only after driver has new RAID map to avoid any IOs getting build using old RAID map.
Reviewed by: ambrisko
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: AVAGO Technologies
for two Drive Raid-1 configuration only.
Now, Driver support fast path read load balancing for all (any number of disk) Raid-1 configuration.
Reviewed by: ambrisko
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: AVAGO Technologies
FW expose Secure Jbod support via Controller properity.
Firmware expect IOs to be received from different IO path than
conventional fast path queue, in case of SED drives.
To have Secure jbod support user need driver and firmware support.
Reviewed by: ambrisko
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: AVAGO Technologies
initialize the MFUNC registers. Our old test of assuming that if this
register is set at all is not quite right. Many scenarios (including
the power-on defaults for chips w/o EEPROMs) land us in trouble. The
MFUNC0 pin should be set to signal #INTA and the MFUNC1 pin should be
set to signal #INTB of multi-socketed devices. Since my memory recalls
issues with blindly clearing the upper bytes of this register, perform
the heuristic only when both MFUNC0 and 1 are clear. We won't work
well using these pins for GPIO, and the serial interrupts won't save
us because we go out of our way to generally disable them. They are
needed to support legacy drivers for 16-bit PC Cards that are
hard-wired to specific IRQ values. Since FreeBSD never had any of
these, we configure the more reliable direct signaling. This was just
one small piece of that which had been left out back in the day.
Summary:
This has been tested on the RB800, but should work on the RB333, RB600, and
RB1100 as well.
It's currently missing ECC support, but read and write are complete.
Reviewers: imp
Reviewed By: imp
Subscribers: imp
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2223
interface without breaking ABI or API compatibility with existing drivers.
The existing data structures used to communicate between the kernel and
driver portions of PPS processing contain no spare/padding fields and no
flags field or other straightforward mechanism for communicating changes
in the structures or behaviors of the code. This makes it difficult to
MFC new features added to the PPS facility. ABI compatibility is
important; out-of-tree drivers in module form are known to exist. (Note
that the existing api_version field in the pps_params structure must
contain the value mandated by RFC 2783 and any RFCs that come along after.)
These changes introduce a pair of abi-version fields which are filled in
by the driver and the kernel respectively to indicate the interface
version. The driver sets its version field before calling the new
pps_init_abi() function. That lets the kernel know how much of the
pps_state structure is understood by the driver and it can avoid using
newer fields at the end of the structure that it knows about if the driver
is a lower version. The kernel fills in its version field during the init
call, letting the driver know what features and data the kernel supports.
To implement the new version information in a way that is backwards
compatible with code from before these changes, the high bit of the
lightly-used 'kcmode' field is repurposed as a flag bit that indicates the
driver is aware of the abi versioning scheme. Basically if this bit is
clear that indicates a "version 0" driver and if it is set the driver_abi
field indicates the version.
These changes also move the recently-added 'mtx' field of pps_state from
the middle to the end of the structure, and make the kernel code that uses
this field conditional on the driver being abi version 1 or higher. It
changes the only driver currently supplying the mtx field, usb_serial, to
use pps_init_abi().
Reviewed by: hselasky@
History note: it's good to document what the driver expects like this even
if it's currently a no-op.
Submitted by: Andriy Voskoboinyk <s3erios@gmail.com>
Change the nvlist_recv() function to take additional argument that
specifies flags expected on the received nvlist. Receiving a nvlist with
different set of flags than the ones we expect might lead to undefined
behaviour, which might be potentially dangerous.
Update consumers of this and related functions and update the tests.
Approved by: pjd (mentor)
Update man page for nvlist_unpack, nvlist_recv, nvlist_xfer, cap_recv_nvlist
and cap_xfer_nvlist.
Reviewed by: AllanJude
Approved by: pjd (mentor)
These include standalone X550 adapters, X552 10GbE backplane, and
X552/X557-AT 10GBASE-T; with the latter two being integrated into Xeon D SoCs.
As well, this bumps the ixgbe version number to 2.8.3, and includes updates
to shared code for support for the new devices.
Differential Revision: D2414
Reviewed by: gnn, adrian
Approved by: jfv (mentor), gnn (mentor)
- Use hardware counters for ifnet stats in igb(4) when possible. This
ensures these stats include packets that bypass the regular stack via
netmap.
- Don't derefence values off the end of the igb(4) VF stats structure.
Instead, add a dedicated if_get_counter method for igb(4) VF interfaces.
- Report missed packets on igb(4) as input queue drops rather than an
input error.
- Report bug_ring drop counts as output queue drops for igb(4) and ixgbe(4).
- Export the buf_ring drop stats for individual rings via sysctl on
ixgbe(4).
- Fix a typo that in ixl(4) that caused output queue drops to be reported
as input queue drops and input queue drops to be unreported.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2402
Reviewed by: jfv, rstone (6)
Sponsored by: Norse Corp, Inc.
remains. Xen is planning to phase out support for PV upstream since it
is harder to maintain and has more overhead. Modern x86 CPUs include
virtualization extensions that support HVM guests instead of PV guests.
In addition, the PV code was i386 only and not as well maintained recently
as the HVM code.
- Remove the i386-only NATIVE option that was used to disable certain
components for PV kernels. These components are now standard as they
are on amd64.
- Remove !XENHVM bits from PV drivers.
- Remove various shims required for XEN (e.g. PT_UPDATES_FLUSH, LOAD_CR3,
etc.)
- Remove duplicate copy of <xen/features.h>.
- Remove unused, i386-only xenstored.h.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2362
Reviewed by: royger
Tested by: royger (i386/amd64 HVM domU and amd64 PVH dom0)
Relnotes: yes
Instead of trying to get the keyboard repeat rate set by the BIOS just set a
default one. This allows removing the usage of x86bios from atkbd.
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
Reviewed by: jkim, delphij
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2399
MFC after: 2 weeks
Previously the mask wrapped when one or more of the mask bytes extended
past the right edge of the window. Simplify the logic and use the same
byte offset and bit in both the pattern and mask.
PR: 199648
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2360
The change would appease the static analyzers but it is pretty much a
no-op. I need to trust static analyzers much less, especially for the
kernel.
Requested by: jkim
Currently if you ifconfig down a vtnet interface while it is being used
via netmap, the kernel panics due to trying to treat the cookie values
in the virtio rings as mbufs to be freed. When netmap is enabled, these
cookie values are pointers to something else.
Note that other netmap-aware drivers don't seem to need this as they
store the mbuf pointers in the software rings that mirror the hardware
descriptor rings, and since netmap doesn't touch those, the software
state always has NULL mbuf pointers causing the loops to free mbufs to
not do anything. However, vtnet reuses the same state area for both
netmap and non-netmap mode, so it needs to explicitly avoid looking at
the rings and treating the cookie values as mbufs if netmap is
enabled.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2348
Reviewed by: adrian, bryanv, luigi
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Norse Corp, Inc.
This is a fix to the previous attempt in r281889, which some (most?)
keyboards.
Discussed with: emaste, jkim
Found by: clang static analyzer
CID: 1007072
CID: 1007073
CID: 1007074
On one of my systems FreeBSD will fail to boot because vt_vga gets stuck
waiting for the vertical retrace if there's no monitor attached. Fix this by
adding a timeout and exiting if the vertical retrace times out.
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
Reviewed by: emaste, dumbbell
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2397
- Vmbus multi channel support.
- Vector interrupt support.
- Signal optimization.
- Storvsc driver performance improvement.
- Scatter and gather support for storvsc driver.
- Minor bug fix for KVP driver.
Thanks royger, jhb and delphij from FreeBSD community for the reviews
and comments. Also thanks Hovy Xu from NetApp for the contributions to
the storvsc driver.
PR: 195238
Submitted by: whu
Reviewed by: royger, jhb, delphij
Approved by: royger
MFC after: 2 weeks
Relnotes: yes
Sponsored by: Microsoft OSTC
controllers.
Call iicbus_transfer() from the device context and not from the iicbus
context.
I am committing a slightly different patch, so if something break, it is
probably my fault.
PR: 199496
Submitted by: Juraj Lutter <otis@sk.FreeBSD.org>
vt_is_cursor_in_area needs to return true if any part of the mouse
cursor is visible in the rectangle area. Replace the existing test with
a simpler version of a test for overlapping rectangles.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2356
Reviewed by: ray
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
are not permitted to sleep. Only use the IPMI watchdog with backends
which poll driver-initiated requests to meet this requirement.
In practice this means that watchdogs will no longer be used on systems
that use the SSIF backend.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2062
MFC after: 2 weeks
Al kudos here for the Clang static analyzer which, unlike Coverity,
failed to flag a false positive.
Found by: clang static analyzer
CID: 1007072
CID: 1007073
CID: 1007074
MFC after: 1 week
(type 1 and type 2) as well as leaf devices (type 0). In particular,
this allows the existing PCI bus logic to save and restore capability
registers such as MSI and PCI-express work for bridge devices rather than
requiring that code to be duplicated in bridge drivers. It also means
that bridge drivers no longer need to save and restore basic registers
such as the PCI command register or BARs nor manage powerstates for the
bridge device.
While here, pci_setup_secbus() has been changed to initialize the 'sec'
and 'sub' fields in the 'secbus' structure instead of requiring the pcib
and pccbb drivers to do this in the NEW_PCIB + PCI_RES_BUS case.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2240
Reviewed by: imp, jmg
MFC after: 2 weeks
driver's suspend and resume routines. These have been redundant no-ops
since r214065 changed the PCI bus driver to manage power states for
all devices (including type 1/2 bridge devices) during suspend and resume.
for type 0 devices, not type 1 or 2 bridges. Don't read them for bridge
devices during bus scans and return an error when attempting to read them
as ivars for bridge devices.
It is not network-specific code and would
be better as part of libkern instead.
Move zlib.h and zutil.h from net/ to sys/
Update includes to use sys/zlib.h and sys/zutil.h instead of net/
Submitted by: Steve Kiernan stevek@juniper.net
Obtained from: Juniper Networks, Inc.
GitHub Pull Request: https://github.com/freebsd/freebsd/pull/28
Relnotes: yes
RSS hash from the card. We do not need to hide that under "ifdef RSS" and should
expose that by default so others like lagg(4) can use that and avoid hashing the
traffic by themselves.
While here, improve comments and get rid of hidden/unimplemented RSS support
code for UDP.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2296
Reviewed by: jfv, erj
Discussed with: adrian
Sponsored by: Limelight Networks
--Allow multiple open iic fds by storing addressing state in cdevpriv
--Fix, as much as possible, the baked-in race conditions in the iic
ioctl interface by requesting bus ownership on I2CSTART, releasing it on
I2CSTOP/I2CRSTCARD, and requiring bus ownership by the current cdevpriv
to use the I/O ioctls
--Reduce internal iic buffer size and remove 1K read/write limit by
iteratively calling iicbus_read/iicbus_write
--Eliminate dynamic allocation in I2CWRITE/I2CREAD
--Move handling of I2CRDWR to separate function and improve error handling
--Add new I2CSADDR ioctl to store address in current cdevpriv so that
I2CSTART is not needed for read(2)/write(2) to work
--Redesign iicbus_request_bus() and iicbus_release_bus():
--iicbus_request_bus() no longer falls through if the bus is already
owned by the requesting device. Multiple threads on the same device may
want exclusive access. Also, iicbus_release_bus() was never
device-recursive anyway.
--Previously, if IICBUS_CALLBACK failed in iicbus_release_bus(), but
the following iicbus_poll() call succeeded, IICBUS_CALLBACK would not be
issued again
--Do not hold iicbus mtx during IICBUS_CALLBACK call. There are
several drivers that may sleep in IICBUS_CALLBACK, if IIC_WAIT is passed.
--Do not loop in iicbus_request_bus if IICBUS_CALLBACK returns
EWOULDBLOCK; instead pass that to the caller so that it can retry if so
desired.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2140
Reviewed by: imp, jhb, loos
Approved by: kib (mentor)
the index array, not a value for BMCR register. In case of IFM_10_T there
could be either MII_MEDIA_10_T or MII_MEDIA_10_T_FDX, which are 1 and 2,
accordingly. Neither matches a valid BMCR value. My guessing is that this
write is harmless, since later mii_phy_setmedia() would write a proper
value there.
The code is here since the initial checkin. Note that case IFM_100_TX has
the same comment, but a proper value of BMCR_ISO is written. So, collapse
two cases into one, always writing there BMCR_ISO.
Sponsored by: Nginx, Inc.
set any value to ifm_data. If brgphy ever to call mii_phy_setmedia(),
then the value of BRGPHY_S1000 | BRGPHY_BMCR_FDX will trigger KASSERT.
While here, remove the obfuscating macro and wrap long lines.
Sponsored by: Nginx, Inc.
its use in upcoming code.
This is inspired by something in jhb's NUMA IRQ allocation patchset.
However, the tricky bit here is that the PXM lookup for a node may
fail, requiring a lookup on the parent node. So if it doesn't
exist, don't fail - just go up to the parent. Only error out of the
lookup is the ACPI lookup returns an error.
Sponsored by: Norse Corp, Inc.
This supports e500v1, e500v2, and e500mc. Tested only on e500v2, but the
performance counters are identical across all, with e500mc having some
additional events.
Relnotes: Yes
On trackpads that had support for both, we were sending two button
events when the trackpad was pressed.
Tested by: Jakob Alvermark <jakob at alvermark.net>
MFC after: 1 week
This requires a patch to redirect the output to a separate DAC when
the headphones are used. While there, add device strings for Intel
Broadwell HDA controllers and Realtek ALC292 codecs.
MFC after: 1 week
'BUS_PROBE_DEFAULT'. This allows bhyve's 'ppt' driver to claim ownership
of the device and pass it through to the guest.
In the common case where there are no competing drivers for USB controllers
this change is a no-op.
Reviewed by: hselasky
MFC after: 2 weeks
This is only the minimum set of files needed to boot in qemu. As such it is
missing a few things.
The bus_dma code is currently only stub functions with a full implementation
from the development tree to follow.
The gic driver has been copied as the interrupt framework is different. It
is expected the two drivers will be merged by the arm intrng project,
however this will need to be imported into the tree and support for arm64
would need to be added.
This includes code developed by myself, SemiHalf, Ed Maste, and Robin
Randhawa from ARM. This has been funded by the FreeBSD Foundation, with
early development by myself in my spare time with assistance from Robin.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2199
Reviewed by: emaste, imp
Relnotes: yes
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
handles versions 0.1 and 0.2 of the standard on 32-bit ARM.
With this driver we can shutdown in QEMU. Further work is needed to
turn secondary cores on on boot and to support later revisions of the
specification.
Submitted by: Robin Randhawa <Robin.Randhawa at ARM.com>
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
"Intelб╝ Processor Vendor-Specific ACPI Interface Specification",
issied Dec 2014. Previous revision 005 was from Sep 2006.
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
MFC after: 1 week
To accomplish this, we must put the Synaptics hardware in passthrough
mode when talking to the trackpoint.
I only performed minor style modifications.
Submitted by: Jan Kokemüller <jan.kokemueller at gmail.com>
MFC after: 1 week
Enable two finger scrolling by default and disable the edge scrolling if
the touchpad has no physical zone for it. Disable directional scrolling
by default to avoid using extended buttons as scroll buttons.
Add support for ClickPad. On Lenovo laptops, this is the button
reported when one presses the touchpad.
While there, fix a problem where the extended buttons were not reporting
the button release event correctly: we need to save the state of the
buttons and report it to sysmouse until we receive a packet from the
touchpad indicating the button has been released. This makes it
possible to use an extended button to resize a window. On Lenovo
laptops, the major buttons are actually reported as extended buttons.
Tested by: many (current@)
MFC after: 1 week
This is needed with the pl011 driver. Before this change it would default
to a shift of 0, however the hardware places the registers at 4-byte
addresses meaning the value should be 2.
This patch fixes this for the pl011 when configured using the fdt. The
other drivers have a default value of 0 to keep this a no-op.
MFC after: 1 week
v1.1.1 2015-03-26
* Support 4Kn drive.
* Change the SCSI target ID of the disk to be the index of physical
connetion to the HBA.
* Support staggered drive spin up.
* Fix a bug that command would be timeout because of improper
interrupt service routine.
* Error handling to avoid scsi command lost which caused system
hang up.
* Fix a bug that fail to get the devcie's serial number via
FreeNAS WebGUI.
Many thanks to HighPoint for continued support of FreeBSD!
MFC after: 2 weeks
after setting up interrupt moderation but before turning interrupts on.
This matches what Realtek's r8168 Linux driver does as of version 8.039.00
and fixes problems with certain incarnations of certain MAC revisions
like the interface requiring an extra up/down-cycle after boot to start
working or DMA configuration not being adhered to.
PR: 193743, 197535
MFC after: 1 week
Submission and completion queue memory need to use a
separate DMA tag for mappings than payload buffers,
to ensure mappings remain contiguous even with DMAR
enabled.
Submitted by: kib
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Intel
Previously, if per-CPU MSI-X vectors could not be allocated,
nvme(4) would fall back to INTx with a single I/O queue pair.
This change will still fall back to a single I/O queue pair, but
allocate MSI-X vectors instead of reverting to INTx.
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Intel
under bootverbose. Every example I've seen to date has been due to
an ACPI system resource device reserving a range that overlaps with
system memory (which ram0 attempts to reserve) or a local or I/O APIC
(which apic0 attempts to reserve). These are always harmless but look
scary to users.
MFC after: 1 week
I .. stupidly added code to return HAL_ANI_STATS to HAL_DIAG_ANI_STATS.
I discovered this in a noisy environment when the returned values were
enough to .. well, make everything terrible.
So - restore functionality.
Tested:
* AR5416 (uses the AR5212 HAL), in a /very/ noisy 2GHz environment.
Enough to trigger ANI to get upset and generate useful data.
These are similar to the mips24k performance counters - some are
available on perfcnt0/3, some are available on perfcnt1/4.
However, the events aren't all the same.
* Add the events, named the same as from Linux oprofile.
* Verify they're the same as "MIPS32(R) 74KTM Processor Core Family
Software User's Manual"; Document Number: MD00519; Revision 01.05.
* Rename INSTRUCTIONS to something else, so it doesn't clash with
the alias INSTRUCTIONS. I'll try to tidy this up later; there
are a few other aliases to add and shuffle around.
Tested:
* QCA9558 SoC (AP135 board) - MIPS74Kc core (no FPU.)
* make universe; where it didn't fail for other reasons.
TODO:
* It'd be nice to support the four performance counters
in at least this hardware, rather than just two.
Reviewed by: bsdimp ("looks good; don't break world".)
Previously, the driver was trying to blink the LED in the newstate
function, but that only gets called once (unlike OpenBSD's net80211
stack). Move the LED blinking to set_channel().
While there, don't try to set the channel when we switch to the SCAN
state. This is already accomplished by the set_channel() function.
MFC after: 1 week
work stack and is reused again on the receive ring. Remaining received packets in the ring are not processed in that
invocation of bxe_rxeof() and defered to the task thread.
MFC after: 5 days
There are cases when gpioled nodes in DTS come from different sources
(e.g. standard Beaglebone Black LEDs in main DTS + shield LEDs in
overlay DTS) so instead of handling only first compatible node go
through all child nodes
- bus_dmamap_create() does not take the BUS_DMA_NOWAIT flag
- properly unload maps
- do not assign NULL to dma map pointers
Submitted by: Konstantin Belousov <kostikbel@gmail.com>
Approved by: jfv (mentor)
MFC after: 1 week
the top-level HAL.
The athstats program is blindly using a copy of the ar5212 ANI stats structure
to pull out ANI statistics/state and this is problematic for the AR9300
HAL.
So:
* Define HAL_ANI_STATS and HAL_ANI_STATE
* Use HAL_ANI_STATS inside the AR5212 HAL
This commit doesn't (yet) convert the ar5212AniState -> HAL_ANI_STATE when
exporting it to userland; that'll come in the next commit.
specially aml8726-m6 and aml8726-m8b SoC based devices.
aml8726-m6 SoC exist in devices such as Visson ATV-102.
Hardkernel ODROID-C1 board has aml8726-m8b SoC.
The following support is included:
Basic machdep code
SMP
Interrupt controller
Clock control driver (aka gate)
Pinctrl
Timer
Real time clock
UART
GPIO
I2C
SD controller
SDXC controller
USB
Watchdog
Random number generator
PLL / Clock frequency measurement
Frame buffer
Submitted by: John Wehle
Approved by: stas (mentor)
uintptr_t may be 64-bit on some platforms, therefore when
finding xrefinfo by pointer to device the high word is being
cut off due to cast to phandle_t which is 32-bit long by definition.
Due to that we loose the high word of the address to compare with
xi->dev's address.
To fix that, first argument of xrefinfo_find() is extended to
uintptr_t and is being cast to appropriate type (phandle_t)
when compared.
Submitted by: Zbigniew Bodek <zbb@semihalf.com>
Reviewed by: nwhitehorn
Obtained from: Semihalf
Handle the VIRQ_DEBUG signal and print a stack trace of each vCPU on the Xen
console. This is only used for debug purposes and is triggered by the
administrator of the Xen host.
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
MFC after: 1 week
rathe than private in each HAL module.
Whilst here, modify ath_hal_private to always have the per-channel
noisefloor stats, rather than conditionally. This just makes
life easier in general (no strange ABI differences between different
HAL compile options.)
Add a couple of methods (clear/reset, add) rather than using
hand-rolled versions of things.
This symptom is "calibrations don't ever run", which may cause some
pretty spectacularly bad behaviour in noisy environments or with longer
uptimes.
Thanks to dtrace to make it easy to check if specific non-inlined functions
are getting called by things like the ANI and calibration HAL methods.
Grr.
Tested:
* AR9380, STA mode
Author: Ville Syrjälä <ville.syrjala@linux.intel.com>
Date: Fri May 31 12:17:08 2013 +0000
drm: Sort connector modes based on vrefresh
Keeping the modes sorted by vrefresh before the pixel clock makes the
mode list somehow more pleasing to the eye.
Signed-off-by: Ville Syrjälä <ville.syrjala@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Alex Deucher <alexander.deucher@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
PR: 198936
Obtained from: Linux
MFC after: 1 month
MFC with: r280183
which showed up after I started changing addresses this early.
It turns out that there's some other malarky going on behind the scenes
in the HAL and merely setting the net80211/ifp mac address this early
isn't enough. If the MAC is set from kenv at attach time, the HAL
also needs to be programmed early.
Without this, the VAP wouldn't work enough for finishing association -
probe requests would be fine as they're broadcast, but association
request would fail.
This is used by the AR71xx platform code to choose a local MAC based on
the "board MAC address", versus whatever potentially invalid/garbage
values are stored in the Atheros calibration data.
common (autogenerated) versions. Removes extra vertical space,
and makes it easier to grep for usage throughout the tree.
Conditionally compile only for arm6 [1] (yes sounds odd but is right).
Submitted by: andrew [1]
Reviewed by: gnn, andrew (ian earlier version I think)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2159
Obtained from: Cambridge/L41
Sponsored by: DARPA, AFRL
duplicated code in the two classes, and also allows devices in FDT-based
systems to declare simplebus as their parent and still work correctly
when the FDT data describes the device at the root of the tree rather
than as a child of a simplebus (which is common for interrupt, clock,
and power controllers).
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D1990
Submitted by: Michal Meloun
the PMC_IN_KERNEL() macro definition.
Add missing macros to extract the return address (LR) from the trapframe.
Discussed with: andrew
Obtained from: Cambridge/L41
Sponsored by: DARPA, AFRL
MFC after: 2 weeks
statements. This allows for setting all PCM core parameters in the
kernel environment through loader.conf(5) or kenv(1) which is useful
for pluggable PCM devices like USB audio devices which might be
plugged after that sysctl.conf(5) is executed.
the right solution but I will leave it to experts to untangle this
problem to properly stop the build failures.
At the moment only if_ix.c includes dev/netmap/ixgbe_netmap.h which is
good as ixgbe_netmap.h defines a couple of (file) static variables--thus
local to if_ix.c.
static int ix_crcstrip however now also got checked from ix_txrx.c
(as an extern) and should not be visible there. In fact we do see
powerpc and powerpc64 build failures because of this. It is unclear
to me why on other (clang built?) architectures this does not lead
to a reference of an undefined symbol and similar build breakage.
This is a temporary workaround until we determine a reliable sequence
of operations for detecting MC reboots.
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2084
bus_space_*_8() are not always macros, so it is not correct to use
#ifndef.
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2083
Tx multi queue is added in FreeBSD 8.0. So, the changeset drops earlier
versions support.
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2081
In theory the barriers are required to cope with write combining and
reordering. Two barriers are added (sometimes merged to one):
1. Before the first write to guarantee that previous writes to the region
have been done
2. Before the last write to guarantee that write to the last dword/qword is
done after previous writes
Barriers are inserted before in the assumption that it is better to
postpone barriers as much as it is possible (more chances that the
operation has already been already done and barrier does not stall CPU).
On x86 and amd64 bus space write barriers are just compiler memory barriers
which are definitely required.
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2077
ioctl to put interface down sets ifp->if_flags which holds the intended
administratively defined state and calls driver callback to apply it.
When everything is done, driver updates internal copy of
interface flags sc->if_flags which holds the operational state.
So, transmit from Rx path is possible when interface is intended to be
administratively down in accordance with ifp->if_flags, but not applied
yet and the operational state is up in accordance with sc->if_flags.
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2075
appears to be too inaccurate that it can be used to synchronize the
playback data stream. If there is a recording endpoint associated with
the playback endpoint, use that instead. That means if the isochronous
OUT endpoint is asynchronus the USB audio driver will automatically
start recording, if possible, to get exact information about the
needed sample rate adjustments. In no recording endpoint is present,
no rate adaption will be done.
While at it fix an issue where the hardware buffer pointers don't get
reset at the first device PCM trigger.
Make some variables 32-bit to avoid problems with multithreading.
MFC after: 3 days
PR: 198444
Many thanks to ian who gently provided me the DS1307 breakout board.
Tested on: Raspberry pi
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2022
Reviewed by: rpaulo
* Fix the multiple same-named devclasses; the duplicate name
trips up the linker.
* Re-do the taskqueue stuff to use the new cpuset API, not the old
pinned API.
* Add includes for the new location of the RSS configuration routines.
This allows ixgbe to compile as a module /and/ linked into the kernel,
along with RSS working.
Sponsored by: Norse Corp, Inc.
Overview:
* implemented quirk for forcing SATA interface enable
* restore value to status register - this enables link autonegotiation
Modifications:
* devid:vendorid field
* quirk for forcing PI setting (BIOS is doing that on PC-like systems)
* write to capabilites field to enable phy link initialization
Submitted by: Wojciech Macek <wma@semihalf.com>
Reviewed by: imp, mav
Obtained from: Semihalf
This update brings few features:
o Support for the setmaster/dropmaster ioctls. For instance, they
are used to run multiple X servers simultaneously.
o Support for minor devices. The only user-visible change is a new
entry in /dev/dri but it is useless at the moment. This is a
first step to support render nodes [1].
The main benefit is to greatly reduce the diff with Linux (at the
expense of an unreadable commit diff). Hopefully, next upgrades will be
easier.
No updates were made to the drivers, beside adapting them to API
changes.
[1] https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Direct_Rendering_Manager#Render_nodes
Tested by: Many people
MFC after: 1 month
Relnotes: yes
- Split the driver into independent pf and vf loadables. This is
in preparation for SRIOV support which will be following shortly.
This also allows us to keep a seperate revision control over the
two parts, making for easier sustaining.
- Make the TX/RX code a shared/seperated file, in the old code base
the ixv code would miss fixes that went into ixgbe, this model
will eliminate that problem.
- The driver loadables will now match the device names, something that
has been requested for some time.
- Rather than a modules/ixgbe there is now modules/ix and modules/ixv
- It will also be possible to make your static kernel with only one
or the other for streamlined installs, or both.
Enjoy!
Submitted by: jfv and erj
Drops are observed under multi-stream TCP traffic due to put-list
overflow with limit equal to 64.
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
Approved by: gnn (mentor)
Transmit may be called when TxQ is not started yet (i.e. txq->common is
invalid). TxQ state is checked below when mbuf is processed and dropped
if TxQ is not started.
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
Approved by: gnn (mentor)
The information is required for NIC update and config tools.
Submitted by: Artem V. Andreev <Artem.Andreev at oktetlabs.ru>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
Approved by: gnn (mentor)
It is done to structure sysctl and do not mix with Tx queue statistics
to be added.
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
Approved by: gnn (mentor)
handle_ddp_close() function in t4_ddp.c as the logic is similar
to handle_ddp_data(). This allows all knowledge of the special
DDP mbufs to be private to t4_ddp.c as well.
device restart.
(Committers note - once scan overhaul and a few other things have been
fixed in net80211 to not block things in the taskqueue, this can disappear
and the device specific taskqueues in other drivers can also go away.)
PR: kern/197143
Submitted by: Andriy Voskoboinyk <s3erios@gmail.com>
fixes various races between wpi_notif_intr() and wpi_stop_locked().
(attachment 154381)
Committers note: yes, unlock/if_input/lock has to go away, but that'll
have to be done later.
PR: kern/197143
Submitted by: Andriy Voskoboinyk <s3erios@gmail.com>
(Committer note: these checks will have to be re-established in a future
commit as /well/ as having the KASSERTs.)
PR: kern/197143
Submitted by: Andriy Voskoboinyk <s3erios@gmail.com>
strings returned to userland include the nulterm byte.
Some uses of sbuf_new_for_sysctl() write binary data rather than strings;
clear the SBUF_INCLUDENUL flag after calling sbuf_new_for_sysctl() in
those cases. (Note that the sbuf code still automatically adds a nulterm
byte in sbuf_finish(), but since it's not included in the length it won't
get copied to userland along with the binary data.)
Remove explicit adding of a nulterm byte in a couple places now that it
gets done automatically by the sbuf drain code.
PR: 195668
This is slightly different to the other switches - the VLAN table
(VTU) programs in the vlan port mapping /and/ the port config
(tagged, untagged, passthrough, any.)
So:
* Add VTU operations to program the VTU (vlan table)
* abstract out the mirror-disable function so it's .. well, a function.
* setup the port to have a dot1q configuration for dot1q - the
port security is VLAN (not per-port VLAN) and requires an entry
in the VLAN table;
* add set_dot1q / get_dot1q to program the VLAN table;
* since the tagged/untagged ports are now programmed into the VTU,
rather than global - plumb the ports /and/ untagged ports bitmaps
through the arswitch API.
Tested:
* AP135 - QCA9558 SoC + AR8327N switch
the slow path. Changes to the fast path will follow later.
- Use the standard ULD registration and activation mechanism offered by
if_cxgbe. This eliminates all the code that managed the list of
offload_device structures. This simplifies the CPL dispatch too by
eliminating t4tom_cpl_handler_register_flag and associated code.
- Remove all unused or write-only fields from various structures
(iscsi_socket, offload_device, cxgbei_ulp2_ddp_info, ulp_iscsi_info)
- Eliminate the two line wrappers around malloc/free. While here,
switch to using M_CXGBE for all allocations.
- Simplify the page size settings in the chip (for iSCSI). This ULD
"owns" these settings so it should simply write the values that it
wants to the A_ULP_RX_ISCSI_TAGMASK and A_ULP_RX_ISCSI_PSZ registers.
This eliminates the globals ddp_page_order[], ddp_page_shift[],
page_idx and all related code.
- Maintain the per-adapter ULD state in one data structure instead of
two. This consolidates struct offload_device and struct
cxgbei_ulp2_ddp_info and into struct cxgbei_data, which is stored in
adapter->iscsi_softc.
- Leave socket->so_emuldata alone, it exists for a different purpose
(which is definitely not iSCSI). Store the per-socket offload state
in a new field in struct icl_conn instead. (The new field exists only
in this project branch and hasn't been reviewed for inclusion into
head yet).
- Switch to the system version of mbufq.
- Tidy up the CPL/callback dispatch from if_cxgbe/t4_tom into cxgbei.
The tid/toepcb is always available (t4_tom has looked it up) so it's a
waste of time looking it up again.
not on head.. otherwise the file pointer will be NULL and when
you try to do something with it you will crash. Make the #else
be the old capabilites, and then remove the erroneous ifdefs for
11.
MFC after: 1 week (with the other MFC I was going to do until the panic)
A late change to the SR-IOV infrastructure broke passthrough of
VFs. device_set_devclass() was being used to try to force the
ppt driver to attach to the device, but this didn't work because
the DF_FIXEDCLASS flag wasn't being set on the device, so the
ppt driver probe routine would not match when it returned
BUS_NOWILDCARD. Fix this by adding a new device function that
both sets the devclass and sets the DF_FIXEDCLASS flag, and use
that to force the ppt driver to attach to VFs.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2041
Reviewed by: jhb
MFC after: 3 weeks
adding this major feature to the driver. Secondly, this updates the base
driver with new 20G device support, and with the new firmware levels some
changes to link handling and initialization were required.
MFC after: 1 week
The MEM_UOPS_RETIRED actually work the same way as the Sandy
Bridge counters, but the counters were documented in a different
way and that seemed to cause the Ivy Bridge counters to be
implemented incorrectly. Use the same counter definitions as
Sandy Bridge. While I'm here, rename the counters to match
what's documented in the datasheet.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D1590
MFC after: 1 month
Sponsored by: Sandvine Inc.
On Sandy Bridge and later, to count branch-related events you
have to or together a mask indicating the type of branch
instruction to count (e.g. direct jump, branch, etc) and a bits
indicating whether to count taken and not-taken branches. The
current counter definitions where defining this bits individually,
so the counters never worked and always just counted 0.
Fix the counter definitions to instead contain the proper
combination of masks. Also update the man pages to reflect the
new counters.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D1587
MFC after: 1 month
Sponsored by: Sandvine Inc.
A couple of pmc counters did not work because there were being
restricted to the wrong PMC unit. I've verified that these
counters now work and match the documented restrictions.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D1586
MFC after: 1 month
Sponsored by: Sandvine Inc
- Bump link state when stopping or starting the interface;
- Don't handle SIOCGIFADDR specially, similar to r277103.
This change is based on a previous revision from Andy Zhang
(Microsoft) who did the diagnostic work and many thanks to
them for their help in supporting the HyperV work.
PR: kern/187203
MFC after: 2 weeks
All the per-port support is really doing is applying a port visibility
mask to each of the switchports. Everything still look like a single
portgroup (vlan id 1), but the per-port visibility mask is modified.
Whilst I'm here, also add some initial dot1q support - the pvid stuff
is doing the right thing, but it's not useful without the rest of
the VLAN table programming.
It's enough for me to be able to use the LAN/WAN port distinction
on the AP135, where there isn't (for now!) a dedicated PHY for the
"WAN" port.
Tested:
* AP135, QCA9558 SoC + AR8327 switch
been done by U-Boot. This allows the USB to work when we load the kernel
directly.
No dma sync is performed after these operations as the data we read/write
is not used by the cpu after the calls to the maimbox driver.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D1940
Reviewed by: imp, Michal Meloun (meloun AT miracle.cz)
MFC after: 1 Week
Sponsored by: ABT Systems Ltd
* Even though I got the registers around "right", it seems
I'm not tickling the MDIO access correctly for the internal PHY
bus. Some of the switches are fine poking at the external PHY
registers; others aren't. So, enable direct PHY bus access
for the AR8327, and leave the existing code in place for the
others.
* Go and shuffle the register access around. Whilst here,
restore the 2ms delay if changing page.
* Comment out some of the stub printf()s; there's some upcoming
work to add port VLAN support.
Tested:
* AP135 development board
* Carambola2 - AR9331 SoC
When a gpiobus child is added, use its name to identify the mapped pin
names.
Make the respective changes to libgpio.
Add a new '-n' flag to gpioctl(8) to set the pin name.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2002
Reviewed by: rpaulo
Requested by: many
The vtophys() function is used to get the physical page address for
the virtually allocated frame buffers when a physically continuous
memory area is not available. This change also allows removing the
masking of the FB_FLAG_NOMMAP flag in the PS3 syscons driver.
The FB and VT drivers were tested using X.org/xf86-video-scfb and
syscons.
uart implementations, and export them using the new linker-set mechanism.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D1993
Submitted by: Michal Meloun
(class and device) FDT UART. Define second one, UART_FDT_CLASS, for UART
class only.
This paves the way for declaring uart_class data and ofw/fdt compat data
with a uart implementation, rather than needing a big global table of
compat data and weak-symbol declarations of every existing implementation.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D1992
Submitted by: Michal Meloun
netmap rx queues, and the "batchiness" of rx updates sent to the chip.
These knobs will probably become per-rxq in the near future and will be
documented only after their final form is decided.
MFC after: 1 month
rework the code a little bit to use this function consistently to cleanup
all the changes made as part of the probe phase.
This fixes an issue where a FDT child node without a matching driver could
leave the GPIO pins mapped and prevent the further use of them.
This prints a warning when your system have a hinted child or a FDT child
node for which you don't have a matching driver:
gpiobus0: <unknown device> at pin(s) 24 irq 24
is the case, depending on the options, in some of the ARM hardware
simulators. In these cases we don't get an interrupt so will need to
schedule the task to write more data to the uart.
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
This new function can be used by other drivers to reserve the use of GPIO
pins.
Anyway, the use of ofw_gpiobus_parse_gpios() is preferred when possible.
Requested by: Michal Meloun
the CPU nexus.
* Add ahb as a possible bus attachment
* Lay a comment down to remind me or whoever else ends up trying
to debug why the EEPROM isn't mapped in as to what's going on.
I noticed that openwrt/linux does this, citing "instability", so
until they figure out why I'm going to disable it here as well.
Tested:
* QCA AP135 - QCA955x SoC + AR8327 switch.
So, it turns out that the AR8327 has 7 ports internally:
* GMAC0 / external (CPU) MAC0
* GMAC1 / port1 -> GMAC5 / port5: external switch port PHYs
* GMAC6 / external (CPU) MAC1
Now, depending upon how things are wired up, the second CPU port (MAC1)
can be wired to either the switch (port6), or through port5's PHY, bypassing
the GMAC+switch entirely. Ie, it can pretend to be a boring PHY, saving
system designers from having to include a separate PHY for a "WAN" port.
Here's the rub - the AP135 board (QCA955x SoC) hooks up arge0 to
the second CPU port on the AR8327, but it's hooked up as RGMII.
So, in order to hook it up to the rest of the switch, it isn't configured
as a separate PHY - OpenWRT has it setup as connected via RGMII to
GMAC6 and (I'm guessing) it's set to be a WAN port by configuring up
port-based VLANs or something.
Thus, with a port mask of 0x3f, GMAC6 was never allowed to receive traffic
from any other port. It could transmit fine, but not receive anything.
So, now it works enough for me to continue doing board bootstrapping.
Note, this isn't enough to make the QCA955x + AR8327 work - there's
a bunch of uncommitted work to both the platform SoC (interrupt handling,
ethernet, etc) and the ethernet switch (register access space, setup, etc)
that needs to happen. However, this particular change is also relevant to
other SoCs, like the AR934x and AR7161, both of which can be glued to
this switch.
Tested:
* AP135 development board
TODO:
* Figure out whether I can somehow abuse another port mode to have this
be a pass-through PHY, or whether I should just create some more boot
time hints to explicitly set up port-based isolation so this works
in a more useful way by default.
The main purpose of this feature is to be able to unload a KMS driver.
When going back from the current vt(4) backend to the previous backend,
the previous backend is reinitialized with the special VDF_DOWNGRADE
flag set. Then the current driver is terminated with the new "vd_fini"
callback.
In the case of vt_fb and vt_vga, this allows the former to pass the
vgapci device vt_fb used to vt_vga so the device can be rePOSTed.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D687
Pass all SR-IOV configuration to the kernel using an nvlist. The
main benefit that this offers is flexibility. It allows a driver
to accept any number of parameters of any type supported by the
SR-IOV configuration infrastructure with having to make any
changes outside of the driver.
It also offers the user very fine-grained control over the
configuration of the VFs -- if they want, they can have different
configuration applied to every VF.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D82
Reviewed by: jhb
MFC after: 1 month
Sponsored by: Sandvine Inc.
Add a function that validates that the user-provided SR-IOV
configuration is valid. This includes basic checks that the
structure of the configuration is correct (e.g. all required
configuration nodes are present) as well as validating against
a configuration schema.
The schema validation consists of:
- Ensuring that all required config parameters are present.
- If the schema defines a default value for a parameter,
adding the default value if the parameter is not set.
- Ensuring that no parameters are specified in the config
that are not defined in the schema.
- Ensuring that have the correct type defined in the schema.
- Ensuring that no configuration nodes are present for devices
that do not exist. For example, if 2 VFs are configured,
then we validate that a node called VF-5 does not exist.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D81
Reviewed by: jhb
MFC after: 1 month
Sponsored by: Sandvine Inc.
When creating VFs, we must size each SR-IOV BAR on the PF and
allocate a configuous I/O memory window large enough for every VF.
However, the window only needs to be aligned to a boundary equal
to the size of the window for a single VF.
When a VF attempts to allocate an I/O memory resource, we must
intercept the request in the pci driver and pass it off to the
SR-IOV code, which will allocate the correct window from the
pre-allocated memory space for the PF.
Inform the pci driver about the size and address of the BARs on
the VF when the VF is created. This is required by pciconf -b and
bhyve.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D78
Reviewed by: jhb
MFC after: 1 month
Sponsored by: Sandvine Inc.
The SR-IOV standard requires VFs to read all-ones when the VID
and DID registers are read. The VMM (hypervisor) is required to
emulate them instead. Make pci_read_config() do this emulation.
Change pci_user.c to use pci_read_config() to read config space
registers instead of going directly to the pcib so that the
emulated VID/DID registers work correctly on VFs. This is
required both for pciconf and bhyve PCI passthrough.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D77
Reviewed by: jhb
MFC after: 1 month
Sponsored by: Sandvine Inc.
Implement the interace to create SR-IOV Virtual Functions (VFs).
When a driver registers that they support SR-IOV by calling
pci_setup_iov(), the SR-IOV code creates a new node in /dev/iov
for that device. An ioctl can be invoked on that device to
create VFs and have the driver initialize them.
At this point, allocating memory I/O windows (BARs) is not
supported.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D76
Reviewed by: jhb
MFC after: 1 month
Sponsored by: Sandvine Inc.
Refactor PCI resource allocation code to allow a request for a
memory-mapped I/O window that is a multiple of a requested size.
This is needed by the SR-IOV code because the VF BARs are all
allocated contiguously. We can't just allocate a resource that is
a multiple of a single VF BAR because the size of an allocation
implies its alignment requirement.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D71
Reviewed by: jhb
MFC after: 1 month
Sponsored by: Sandvine Inc.
Refactor creation of PCI devices into helper methods that can be
used by the VF creation code.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D67
Reviewed by: jhb
MFC after: 1 month
Sponsored by: Sandvine Inc.
watchdog.c does an #ifdef DDB but does not #include "opt_ddb.h".
Fixing this turned up a missing include file.
MFC after: 1 week
X-MFC-With: r261495, r279410
property for devices that doesn't descend directly from gpiobus.
The parser supports multiple pins, different GPIO controllers and can use
arbitrary names for the property (to match the many linux variants:
cd-gpios, power-gpios, wp-gpios, etc.).
Pass the driver name on ofw_gpiobus_add_fdt_child(). Update gpioled to
match.
An usage example of ofw_gpiobus_parse_gpios() will follow soon.
I2C real-time clock (RTC).
The DS3231 has an integrated temperature-compensated crystal oscillator
(TXCO) and crystal.
DS3231 has a temperature sensor, an independent 32kHz output (which can be
turned on and off by the driver) and another output that can be used as
interrupt for alarms or as a second square-wave output, which frequency and
operation mode can be set by driver sysctl(8) knobs.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D1016
Reviewed by: ian, rpaulo
Tested on: Raspberry pi model B
The current GSO implementation in netback is broken and causes errors on the
guest tx path. While this is fixed disable GSO in order to have a working
netback.
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
Discussed with: gibbs
The optimization made in r239940 is valid for struct mbuf's current structure
and size in FreeBSD, but hardcodes assumptions about sizes of struct mbuf,
which are unfortunately broken if additional data is added to the beginning of
struct mbuf
X-MFC note (discussed with rwatson):
This change requires the MPKTHSIZE definition, which is only available after
head@r277203 and will not be MFCed as it breaks mbuf(9) KPI.
A direct commit to stable/10 and merges to other branches to add the necessary
definitions to work with the code as-is will be done to facilitate this MFC
PR: 194314
MFC after: 2 weeks
Approved/Reviewed by: erj, jfv
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Provide sys/dev/fdt/simplebus.h with the class declaration so that it
is possible to subclass FDT simplebus.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D1886
Reviewed by: nwhitehorn, imp
Summary:
For new eMMC chips, we must signal controller HC capability in OP_COND command.
Reviewers: imp, ian
Reviewed By: ian
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D1920
With the patch applied the number of instruction events is 1% less and
number of mispredicted branch events is 5% less under multistream TCP
traffic load close to line rate.
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
Approved by: gnn (mentor)
CDAI_FLAG_NONE advanced information CCB flag.
Support for the flag was merged to stable/10 in r279329, and the
__FreeBSD_version in stable/10 was bumped to 1001510.
Check for that version in the mps(4) and mpr(4) drivers when determining
whether to use the flag.
Sponsored by: Spectra Logic
MFC after: 3 days
dates.
- Changed all of the PCI device strings from LSI to Avago Technologies (LSI).
- Added a sysctl variable to control how StartStopUnit behavior works. User can
select to spin down disks based on if disk is SSD or HDD.
- Inquiry data is required to tell if a disk will support SSU at shutdown or
not. Due to the addition of mpssas_async, which gets Advanced Info but not
Inquiry data, the setting of supports_SSU was moved to the
mpssas_scsiio_complete function, which snoops for any Inquiry commands. And,
since disks are shutdown as a target and not a LUN, this process was
simplified by basing it on targets and not LUNs.
- Added a sysctl variable that sets the amount of time to retry after sending a
failed SATA ID command. This helps with some bad disks and large disks that
require a lot of time to spin up. Part of this change was to add a callout to
handle timeouts with the SATA ID command. The callout function is called
mpssas_ata_id_timeout(). (Fixes PR 191348)
- Changed the way resets work by allowing I/O to continue to devices that are
not currently under a reset condition. This uses devq's instead of simq's and
makes use of the MPSSAS_TARGET_INRESET flag. This change also adds a function
called mpssas_prepare_tm().
- Some changes were made to reduce code duplication when getting a SAS address
for a SATA disk.
- Fixed some formatting and whitespace.
- Bump version of mps driver to 20.00.00.00-fbsd
PR: 191348
Reviewed by: ken, scottl
Approved by: ken, scottl
MFC after: 2 weeks
It is disabled by default but users can set IFCAP_TXCSUM on the
netmap ifnet (ifconfig ncxl0 txcsum) to override netmap and force
the hardware to calculate and insert proper IP and L4 checksums in
outbound frames.
MFC after: 2 weeks
when re-enumerating a FULL speed device. Else the wrong max packet
setting might be used when trying to re-enumerate a FULL speed device.
MFC after: 3 days
Preliminary tests indicate 32 Mpps on tx, 24 Mpps on rx
with source and receiver on two different ports of the same 40G card.
Optimizations are likely possible.
The code follows closely the one for ixgbe so i do not
expect stability issues.
Hardware kindly supplied by Intel.
Reviewed by: Jack Vogel
MFC after: 1 week
To delay packets from a particular TX queue by a particular time, write a value
into the TX Pace table s.t. pace time <= TX Pace Clock Period * (2 ^ pace value)
- the TX pace clock is 1/13 of the system clock, so its period should be 104 or
52 ns depending on whether turbo mode is active.
EFX_TX_PACE_CLOCK_BASE added by me.
Submitted by: Mark Spender <mspender at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
Approved by: gnn (mentor)
It solves locking problem when EFSYS_MEM_ALLOC is called in
the context holding a mutex (not allowed to sleep).
E.g. on interface bring up or multicast addresses addition.
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
Approved by: gnn (mentor)
It is one more place missed in the previous fix.
Most likely is was just memory leak on the error handling path since
typically efsys_mem_t is filled in by zeros on allocation.
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
Approved by: gnn (mentor)
Host-bus byte order translation is not requred.
Submitted by: Artem V. Andreev <Artem.Andreev at oktetlabs.ru>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
Approved by: gnn (mentor)
Use remaining number of DMA segment instead of maximum number in mapping
when checking space for one more TSO segment packet.
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
Approved by: gnn (mentor)
Sync endif comment with conditional.
BOOTROM and SIENA_BOOTROM are the same, but highlight that it is Siena.
Restore commented out assertion.
Sync comments with out-of-tree driver.
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
Approved by: gnn (mentor)
Before the common code had hard coded limits on the IDs RXQs and TXQs could
be created with which were suited for the Windows driver with VMQ, and so
would prevent queues with IDs greater than or equal to 259 (for TXQs) or 768
(for RXQs) from being created. This change allows the limits to be set in
efsys.h, so that all 1024 queues can be created during new manftest tests.
Also, the descriptor cache sizes were also hard coded to values suited to
the smaller queue counts, and so it was necessary to make them configurable
as well.
Submitted by: Mark Spender <mspender at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
Approved by: gnn (mentor)
Caught when efx_filter_init() failed and called efx_filter_fini() in the
teardown path.
Submitted by: Andrew Lee <alee at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
Approved by: gnn (mentor)
Previously the driver's view was the expected outcome of any
reconfiguration even if that reconfiguration failed.
Submitted by: Ben Horgan
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
Approved by: gnn (mentor)
We must not enable RX queues with random parameters when they are
mapped into a VF with an untrusted driver. It's probably not a good
idea to do this anyway, so take this bit out of the table test masks.
Submitted by: Ben Hutchings
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
Approved by: gnn (mentor)
Otherwise when processing finally comes to efx_tx_qdesc_post() it could
be insufficient space between reaped and added to post pending
descriptors.
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
Approved by: gnn (mentor)
efx_ev_mcdi() does not assert or check that all event handlers it
calls are non-null. Add assertions at the top for all required
event handlers, as some events (in the case of this bug, monitor
events) are rare.
Submitted by: Ben Hutchings
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
Approved by: gnn (mentor)
Use nitem() to get number of array elements.
Remove unused define.
Use TAB to indent.
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
Approved by: gnn (mentor)
TCP header is fragmented in the case of VLAN tagged IPv6 traffic without
HW VLAN tagging.
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
Approved by: gnn (mentor)
will be used with arm64 to find which cpus to enable, and could also be
used with 32-bit arm and mips for the same purpose.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D1825
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
This will be needed by arm64 to find the value to pass to the psci (Power
State Coordination Interface) driver, among other things, used to enable
cores.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D1824
Reviewed by: imp
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
properly.
If there is garbage in the flags field, it can sometimes include a
set CDAI_FLAG_STORE flag, which may cause either an error or
perhaps result in overwriting the field that was intended to be
read.
sys/cam/cam_ccb.h:
Add a new flag to the XPT_DEV_ADVINFO CCB, CDAI_FLAG_NONE,
that callers can use to set the flags field when no store
is desired.
sys/cam/scsi/scsi_enc_ses.c:
In ses_setphyspath_callback(), explicitly set the
XPT_DEV_ADVINFO flags to CDAI_FLAG_NONE when fetching the
physical path information. Instead of ORing in the
CDAI_FLAG_STORE flag when storing the physical path, set
the flags field to CDAI_FLAG_STORE.
sys/cam/scsi/scsi_sa.c:
Set the XPT_DEV_ADVINFO flags field to CDAI_FLAG_NONE when
fetching extended inquiry information.
sys/cam/scsi/scsi_da.c:
When storing extended READ CAPACITY information, set the
XPT_DEV_ADVINFO flags field to CDAI_FLAG_STORE instead of
ORing it into a field that isn't initialized.
sys/dev/mpr/mpr_sas.c,
sys/dev/mps/mps_sas.c:
When fetching extended READ CAPACITY information, set the
XPT_DEV_ADVINFO flags field to CDAI_FLAG_NONE instead of
setting it to 0.
sbin/camcontrol/camcontrol.c:
When fetching a device ID, set the XPT_DEV_ADVINFO flags
field to CDAI_FLAG_NONE instead of 0.
sys/sys/param.h:
Bump __FreeBSD_version to 1100061 for the new XPT_DEV_ADVINFO
CCB flag, CDAI_FLAG_NONE.
Sponsored by: Spectra Logic
MFC after: 1 week
temporary buffer when remaining space is not enough to hold
a whole block.
- yarrow.c: add a comment that we intend to change the code and remove
memcpy's in the future. (*)
Requested by: markm (*)
Reviewed by: markm
Approved by: so (self)
Allocate the minimum or maximum response length for GET_BOARD_CFG as
appropriate. When looking up firmware subtypes by partition ID,
check the ID against the actual response length.
Merge of the patch made by Ben Hutchings in 2011.
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
Approved by: gnn (mentor)
Mainly to unify with similar member for transmit and receive queues.
It will be used in the future for resources allocation processing.
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
Approved by: gnn (mentor)
It avoids access to m_pkthdr when TSO packet is started and also makes
tso_start_new_packet() function smaller.
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
Approved by: gnn (mentor)
sometimes. It will power up wrong and identify itself badly:
cardbus0: <network, ethernet> at device 0.0 (no driver attached)
cardbus0: <simple comms, UART> at device 0.1 (no driver attached)
cardbus0: <old, non-VGA display device> at device 0.2 (no driver attached)
cardbus0: <old, non-VGA display device> at device 0.3 (no driver attached)
cardbus0: <old, non-VGA display device> at device 0.4 (no driver attached)
cardbus0: <old, non-VGA display device> at device 0.5 (no driver attached)
cardbus0: <old, non-VGA display device> at device 0.6 (no driver attached)
cardbus0: <old, non-VGA display device> at device 0.7 (no driver attached)
All the higher numbered functions (.2 and above) have a config space
of all 0's. This smells a bit like a special debug mode, but the
current atheros driver doesn't cope. It is unclear if this card is
just a flake, or if we're doing something wrong in the power-up
sequence.
Put a work around into the code that tests for this rather unusual
condition. If we power a CardBus device up, and the device says it is
multi-function, and any of the functions have a 0 device ID, try the
power-up sequence again.
randomdev_init_reader to change read_random over to the newly installed
adaptor was missed. This means both read_random and arc4random (seeded
from read_random) were not returning very random data. This also
effects userland arc4random as it is seeded from kernel arc4random.
The random devices are uneffected and have returned good randomness
since the change.
All keys generated with a kernel of r273872 must be regenerated with
a kernel with this patch. Keys generated may be predictable.
Remove the warning as log is too early to print anything, and it would
always get printed due to early use of arc4random...
Reviewed by: delphij, markm
Approved by: so (delphij)
Highlights:
- Multiple verbs API updates
- Support for RoCE, RDMA over ethernet
All hardware drivers depending on the common infiniband stack has been
updated aswell.
Discussed with: np @
Sponsored by: Mellanox Technologies
MFC after: 1 month
interrupt status bit. According to the UHCI controller specification
the host controller halted interrupt is non-maskable.
PR: 156596
Tested by: adrian @
MFC after: 1 week
identifies the tested condition for _PRT as "BYTE value of 0", so the
remaining part of the conditionals is sufficient.
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
MFC after: 1 week
This is to avoid a witness warning about a waiting memory allocation in
the evnt hanlder registration code.
Reported by: markj
MFC after: 3 days
X-MFC with: r277795
Xenstore user-space device has two problems currently:
- It does not correctly handle concurrent clients, because it's storing
each client data in dev->si_drv1.
- It does not correctly free this data when the client closes the device.
In order to solve both of this issues store the per-client data using
cdevpriv, which also comes with a hook in order to perform the necessary
cleanup on device close.
While there also make the device eternal.
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
Reported and Tested by: thompsa
MFC after: 2 weeks
Now compiler does not need any help.
The patch does not change generated code.
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
Approved by: gnn (mentor), glebius
It makes sfxge_tso_state smaller and even makes tso_start_new_packet()
few bytes smaller. Data used to calculate packet size are used nearby,
so it should be no problems with cache etc.
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
Approved by: gnn (mentor), glebius
has been removed and the driver has been greatly simplified and
optimised for FreeBSD. The driver is currently not built by default.
Requested by: Bruce Simpson <bms@fastmail.net>
This probably supports other devices based on SeaBIOS, which need
to be added to the smbios based quirks table.
The functionality has been ported from DragonFlyBSD and adapted
to FreeBSD's more general purpose environment.
Devices not covered by a quirk shouldn't be affected at all. Thanks
to jhb and kostikbel for reviewing the code.
Reviewed by: kostikbel, jhb
Approved by: jhb, kostikbel
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D1802
1. handle errors from nm_config(), if any (none of the FreeBSD drivers
currently returns an error on this function, so this change
is a no-op at this time
2. use a full memory barrier on ioctls
interrupts are enabled and the NIC is awake (think: loading a module)
then there's a not-quite-zero window where we'll get an interrupt
for the device before the attach method is called to finish setting
up the hardware.
Since I grab locks in ath_intr() to check various things, the locks
need to be ready much earlier.
- Use IEEE80211_F_DATAPAD;
- (c->ic_flags & IEEE80211_CHAN_PASSIVE) -> IEEE80211_IS_CHAN_PASSIVE(c);
- Convert ackfailcnt to int (there is dereference to *(int *) in ieee80211_ratectl_tx_complete());
- Fix & move cleanup to the end in wpi_rx_done();
- Add missed lock in wpi_update_beacon();
- Try to fix powersave.
PR: kern/197143
Submitted by: Andriy Voskoboinyk <s3erios@gmail.com>
especially on native monitor resolutions. This one essentially matches X11
default pointer.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D1801
No objection from: emaste
Approved by: adrian, dumbbell
o Ensure we use correct bank for MSK register
o Save and restore current bank in interrupt handler
o Stop TX watchdog on fatal errors
o Use right register for EPH status
This fixes operation on ARMv8 Foundation Model
Reviewed by: benno@
endpoint less frequently to make the sample rate adjustment more
accurate. This should resolve problems with the DN32-USB module for
Midas audio systems and possibly other similar products from Klark
Teknik.
MFC after: 3 days
Drivers (ULDs) and the base if_cxgbe driver.
Track the per-adapter activation of ULDs in a new "active_ulds" field.
This was done pretty arbitrarily before this change -- via TOM_INIT_DONE
in adapter->flags for TOM, and the (1 << MAX_NPORTS) bit in
adapter->offload_map for iWARP.
iWARP and hw-accelerated iSCSI rely on the TOE (supported by the TOM
ULD). The rules are:
a) If the iWARP and/or iSCSI ULDs are available when TOE is enabled then
iWARP and/or iSCSI are enabled too.
b) When the iWARP and iSCSI modules are loaded they go looking for
adapters with TOE enabled and enable themselves on that adapter.
c) You cannot deactivate or unload the TOM module from underneath iWARP
or iSCSI. Any such attempt will fail with EBUSY.
MFC after: 2 weeks
This is a sync against iwn(4) and openbsd.
- Add power management support;
- Add background scanning support;
- Fix few LORs;
- Handle rfkill switch state changes properly;
- Fix recovering after firmware failure;
- Add more error checking;
- Cleanup & disable by default debug output;
- Update macroses names;
- Other various fixes;
- Add IBSS support:
- don't set data_ntries field for management frames;
- Add AHDEMO support:
- fix padding;
- Sync eeprom functions;
- Use CMD_RXON_ASSOC where possible;
- Enable HW CCMP encryption/decryption for pairwise keys;
- Fix filter flags for CMD_RXON.
Tested (by submitter) - iwn 3945 NIC. I have one somewhere; I'll
validate this later on and revert it if it's a problem.
Thanks!
PR: 197143
Submitted by: Andriy Voskoboinyk <s3erios@gmail.com>
particular, updates to the watchdog should no longer sleep.
- Add a new IPMI_IO_LOCK for low-level I/O access. Use this for
kcs_polled_request() and smic_polled_request().
- Add a new backend callback "ipmi_driver_request" to handle a driver
request. The new callback performs the request sychronously for KCS
and SMIC. SSIF still defers the work to the worker thread since the
worker thread sleeps during request processing anyway.
- Allocate driver requests on the stack rather than using malloc().
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D1723
Tested by: scottl
MFC after: 2 weeks
allows the user to request administrative changes to individual devices
such as attach or detaching drivers or disabling and re-enabling devices.
- Add a new /dev/devctl2 character device which uses ioctls for device
requests. The ioctls use a common 'struct devreq' which is somewhat
similar to 'struct ifreq'.
- The ioctls identify the device to operate on via a string. This
string can either by the device's name, or it can be a bus-specific
address. (For unattached devices, a bus address is the only way to
locate a device.) Bus drivers register an eventhandler to claim
unrecognized device names that the driver recognizes as a valid address.
Two buses currently support addresses: ACPI recognizes any device
in the ACPI namespace via its full path starting with "\" and
the PCI bus driver recognizes an address specification of
'pci[<domain>:]<bus>:<slot>:<func>' (identical to the PCI selector
strings supported by pciconf).
- To make it easier to cut and paste, change the PnP location string
in the PCI bus driver to output a full PCI selector string rather
than 'slot=<slot> function=<func>'.
- Add a devctl(3) interface in libdevctl which provides a wrapper around
the ioctls and is the preferred interface for other userland code.
- Add a devctl(8) program which is a simple wrapper around the requests
supported by devctl(3).
- Add a device_is_suspended() function to check DF_SUSPENDED.
- Add a resource_unset_value() function that can be used to remove a
hint from the kernel environment. This is used to clear a
hint.<driver>.<unit>.disabled hint when re-enabling a boot-time
disabled device.
Reviewed by: imp (parts)
Requested by: imp (changing PCI location string)
Relnotes: yes
a dependency. This ensures "ifconfig cxl<n> ..." does the right thing
even when it's run with no driver loaded.
if_cxl.ko is the tiniest module in /boot/kernel.
MFC after: 2 weeks
Lock name should include interface name.
Tx queue and event queue lock name should include queue number.
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
Approved by: gnn (mentor)
Allow access to statistics data not only from sysctl handlers.
Submitted by: Boris Misenov <Boris.Misenov at oktetlabs.ru>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
Approved by: gnn (mentor)
initiator iSCSI offload. Pass maximum data segment size supported by
chosen offload module to iscsid(8), and make iscsid(8) not try to negotiate
anything larger than that.
MFC after: 1 month
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
ISR that are normally clear. RST is one, though in some overflow cases
it can be set. RDC is only set when a remote DMA is finished from the
memory mapped memory to the transmit rings, which we poll fore in the
code with ED_LOCK around the operation that would set it.
KVM clock shares the same data structures between the guest and the host
as Xen so it makes sense to just have a single copy of this code.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D1429
Reviewed by: royger (eariler version)
MFC after: 1 month
we also know that it "can't fail" given the single-threaded nature of
device enumeration. Go ahead and check it just in case, but add a
comment.
CID: 1009393
Sponsored by: Netflix, Inc
Fixed upstream in Linux commit 7ff0ebcc1e30e3216c8c62ee71f59ac830b10364
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D1762
Reviewed by: hselasky, kib
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
allocations if only one element should be allocated per page
cache. Make one allocation per element compile time configurable. Fix
a comment while at it.
Suggested by: ian @
MFC after: 1 week
that we should use a normal-TRB if there are more TRBs extending the
data-stage TRB. Add a dedicated state bit to the internal USB transfer
flags to handle this case.
Reported by: Kohji Okuno <okuno.kohji@jp.panasonic.com>
MFC after: 1 week
In 10.1-RELEASE the default number of MSI vectors used was changed from one
to as many vectors as the HW supports.
This change resulted in an ahci timeouts regression when running on AMD
SB7x0/SB8x0/SB9x0 hardware, so its now limited to 1 MSI by default using
this new quirk.
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: Multiplay
controller.
The gpiobus is responsible to keep track of the used pins and serialize
the access to pins.
Some of these features are important to devices that do not descend
directly from gpiobus and as such cannot make use of its features (one
classic example is gpioc that is attached to the GPIO controller and could
not, until now, make use of the gpiobus locking).
this codepath.)
(1<<30) is documented as BLM_PCH_OVERRIDE_ENABLE, which the current
i915 driver in Linux only sets for broadwell chips.
This fixes the backlight control on the Lenovo X230.
Approved by: kib
Obtained from: Linux 7aa1e7f06d6ea1bce3b27630d50769d13da28b1a
Add separate software Tx queue limit for non-TCP traffic to make total
limit higher and avoid local drops of TCP packets because of no
backpressure.
There is no point to make non-TCP limit high since without backpressure
UDP stream easily overflows any sensible limit.
Split early drops statistics since it is better to have separate counter
for each drop reason to make it unabmiguous.
Add software Tx queue high watermark. The information is very useful to
understand how big queues grow under traffic load.
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
Approved by: gnn (mentor)
Most likely is was just memory leak on the error handling path since
typically efsys_mem_t is filled in by zeros on allocation.
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
Approved by: gnn (mentor)
sfxge_dma_alloc() calls bus_dmamem_alloc() with BUS_DMA_ZERO flag, so
allocated memory is already filled in by zeros
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
Approved by: gnn (mentor)
Remove the first member alignment to cacheline since it is nop.
Use __aligned() for the whole structure to make sure that the structure
size is cacheline aligned.
Remove lock alignment to make the structure smaller and fit all members
used on event queue processing into one cacheline (128 bytes) on x86-64.
The lock is obtained as well from different context when event queue
statistics are retrived from sysctl context, but it is infrequent.
Reorder members to avoid padding and go in usage order on event
processing.
As the result all structure members used on event queue processing fit
into exactly one cacheline (128 byte) now.
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
Approved by: gnn (mentor)
In fact the pointer is used only if more than one TXQ is processed in
one interrupt.
It is used (read-write) on completion path only.
Also it makes the first part of the structure smaller and it fits now
into one 128byte cache line. So, TXQ structure becomes 128 bytes smaller.
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
Approved by: gnn (mentor)
doesn't get truncated to 32 bits.
Without this, 3x3 NICs transmitting at an MCS rate whose rix (rate
index) in the rate table is > 31 end up returning errors, as the
sample rate code doesn't think the rate is set in the rate table.
Tested:
* AR9380, STA, speaking 3x3 to an AP
Without this change a local attacker could trigger a panic by
tricking the kernel into accessing undefined kernel memory.
We would like to acknowledge Francisco Falcon from CORE Security
Technologies who discovered the issue and reported to the
FreeBSD Security Team.
More information can be found at CORE Security's advisory at:
http://www.coresecurity.com/content/freebsd-kernel-multiple-vulnerabilities
This is an errata candidate for releng/10.1 and releng/9.3. Earlier
releases are not affected.
Reported by: Francisco Falcon from CORE Security Technologies
Security: CVE-2014-0998
Reviewed by: dumbbell
MFC after: 3 days
Also, split power_suspend into power_suspend and power_suspend_early.
power_suspend_early is called before the userland is frozen.
power_suspend is called after the userland is frozen.
Currently only VT switching is hooked to power_suspend_early.
This is needed because switching away from X server requires its
cooperation, so obviously X server must not be frozen when that happens.
Freezing userland during ACPI suspend is useful because not all drivers
correctly handle suspension concurrent with other activity. This is
especially applicable to drivers ported from other operating systems
that suspend all software activity between placing drivers and hardware
into suspended state.
In particular drm2/radeon (radeonkms) depends on the described
procedure. The driver does not have any internal synchronization
between suspension activities and processing of userland requests.
Many thanks to kib for the code that allows to freeze and thaw all
userland threads.
Note that ideally we also need to park / inhibit (non-special) kernel
threads as well to ensure that they do not call into drivers.
MFC after: 17 days
suspend/resume
The goal is to avoid that the vt(4) resume happens before the video
display is resumed. The original patch was provided by Andriy Gapon.
This new patch registers the handlers in vt_upgrade(). This is done
once, thanks to the VDF_ASYNC flag. I abused this flag because it was
already abused by the keyboard allocation. The event handlers then call
the backend if it provides callbacks for suspend/resume.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D1004
On behalf of: dumbbell
MFC after: 2 weeks
Previously, the driver resets the device and abandon the requests that
are caught in flight when the dump was initiated. This was problematic
if the system is resumed after the dump is completed.
While that is probably not the typical action, it is simple to rework
the driver to very likely have the device usable after the dump without
making it more likely for the dump to fail. The in flight requests are
simply queued for completion once the dump is finished.
Requested by: markj
MFC after: 1 month
the no-longer existant sb_cc sockbuf member.
- Use sbavail() instead of sbused() in t4_soreceive_ddp() to match the
usage in soreceive_stream() on which it is based.
Discussed with: glebius (2)
for i386, and from the code inspection, nothing in the
arm/mips/sparc64 implementations depends on it.
Discussed with: imp, nwhitehorn
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
MFC after: 3 weeks
The newer boards don't have the response field that indicates
whether the SCSI status byte is present. You have to just look to
see whether it is non-zero.
The code was looking to see whether the sense length was valid
before propagating the SCSI status byte (and sense information) up
the stack. With a status like Reservation Conflict, there is no
sense information, only the SCSI status byte. So it wasn't getting
correctly returned.
isp.c:
In isp_intr(), if we are on a 2400 or 2500 type board and
get a response, look at the actual contents of the
SCSI status value and set the RQSF_GOT_STATUS flag
accordingly so that return any SCSI status value we get. The
RQSF_GOT_SENSE flag will get set later on if there is
actual sense information returned.
Submitted by: ken
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Spectra Logic
MFSpectraBSD: 1112791 on 2015/01/15
If the user sends an XPT_RESET_DEV CCB, make sure to reset the
Fibre Channel Command Reference Number if we're running on a FC
controller.
We send a SCSI Target Reset when we get this CCB, and as a result
need to reset the CRN to 1 on the next command.
isp_freebsd.c:
In the XPT_RESET_DEV implementation in isp_action(), reset
the CRN if we're on a FC controller.
Submitted by: ken
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Spectra Logic
MFSpectraBSD: 1112787 on 2015/01/15
Fix SCSI status byte reporting on 4Gb and 8Gb Qlogic boards.
The newer boards don't have the response field that indicates
whether the SCSI status byte is present. You have to just look to
see whether it is non-zero.
The code was looking to see whether the sense length was valid
before propagating the SCSI status byte (and sense information) up
the stack. With a status like Reservation Conflict, there is no
sense information, only the SCSI status byte. So it wasn't getting
correctly returned.
isp.c:
In isp_intr(), if we are on a 2400 or 2500 type board and
get a response, look at the actual contents of the
SCSI status value and set the RQSF_GOT_STATUS flag
accordingly so that return any SCSI status value we get. The
RQSF_GOT_SENSE flag will get set later on if there is
actual sense information returned.
Submitted by: ken
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Spectra Logic
MFSpectraBSD: 1112791 on 2015/01/15
systems with more than 4GB of physical memory.
To remotely debug the system 'stealthy' which has a kernel
with this change installed and firewire properly configured:
% fwcontrol -m stealthy (or stealthy's firewire EUI64)
% kgdb kernel /dev/fwmem0.0
sys/dev/firewire/fwohci.c:
Rather than hard code the upper limit for hw based
automatic responses to remote DMA requests at 4GB,
program the hardware using Maxmem, the page number
one higher than the highest physical page detected
in the system.
While here, garbage collect more useless splfw()
calls.
Submitted by: gibbs
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Spectra Logic
MFSpectraBSD: 1110994 on 2015/01/06
asynchronous remote dma request (DMA request that the
hardware cannot automatically handle).
sys/dev/firewire/firewire.c
In fw_rcv(), add missing early return in the error
path for DMA requests to unregistered regions.
Submitted by: gibbs
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Spectra Logic
MFSpectraBSD: 1110993 on 2015/01/06
sys/boot/i386/libfirewire/firewire.c:
sys/dev/firewire/firewire.c:
Fix configuration ROM generation count wrapping logic
so that the generation count is never outside of
allowed limits (0x2 -> 0xF).
sys/dev/firewire/firewire.c:
In fw_xfer_unload(), xfer->fc may be NULL. Protect
against this before taking the fc lock.
Submitted by: gibbs
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Spectra Logic
MFSpectraBSD: 1110685 on 2015/01/05
sys/dev/firewire/firewire.c:
In fw_xfer_unload() expand lock coverage so that
the test for FWXF_INQ doesn't race with it being
cleared in another thread.
Submitted by: gibbs
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Spectra Logic
MFSpectraBSD: 1110207 on 2015/01/02
sys/dev/firewire/firewire.c:
In fw_xfer_unload(), clear the FWXF_INQ flag on the
xfer under protection of the FW_GMTX, after the
xfer is removeed from the tx/rx queue. Otherwise
it is possible for the xfer to be removed again
(corrupting the list or immediately panicing) from
another thread that has found this xfer in the
transaction label table.
Submitted by: gibbs
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Spectra Logic
MFSpectraBSD: 1110200 on 2015/01/02
as the cpu id on arm64 as it may use two cells. In it's place we can use
the device id.
It is expected we will use the reg data on arm64 to enable cores so we
still need to read and store it even if it is not yet used.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D1555
Reviewed by: nwhitehorn
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
commit 4d93914ae3db4a897ead4b. Some related drm infrastructure
changes are imported as needed.
Biggest update is the rewrite of the i915 gem io to more closely
follow Linux model, althought the mechanism used by FreeBSD port is
different.
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
MFC after: 2 month
every operation to retrieve the bs_cookie value almost nothing actually uses.
The bus_space struct contains a private data pointer (poorly named bs_cookie,
now renamed to bs_privdata) which is used only by a few old armv4 xscale
implementations. The bus_space functions were all defined to take this
value as the first parameter instead of the bus_space_tag_t, requiring all
the inline macro and function expansions to dereference the tag to pass it
to another function, which never uses it. Now all the functions take the tag
as the first parameter and retrieve the privdata if they need it.
Also fix a couple bus_space_unmap() implementations that were calling
kva_free() instead of pmap_unmapdev().
Discussed with: cognet
This makes Mac OS X happy when it returns back from suspending.
o Switch notify state after data is transferred, but not before.
o Consider there is also Super Speed mode.
o Do not set stall bit on any pipes in device mode as Mac OS X seems
don't support it.
In collaboration with: hselasky@
driver on Rockchip boards. It currently supports PIO mode
and dma mode needs external dma controller to be used.
Submitted by: jmcneill
Approved by: stas (mentor)
"MODULE_VERSION" macro definition. Remove the redefinition of the
"MODULE_VERSION" macro from the Linux kernel compatibility API.
MFC after: 1 month
Reported by: np@
Sponsored by: Mellanox Technologies
bits.
The motivation here is to eventually teach netisr and potentially
other networking subsystems a bit more about how RSS work queues / buckets
are configured so things have a hope of auto-configuring in the future.
* net/rss_config.[ch] takes care of the generic bits for doing
configuration, hash function selection, etc;
* topelitz.[ch] is now in net/ rather than netinet/;
* (and would be in libkern if it didn't directly include RSS_KEYSIZE;
that's a later thing to fix up.)
* netinet/in_rss.[ch] now just contains the IPv4 specific methods;
* and netinet/in6_rss.[ch] now just contains the IPv6 specific methods.
This should have no functional impact on anyone currently using
the RSS support.
Differential Revision: D1383
Reviewed by: gnn, jfv (intel driver bits)
accidentally enable non-existent states.
This bug was triggered if ACPI advertises the presence of a C2 state
which we fail to parse via acpi_PkgGas due to our lack of support for
FFixedHW resources, and causes an immediate panic when an attempt is
made to enter the (NULL) state.
One affected platform is the EC2 c4.8xlarge VM instance type; there
may be others.
MFC after: 1 week
Thanks to: jkim, @_msw_
sdhci controllers, such as the one on a Raspberry Pi, mishandle the signal
timing in high speed signaling mode, but run just fine in standard mode
with the bus running at frequencies between 25-50MHz (which shouldn't work).
This is the solution adopted by U-Boot and other OSes (linux and *BSD)
for the timeouts on Raspberry Pi boards with certain SD cards. Some
research shows that this quirk is also used on a few other boards, so the
fix is a generic quirk instead of being in the RPi-specific driver code.
This change is based on information discovered by Michal Meloun.
Required when communicating to Mac OS X USB host stack.
o Also don't set stall bit to TX pipe in device mode as seems Mac OS X
don't clears it as it should.
Discussed with: hselasky@
in prep for the next NF calibration pass.
Totally missing braces. Damn you C.
Submitted by: Sascha Wildner <swildner@dragonflybsd.org>
MFC after: 1 week
MCI bluetooth coexistence method for WB222.
The rest of MCI requires a bunch more work, including adding a DMA buffer
for the MCI hardware to bounce messages in/out of and handling MCI
interrupts. But the more important part here is telling the HAL
the btcoex is enabled and MCI is in use so it configures the correct
initial bluetooth parameters in the wireless NIC and configures
things like bluetooth traffic weights and such.
So, this at least gets the HAL to do some of the right things in
configuring the inital bluetooth coexistence stuff, but doesn't
actually do full btcoex. That'll take.. some effort.
Tested:
* AR9462 (WB222), STA mode
tree's /chosen node to provide out-of-band header fields of the FDT. This
emulation is not perfect without corresponding changes to ofw_fdt_nextprop(),
but is enough to enable lookup by memory-map-parsing code.
MFC after: 1 week
resume sometimes (but not others). On powerup, other wierd issues show
up (sometimes the card comes up, but with really bogus pci config
space stuff. There may be more, but given my experience of historical
fussiness, stick to what works and make more minimal changes to that.
go back through HASWELL, IVY_BRIDGE, IVY_BRIDGE_XEON and SANDY_BRIDGE
to straighten out all the missing PMCs. We also add a new pmc tool
pmcstudy, this allows one to run the various formulas from
the documents "Using Intel Vtune Amplifier XE on XXX Generation platforms" for
IB/SB and Haswell. The tool also allows one to postulate your own
formulas with any of the various PMC's. At some point I will enahance
this to work with Brendan Gregg's flame-graphs so we can flamegraph
various PMC interactions. Note the manual page also needs some
work (lots of work) but gnn has committed to help me with that ;-)
Reviewed by: gnn
MFC after:1 month
Sponsored by: Netflix Inc.
can suspend / resume and unload / load cbb and cardbus without errors
on my Lenovo T400, which wasn't possible before. Cards suspending
and resuming in the CardBus slot not yet tested.
o Enable memory cycles to the bridge early (as part of the new
cbb_pci_bridge_init). This fixes the Bad VCC errors which were
caused by the code accessing the device registers with this
cleared. The suspend / resume process clears it.
o Refactor suspend / resume into bus specific code (though the ISA
code is just stubbed). This isn't strictly necessary, but makes
the initializaiton code more uniform and should be more bullet
proof in the face of variant behavior among cardbus bridges.
o Fixup comments in the power-up sequence to reflect reality. These
comments were written for one regime of power-up, but not updated
as things were revised.
o Add a paranoid small delay (100ms) to cover noisy cards powering
down.
o Fix some debugging prints to be easier to grep from dmesg.
Sponsored by: Netflix
simultaneously detaching kernel drivers on the same USB device we can
get stuck in the "usb_wait_pending_ref_locked()" function because the
conditions needed for allowing detach are not met. The "destroy_dev()"
function waits for all system calls involving the given character
device to return. Character device system calls may lock the USB
enumeration lock, which is also held when "destroy_dev()" is
called. This can sometimes lead to a deadlock not noticed by
WITNESS. The current solution is to ensure the calling thread is the
only one holding the USB enumeration lock and prevent other threads
from getting refs while a USB device detach is ongoing. This turned
out not to be sufficient. To solve this deadlock we could use
"destroy_dev_sched()" to schedule the device destruction in the
background, but then we don't know when it is safe to free() the
private data of the character device. Instead a callback function is
executed by the USB explore process to kill off any leftover USB
character devices synchronously after the USB device explore code is
finished and the USB enumeration lock is no longer locked. This makes
porting easier and also ensures us that character devices must
eventually go away after a USB device detach.
While at it ensure that "flag_iserror" is only written when "priv_mtx"
is locked, which is protecting it.
MFC after: 5 days
Before this change, the current code handles SIOCGIFADDR the same
way with SIOCSIFADDR, which involves full arp_ifinit, et al. They
should be unnecessary for SIOCGIFADDR case.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D1508
Reviewed by: glebius
MFC after: 2 weeks
Instead of reusing the same reg parsing code, create one, common function
that puts reg contents to the resource list. Address cells and size cells
are passed rather than acquired here so that any bus can have different
default values.
Obtained from: Semihalf
Reviewed by: andrew, ian, nwhitehorn
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
driver name and NIC driver softc via the device(9) tree,
instead of going dirty through the ifnet(9) layer.
Differential Revision: D1506
Reviewed by: imp, jhb
if_ixl to version 1.3.0, if_ixlv to version 1.2.0
- Major change in both drivers is to add RSS support
- In ixl fix some interface speed related issues, dual
speed was not changing correctly, KR/X media was not
displaying correctly (this has a workaround until a
more robust media handling is in place)
- Add a warning when using Dell NPAR and the speed is
less than 10G
- Wrap a queue hung message in IXL_DEBUG, as it is non-fatal,
and without tuning can display excessively
MFC after: 1 week
unnecessary filter configuration code in nge_init_locked().
While I'm here add a check for driver running state for multicast
filter handling. Also remove unnecessary assignment to error
variable since it is cleared in the function entry.
Suggested by: brad@OpenBSD.org
devices which don't support the synchronize cache SCSI command are
likely to also not support the prevent-allow medium removal SCSI
command.
PR: 185747
MFC after: 1 week
moving the handling of curcmd->error != 0 to the end of the interrupt
handler. Also make sdhci_finish_data() idempotent by moving the setting
of slot->data_done = 1 down past the point where the busdma buffer is
unmapped. This allows for the possibility that the finish routine can
get called from multiple places when handling errors.
Poll for link state when the link is down, even for interrupt capable
PHYs.
Allow PHYs to report a dubious "partial" link. If this state is seen 3
consecutive times (each check is ~1s apart) then reset the PHY. This is
a workaround for a situation where repeatedly toggling the link from the
peer gets the AEL2005 PHY into a state where it never establishes a PCS
block lock even when everything is in order.
MFC after: 1 week
and not automatically come back if they were gone for a short
period of time.
The isp(4) driver has a 30 second gone device timer that gets
activated whenever a device goes away. If the device comes back
before the timer expires, we don't send a notification to CAM that
it has gone away. If, however, there is a command sent to the
device while it is gone and before it comes back, the isp(4) driver
sends the command back with CAM_SEL_TIMEOUT status.
CAM responds to the CAM_SEL_TIMEOUT status by removing the device.
In the case where a device comes back within the 30 second gone
device timer window, though, we weren't telling CAM the device
came back.
So, fix this by tracking whether we have told CAM the device is
gone, and if we have, send a rescan if it comes back within the 30
second window.
ispvar.h:
In the fcportdb_t structure, add a new bitfield,
reported_gone. This gets set whenever we return a command
with CAM_SEL_TIMEOUT status on a Fibre Channel device.
isp_freebsd.c:
In isp_done(), if we're sending CAM_SEL_TIMEOUT for for a
command sent to a FC device, set the reported_gone bit.
In isp_async(), in the ISPASYNC_DEV_STAYED case, rescan the
device in question if it is mapped to a target ID and has
been reported gone.
In isp_make_here(), take a port database entry argument,
and clear the reported_gone bit when we send a rescan to
CAM.
In isp_make_gone(), take a port database entry as an
argument, and set the reported_gone bit when we send an
async event telling CAM consumers that the device is gone.
Sponsored by: Spectra Logic
MFC after: 1 week
The Command Reference Number is used for precise delivery of
commands, and is part of the FC-Tape functionality set. (This is
only enabled for devices that support precise delivery of commands.)
It is an 8-bit unsigned number that increments from 1 to 255. The
commands sent by the initiator must be processed by the target in
CRN order if the CRN is non-zero.
There are certain scenarios where the Command Reference Number
sequence needs to be reset. When the target is power cycled, for
instance, the initiator needs to reset the CRN to 1. The initiator
will know this because it will see a LIP (when directly connected)
or get a logout/login event (when connected to a switch).
The isp(4) driver was not resetting the CRN when a target
went away and came back. When it saw the target again after a
power cycle, it would continue the CRN sequence where it left off.
The target would ignore the command because the CRN sequence is
supposed to be reset to 1 after a power cycle or other similar
event.
The symptom that the user would see is that there would be lots of
aborted INQUIRY commands after a tape library was power cycled, and
the library would fail to probe. The INQUIRY commands were being
ignored by the tape drive due to the CRN issue mentioned above.
isp_freebsd.c:
Add a new function, isp_fcp_reset_crn(). This will reset
all of the CRNs for a given port, or the CRNs for all LUNs
on a target.
Reset the CRNs for all targets on a port when we get a LIP,
loop reset, or loop down event.
Reset the CRN for a particular target when it arrives, is changed
or departs. This is less precise behavior than the
clearing behavior specified in the FCP-4 spec (which says
that it should be reset for PRLI, PRLO, PLOGI and LOGO),
but this is the level of information we have here. If this
is insufficient, then we will need to add more precise
notification from the lower level isp(4) code.
isp_freebsd.h:
Add a prototype for isp_fcp_reset_crn().
Sponsored by: Spectra Logic
MFC after: 1 week
socket-buffer implementations, introduce a return value for MCLGET()
(and m_cljget() that underlies it) to allow the caller to avoid testing
M_EXT itself. Update all callers to use the return value.
With this change, very few network device drivers remain aware of
M_EXT; the primary exceptions lie in mbuf-chain pretty printers for
debugging, and in a few cases, custom mbuf and cluster allocation
implementations.
NB: This is a difficult-to-test change as it touches many drivers for
which I don't have physical devices. Instead we've gone for intensive
review, but further post-commit review would definitely be appreciated
to spot errors where changes could not easily be made mechanically,
but were largely mechanical in nature.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D1440
Reviewed by: adrian, bz, gnn
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
may also halt in C2 and not just C3 (it seems that in some cases the BIOS
advertises its C3 state as a C2 state in _CST). Just play it safe and
disable both C2 and C3 states if a user forces the use of the TSC as the
timecounter on such CPUs.
PR: 192316
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D1441
No objection from: jkim
MFC after: 1 week
the knowledge of mbuf layout, and in particular constants such as M_EXT,
MLEN, MHLEN, and so on, in mbuf consumers by unifying various alignment
utility functions (M_ALIGN(), MH_ALIGN(), MEXT_ALIGN() in a single
M_ALIGN() macro, implemented by a now-inlined m_align() function:
- Move m_align() from uipc_mbuf.c to mbuf.h; mark as __inline.
- Reimplement M_ALIGN(), MH_ALIGN(), and MEXT_ALIGN() using m_align().
- Update consumers around the tree to simply use M_ALIGN().
This change eliminates a number of cases where mbuf consumers must be aware
of whether or not mbufs returned by the allocator use external storage, but
also assumptions about the size of the returned mbuf. This will make it
easier to introduce changes in how we use external storage, as well as
features such as variable-size mbufs.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D1436
Reviewed by: glebius, trasz, gnn, bz
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
into mbuf storage, to reduce knowledge about mbuf/cluster layout in the
cxgb device driver.
Reviewed by: np
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
which prevents us from doing a "callout_drain()" call. The callout in
question has a lock associated with it and we are not freeing the
callout. That means we can use the "callout_stop()" function to
atomically stop the callback iff the "callout_stop()" function is
called locked. This patch applies proper locking to "callout_stop()"
and replaces a "callout_drain()" with a "callout_stop()".
MFC after: 1 week
roughly 10 years, and the driver has not enjoyed any significant maintenance
since long before that. Despite well-meaning efforts from a number of
people, myself included, it never made the jump to 64-bit and was relegated
to the back-corners of i386. Now its frailty is hampering forward progress
with Clang. Any renewed engineering efforts are of course welcome and can
happen outside of the tree. No MFC of this is planned.
but not always, identical. In particular, the path entry may contain a
unit address that the name does not. If the FDT node does have an explicit
name property, treat that as an override of the FDT path rather than
ignoring it.
MFC after: 2 weeks
a) Front load as much work as possible in if_transmit, before any driver
lock or software queue has to get involved.
b) Replace buf_ring with a brand new mp_ring (multiproducer ring). This
is specifically for the tx multiqueue model where one of the if_transmit
producer threads becomes the consumer and other producers carry on as
usual. mp_ring is implemented as standalone code and it should be
possible to use it in any driver with tx multiqueue. It also has:
- the ability to enqueue/dequeue multiple items. This might become
significant if packet batching is ever implemented.
- an abdication mechanism to allow a thread to give up writing tx
descriptors and have another if_transmit thread take over. A thread
that's writing tx descriptors can end up doing so for an unbounded
time period if a) there are other if_transmit threads continuously
feeding the sofware queue, and b) the chip keeps up with whatever the
thread is throwing at it.
- accurate statistics about interesting events even when the stats come
at the expense of additional branches/conditional code.
The NIC txq lock is uncontested on the fast path at this point. I've
left it there for synchronization with the control events (interface
up/down, modload/unload).
c) Add support for "type 1" coalescing work request in the normal NIC tx
path. This work request is optimized for frames with a single item in
the DMA gather list. These are very common when forwarding packets.
Note that netmap tx in cxgbe already uses these "type 1" work requests.
d) Do not request automatic cidx updates every 32 descriptors. Instead,
request updates via bits in individual work requests (still every 32
descriptors approximately). Also, request an automatic final update
when the queue idles after activity. This means NIC tx reclaim is still
performed lazily but it will catch up quickly as soon as the queue
idles. This seems to be the best middle ground and I'll probably do
something similar for netmap tx as well.
e) Implement a faster tx path for WRQs (used by TOE tx and control
queues, _not_ by the normal NIC tx). Allow work requests to be written
directly to the hardware descriptor ring if room is available. I will
convert t4_tom and iw_cxgbe modules to this faster style gradually.
MFC after: 2 months
to change to 0xe822, which may be persistent across reboots and, thus,
confuse other OSes. Therefore, restore the original mode and frequency
setting on detach and shutdown.
- Report Ricoh R5CE822 as such.
- According to Linux, Ricoh R5CE822 also need SDHCI_QUIRK_LOWER_FREQUENCY.
- Nuke an unused softc member.
MFC after: 3 days
scatter-gather XHCI TRB entries for its payload data. The XHCI
controller can handle at least 65536 bytes per scatter-gather list
entry.
MFC after: 1 week
Suggested by: Kohji Okuno <okuno.kohji@jp.panasonic.com>
Revert the EFI part of r276064 until I can test it properly on a real EFI
system. This was causing problems to people booting using UEFI and vt.
Reported by: O. Hartmann <ohartman@zedat.fu-berlin.de>
is called from "xhci_configure_reset_endpoint()". Ensure the 3-strikes
error feature is always enabled except for ISOCHRONOUS transfers.
MFC after: 1 week
Suggested by: marius@
chips with the same device and vendor IDs actually may provide different
functionality. While at it, canonicalize the description to match other
MosChip UARTs.
PR: 186891
MFC after: 3 days
- Simplify MSI allocation to what is actually needed for a single one.
- Release the MSI and the corresponding bus resource as appropriate when
either the interrupt resource cannot be allocated or setting up the
interrupt fails.
- Error out when interrupt allocation or setup fails and polling is
disabled.
- Release the MSI after the corresponding bus resource so the former is
not leaked on detach.
- Remove a redundant softc member.
MFC after: 3 days
for the lookup.
- For devices affected by PCI_QUIRK_MSI_INTX_BUG, ensure PCIM_CMD_INTxDIS
is cleared when using MSI/MSI-X.
- Employ PCI_QUIRK_MSI_INTX_BUG for BCM5714(S)/BCM5715(S)/BCM5780(S) rather
than clearing PCIM_CMD_INTxDIS unconditionally for all devices in bge(4).
MFC after: 3 days
AR5416 and later NICs have more than 8 (Well, more than 6) GPIO pins.
So to support rfkill on these NICs we need to bump this up or the
rfkill GPIO pin may get reset to the wrong value.
Noticed by: Anthony Jenkins <scoobi_doo@yahoo.com>
deselect it after setting the block size. This is a similar bug that
was fixed elsewhere, but not here. This makes sure that we leave the
card deselected at the end of the loop, and we don't send any commands
to the card without it selected.
Reviewed by: ian@
Current VT drivers don't register the memory regions they use with the
nexus. This patch makes vt_vga and vt_efifb register the memory regions they
use.
This is needed (at least) for Xen support, since the FreeBSD kernel will try
to use the holes in the memory map to map memory from other domains and
setup it's grant table.
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
Reported by: sbruno
Tested by: emaste
Reviewed by: ray
PR: 195537
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D1291
Previously ahci_attach returned a hard coded ENXIO instead of the value
from ahci_setup_interrupt. This is effectively a NOOP change as currently
ahci_setup_interrupt only ever returns 0 or ENXIO, so just there to protect
against any future changes to that.
Differential Revision: D838
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: Multiplay
This prevents the possiblity of any overruns on the statically allocated
struct irqs field.
Differential Revision: D838
MFC after: 2 weeks
X-MFC-With: r276012
Sponsored by: Multiplay
such as timeouts while probing a bus or testing for a feature, is
squelched. Also, error reporting is limited to 5 events per second,
because when an sdcard goes bad on a low-end embedded board, flooding
the console at high speed isn't helpful.
Original logging code contributed by Michal Meloun, but then I fancied
it up with squelching and ppsratecheck.
TI OMAP controllers which will return the reset-in-progress bit as zero if
you read the status register too fast after setting the reset bit.
The zero is apparently from a stale snapshot of the internal state presented
in the interface register, and leads to a false indication that the reset
is complete when it either hasn't started yet or is in-progress. The
workaround is to first loop until the bit is seen as asserted, then do the
normal loop waiting to see it de-asserted.
Submitted by: Michal Meloun <meloun@miracle.cz>
function parameters, the card has to be in transfer state. If it is in
the idle state, the commands are ignored. This caused us not to set
the proper parameters that we later assume to be present, leading to
downstream failures of the card / interface as our state machine
mismatches the card's.
Submitted by: Svatopluk Kraus <onwahe at gmail.com>, Michal Meloun
<meloun at miracle.cz>
While we don't support MCS, hole in received sequence numbers may mean
only PDU loss. While we don't support lost PDU recovery, terminate the
connection to avoid stuck commands.
While there, improve handling of sequence numbers wrap after 2^32 PDUs.
MFC after: 2 weeks
sheet, RX filter should be disabled before programming.
Previously it was clearing wrong bits so RX filter was not
disabled in RX filter configuration.
Reported by: brad@OpenBSD.org
This allows the Grant-table code to attach directly to the xenpv bus,
allowing us to remove the grant-table initialization done in xenpv.
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
Mave the grant table code into the dev/xen folder in preparation for turning
it into a device using the newbus interface. This is just code motion, no
functional changes.
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
When running as a Xen PVH Dom0 we need to add custom buses that override
some of the functionality present in the ACPI PCI Bus and the PCI Bus. We
currently override the ACPI PCI Bus, but not the PCI Bus, so add a new
override for the PCI Bus and share the generic functions between them.
Reported by: David P. Discher <dpd@dpdtech.com>
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
conf/files.amd64:
- Add the new files.
x86/xen/xen_pci_bus.c:
- Generic file that contains the PCI overrides so they can be used by the
several PCI specific buses.
xen/xen_pci.h:
- Prototypes for the generic overried functions.
dev/xen/pci/xen_pci.c:
- Xen specific override for the PCI bus.
dev/xen/pci/xen_acpi_pci.c:
- Xen specific override for the ACPI PCI bus.
o Move similar block/networking methods to common file
o Follow r275640 and correct MMIO registers width
o Pass value to MMIO platform_note method.
Sponsored by: DARPA, AFRL
There are two main parts to get it to work, 1) most of the register
accesses need to be word sized, other than the config register which
needs to be byte aligned, and 2) we don't need the platform driver
for this to work on the Foundation Model, allow it to be NULL.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D1240
Reviewed by: bryanv
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
adapters. Set the pack boundary for T5 cards to be the same as the
PCIe max payload size. The chip likes it this way.
In this revision the driver allocate rx buffers that align on both
boundaries. This is not a strict requirement and a followup commit
will switch the driver to a more relaxed allocation strategy.
MFC after: 2 weeks
re-using a hardware propritary transfer descriptor, PTD, in USB host
mode. If the PTD's are recycled too quickly, it has been observed that
the hardware simply fails to schedule the requested job or resets
completely disconnecting all devices.
Always include the card human readable name. We support ~270 cards and
at ~20 bytes each, this bloats things by only ~5k. Retain the
PCMCIA_CARD vs PCMCIA_CARD_D distinction, though, in case this is
intolerable.
from the FreeBSD network code. The flag is still kept around in the
"sys/mbuf.h" header file, but does no longer have any users. Instead
the "m_pkthdr.rsstype" field in the mbuf structure is now used to
decide the meaning of the "m_pkthdr.flowid" field. To modify the
"m_pkthdr.rsstype" field please use the existing "M_HASHTYPE_XXX"
macros as defined in the "sys/mbuf.h" header file.
This patch introduces new behaviour in the transmit direction.
Previously network drivers checked if "M_FLOWID" was set in "m_flags"
before using the "m_pkthdr.flowid" field. This check has now now been
replaced by checking if "M_HASHTYPE_GET(m)" is different from
"M_HASHTYPE_NONE". In the future more hashtypes will be added, for
example hashtypes for hardware dedicated flows.
"M_HASHTYPE_OPAQUE" indicates that the "m_pkthdr.flowid" value is
valid and has no particular type. This change removes the need for an
"if" statement in TCP transmit code checking for the presence of a
valid flowid value. The "if" statement mentioned above is now a direct
variable assignment which is then later checked by the respective
network drivers like before.
Additional notes:
- The SCTP code changes will be committed as a separate patch.
- Removal of the "M_FLOWID" flag will also be done separately.
- The FreeBSD version has been bumped.
MFC after: 1 month
Sponsored by: Mellanox Technologies
- Add support for GEOM direct completion. Depending on the benchmark,
this tends to give a ~30% improvement w.r.t IOPs and BW.
- Remove an invariants check in the strategy routine. This assertion
is caught later on by an existing panic.
- Rename and resort various related functions to make more sense.
MFC after: 1 month
sending not ready data:
o Add new flag to pru_send() flags - PRUS_NOTREADY.
o Add new protocol method pru_ready().
Sponsored by: Nginx, Inc.
Sponsored by: Netflix
o Introduce a notion of "not ready" mbufs in socket buffers. These
mbufs are now being populated by some I/O in background and are
referenced outside. This forces following implications:
- An mbuf which is "not ready" can't be taken out of the buffer.
- An mbuf that is behind a "not ready" in the queue neither.
- If sockbet buffer is flushed, then "not ready" mbufs shouln't be
freed.
o In struct sockbuf the sb_cc field is split into sb_ccc and sb_acc.
The sb_ccc stands for ""claimed character count", or "committed
character count". And the sb_acc is "available character count".
Consumers of socket buffer API shouldn't already access them directly,
but use sbused() and sbavail() respectively.
o Not ready mbufs are marked with M_NOTREADY, and ready but blocked ones
with M_BLOCKED.
o New field sb_fnrdy points to the first not ready mbuf, to avoid linear
search.
o New function sbready() is provided to activate certain amount of mbufs
in a socket buffer.
A special note on SCTP:
SCTP has its own sockbufs. Unfortunately, FreeBSD stack doesn't yet
allow protocol specific sockbufs. Thus, SCTP does some hacks to make
itself compatible with FreeBSD: it manages sockbufs on its own, but keeps
sb_cc updated to inform the stack of amount of data in them. The new
notion of "not ready" data isn't supported by SCTP. Instead, only a
mechanical substitute is done: s/sb_cc/sb_ccc/.
A proper solution would be to take away struct sockbuf from struct
socket and allow protocols to implement their own socket buffers, like
SCTP already does. This was discussed with rrs@.
Sponsored by: Netflix
Sponsored by: Nginx, Inc.
Call to the driver-specific ioctl used to process ioctl number
that will lead to the out-of-bounds access to the ioctl handler
array.
PR: 193367
Approved by: kib
MFC after: 1 week
This allows one to make a kernel module to tune the
number of queues before the driver loads.
This is needed so that a module at SI_SUB_CPU can set
tunables for these drivers to take. Otherwise getenv
is called too early by the TUNABLE macros.
Reviewed by: smh
Phabric: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D1149
Records with target_mode == 1 are allocated from the end of portdb, so it
seems logical to start search from the end not traverse whole array.
MFC after: 1 month
This was previously working by accident because BUSDMA_COHERENT_MEMORY has
always been set to strongly-ordered on arm. Now we're moving towards
normal-uncacheable (what might be called write-combining on other platforms)
and using the proper sync ops will be more important. Of course, that
opens the question of just what is the "proper" sync op for shared
concurrent dma access as opposed to accesses where the handoff of control
of the memory has well-defined sequence points that match the available
busdma sync operations.
ath kernel module:
sys/dev/ath/ath_hal/ar5212/ar5212_reset.c:2642:7: error: taking the absolute value of unsigned type 'unsigned int' has no effect [-Werror,-Wabsolute-value]
if (abs(lp[0] * EEP_SCALE - target) < EEP_DELTA) {
^
sys/dev/ath/ah_osdep.h:74:18: note: expanded from macro 'abs'
#define abs(_a) __builtin_abs(_a)
^
sys/dev/ath/ath_hal/ar5212/ar5212_reset.c:2642:7: note: remove the call to '__builtin_abs' since unsigned values cannot be negative
sys/dev/ath/ah_osdep.h:74:18: note: expanded from macro 'abs'
#define abs(_a) __builtin_abs(_a)
^
1 error generated.
This warning occurs because both lp[0] and target are unsigned, so the
subtraction expression is also unsigned, and calling abs() is a no-op.
However, the intention was to look at the absolute difference between
the two unsigned quantities. Introduce a small static function to
clarify what we're doing, and call that instead.
Reviewed by: adrian
MFC after: 3 days
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D1212
isochronous endpoint descriptor used for the data transfers, hence the
synchronization feature might not be supposed to be supported [yet].
This makes seamless playback synced with the USB HOST clock work with
the DN32-USB module for Midas audio systems and possibly other similar
products from Klark Teknik.
MFC after: 1 week
SAF1761 OTG driver. Currently the driver logic is very simple and
double buffering the USB transactions is not done. Also you need to
use an external USB high speed USB HUB for reliable FULL speed
outgoing ISOCHRONOUS traffic, because the internal one chokes on
so-called split transfers above 188 bytes.
establishing connection.
This is a workaround for Chelsio TOE driver, that does not update socket
buffer size in hardware after connection established, and unless that is
done beforehand, kernel code will stuck, attempting to send/receive full
PDU at once.
MFC after: 1 week
I've missed that iscsi_outstanding_remove() frees the second pointer,
so it should no longer be used. And in fact we don't really need to.
MFC after: 2 weeks
During heavy reads data copying in icl_pdu_get_data() may consume large
percent of CPU time. Moving it out of the lock significantly reduces
lock hold time and respectively lock congestion on read operations.
MFC after: 2 weeks
commit 6d3c4c09226ad6bdd662e3e52489ef294a6ce298
Add terasic_mtl vt(4) framebuffer driver
terasic_mtl can be built with syscons(4) and vt(4) attachments, selected
at compile time.
commit 33240259b47a7c990a5a88a19f133a5600432a4c
Clear terasic_mtl text buffer on attach
commit d188c2d2412953f949624aa35cd07082830943c9
Update terasic vt(4) driver for FreeBSD r269783
commit d1cc54eee852fa4fc9d359d5bb2171d24ec73369
Safety belt to ensure vt(4) fb parameters are correct
commit 76e6d468ef45711d7952786095fc4791289ebb4b
Improve terasic_mtl_vt fdt parsing
- Use OF_getencprop to avoid need for explicit endian handling
(submitted by ray@freebsd.org)
- Check for expected length and correct pointer type
commit 3e2524b8995ab66e8a9295e4c87cbc7126eeddf4
Correct device_printf usage
commit 9e53e3c8e0766414e25662c95b09cc51c92443b0
Switch framebuffer to match host endianness
Xorg and xf86-video-scfb work much better with a native-endian
framebuffer.
commit 0f49259d596321ed85288ac0e1fb4ee1c966df48
Switch DE4 to vt(4) and enable kbdmux
commit 5bc96ebc89db7d134ad478335090c8477c1677c7
Add missing \n in device_printf calls
Submitted by: emaste
Sponsored by: DARPA, AFRL
commit d0c7d235c09fc65dbdb278e7016a96f79c6a49cc
Make the Altera JTAG UART device driver slightly more forgiving of
the foibles of a sub-par hrdware interface by increasing the timeout
for spotting JTAG polling from one to two seconds.
commit 19ed45a18832560dab967c179d83b71081c3a220
Update comment.
commit 8edfe803f033cc8e33229f99894c2b7496a44d5f
Add a comment about a device-driver race condition that could cause the BERI
pipeline to wedge awaiting JTAG in the event that both the low-level console
and the tty layer decide to write to the JTAG FIFO just before JTAG is
disconnected. Resolving this race is a bit tricky as it looks like there
isn't a way to 'give the character back' to the tty layer when we discover
the race. The easy fix is to drop the character, which we don't yet do, but
perhaps should as that is a better outcome than wedging the pipeline.
commit 2ea26cf579c9defcf31e413e7c9b0fbc159237fc
Add a comment about an inherent race with hardware in the Altera JTAG
UART's low-level console code.
Submitted by: rwatson
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: DARPA, AFRL
Previously, any timeout value for which (timeout * hz) will overflow the
signed integer, will give weird results, since callout(9) routines will
convert negative values of ticks to '1'. For unsigned integer overflow we
will get sufficiently smaller timeout values than expected.
Switch from callout_reset, which requires conversion to int based ticks
to callout_reset_sbt to avoid this.
Also correct isci to correctly resolve ccb timeout.
This was based on the original work done by Eygene Ryabinkin
<rea@freebsd.org> back in 5 Aug 2011 which used a macro to help avoid
the overlow.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D1157
Reviewed by: mav, davide
MFC after: 1 month
Sponsored by: Multiplay
related cleanups:
- Require each driver to initalize a mutex in the scsi_low_softc that
is shared with the scsi_low code. This mutex is used for CAM SIMs,
timers, and interrupt handlers.
- Replace the osdep function switch with direct calls to the relevant
CAM functions and direct manipulation of timers via callout(9).
- Collapse the CAM-specific scsi_low_osdep_interface substructure
directly into scsi_low_softc.
- Use bus_*() instead of bus_space_*().
- Return BUS_PROBE_DEFAULT from probe routines instead of 0.
- No need to zero softcs.
- Pass 0ul and ~0ul instead of 0 and ~0 to bus_alloc_resource().
- Spell "dettach" as "detach".
- Remove unused 'dvname' variables.
- De-spl().
Tested by: no one
- Don't recurse driver mutex.
- Don't hold driver mutex across fubyte/subyte.
- Replace fubyte/subyte loops with copyin/copyout calls.
- Use relatively sane locking in wl_ioctl().
- Use bus space accessors instead of in*()/out*().
- Use callout(9) instead of timeout(9).
- Stop watchdog timer in detach and don't hold mutex across
bus_teardown_intr().
- Use device_printf() and if_printf().
- De-spl().
Tested by: no one
node. Take this in to account by searching until we find the range for the
root node.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D1160
Reviewed by: ian
Obtained from: ABT Systems Ltd
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
- Add per-softc mutex.
- Use mutex for CAM SIM lock.
- Use bus_*() instead of inb() and outb().
- Use bus_alloc_resource_any() when reasonable.
Tested by: no one
- Actually use existing per-softc mutex.
- Use mutex in cdev routines and remove D_NEEDGIANT.
- Use callout(9) instead of timeout(9).
- Don't check for impossible conditions (e.g. SCDINIT being clear).
- Use bus_*() instead of bus_space_*().
Tested by: no one
- Add a per-softc mutex.
- Use mutex as CAM sim lock.
- Use taskqueue_thread instead of taskqueue_swi_giant.
- Use callout(9) instead of timeout(9).
- Use bus_*() instead of bus_space_*().
Tested by: no one
- Actually use existing per-softc mutex.
- Use mutex in cdev routines and remove D_NEEDGIANT.
- Use callout(9) instead of timeout(9).
- Don't check for impossible conditions (e.g. MCDINIT being clear).
- Remove critical_enter/exit when sending a PIO command.
- Use bus_*() instead of bus_space_*().
Tested by: no one
The current support for controlling i2c bus speed is an inconsistant mess.
There are 4 symbolic speed values defined, UNKNOWN, SLOW, FAST, FASTEST.
It seems to be universally assumed that SLOW means the standard 100KHz
rate from the original spec. Nothing ever calls iicbus_reset() with a
speed of FAST, although some drivers would treat it as the 400KHz standard
speed. Mostly iicbus_reset() is called with the speed set to UNKNOWN or
FASTEST, and there's really no telling what any individual driver will do
with those.
The speed of an i2c bus is limited by the speed of the slowest device on
the bus. This means that generally the bus speed needs to be configured
based on the board/system and the components within it. Historically for
i2c we've configured with device hints. Newer systems use FDT data and it
documents a clock-frequency property for i2c busses. Hobbyists and
developers are likely to want on the fly changes. These changes provide
all 3 methods, but do not require any existing drivers to change to use
the new facilities.
This adds an iicbus method, iicbus_get_frequency(dev, speed) that gets the
frequency for the requested symbolic speed. If the symbolic speed is SLOW
or if there is no speed configured for the bus, the returned value is
100KHz, always. Otherwise, if bus speed is configured by hints, fdt,
tunable, or sysctl, that speed is returned. It also adds a helper
function, iicbus_init_frequency() that any bus driver subclassed from
iicbus can initialize the frequency from some other source of info.
Initial driver implementations are provided for Freescale and TI.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D1174
PR: 195009
This is the general support to allow the use of GPIO pins as interrupt
sources for direct gpiobus children.
The use of GPIO pins as generic interrupt sources (for an ethernet driver
for example) will only be possible when arm/intrng is complete. Then, most
of this code will need to be rewritten, but it works for now, is better
than what we have and will allow further developments.
Tested on: ar71xx (RSPRO), am335x (BBB), bcm2835 (Raspberry pi)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D999
Reviewed by: rpaulo
Due to adapter->hw.fc.requested_mode is filled with default value
after ixgbe_initialize_receive_units(), this leads to enabling
DROP_EN in most cases.
Tested by: ae
MFC after: 1 week
Like in r259717, the prority goes from "error" to "debug" to avoid
spamming logs when the connectors are polled.
PR: 194770
Submitted by: Larry Rosenman <ler@lerctr.org>
MFC after: 1 week
I did this wrong - I should've included a state flag for each callout
to see if it was supposed to run or not. I didn't do that.
Instead, just use mutexes anyway.
Suggested by: jhb
- Add a per-device mutex to the softc and use it for bus_dma tags,
CAM SIMs, callouts, and interrupt handler.
- Switch from timeout(9) to callout(9).
- Add a separate global mutex to protect the global event buffer ring.
- Return completed index from iir_intr_locked() and remove the global
gdt_wait_* variables.
- Remove global list of gdt softcs and replace its use with
devclass_get_device().
- Use si_drv1 to store softc pointer in the SDEV_PER_HBA case instead
of minor numbers.
- Do math on osreldate instead of dubious char math on osrelease[]
that didn't work on 10.0+.
- Use bus_*() instead of bus_space_*().
- Use device_printf() instead of printf() with a unit number.
Tested by: no one
to the build in either sys/conf/files* or sys/modules/dpt/Makefile. Also,
it was denoted as "doesn't quite work yet" when the file was initially added
(which may account for it never having been hooked up to the build).
have both kern_open() and kern_openat(); change the callers to use
kern_openat().
This removes one (sometimes two) levels of indirection and
consolidates arguments checks.
Reviewed by: mckusick
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
MFC after: 1 week
leave a port permanently disabled when a copper cable is unplugged and
then plugged right back in.
lacp_linkstate goes looking for the current ifmedia on a link state
change and it could get stale information from cxgbe(4) on a module
unplug followed by replug. The fix is to process module events before
link-state events within the driver, and to always rebuild the ifmedia
list on a module change event (instead of rebuilding it lazily).
Thanks to asomers@ for the problem report and detailed analysis to go
with it.
MFC after: 1 week
This will allow to attach UART drivers lying directly on the root node
instead of simple-bus compatible bus only.
Obtained from: Semihalf
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
Instead of waiting for empty TX FIFO it is more reasonable to
block on full FIFO. As soon as FIFO slot is free the character
can be transmitted.
In case of TX FIFO disabled, TXFF bit indicates that transmit
register is not empty.
Obtained from: Semihalf
Reviewed by: andrew, emaste
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
sb_cc member of struct sockbuf to a couple of inline functions:
sbavail() and sbused()
Right now they are equal, but once notion of "not ready socket buffer data",
will be checked in, they are going to be different.
Sponsored by: Netflix
Sponsored by: Nginx, Inc.
convert a global timer to a per-controller timer. This works much better
with locking and removes the need for several global lookup tables.
Tested by: ambrisko
state said device should go into.
This was a snafu introduced in the ACPI/PCI awareness separation.
When putting a device into a power state, the bus (and thus firmware,
eg ACPI) should be asked before hand to check whether the device
can indeed go into that power state.
There's a set of nodes in ACPI under each device - the _SxD nodes - which
state which ACPI power state to put the device into when the system is
going into power save state 'x'. So when going into S3, the existence
of an _S3D node would override whatever the system was trying to do.
By default the PCI code wants to put devices into D3 before suspending.
I have a laptop here (Asus Zenbook - check the PR) whose EHCI controller
really wants to be in D2 during suspend, not D3. So if we put it into
D3 and then try to enter S3, everything hangs. The device itself
can go into D3 - it just can't be there when the call to ACPI to enter
S3 occurs. The PCI patch fixes this.
jkim@ noticed that the same is needed for the ACPI child device
enumeration.
Thankyou to Matt Dillon (the programmer, not the actor) for buying me
this particular laptop so I could debug the issues with the Atheros
AR9485 that is in it. It's his fault that I ended up with this
laptop and was sufficiently annoyed by the lack of USB suspend
to go down this rabbit hole.
Tested:
* Thinkpad T400
* Thinkpad X230
* Thinkpad T42
* Thinkpad T60
* Asus Zenbook (see PR)
* Asus EEEPC 701
* Asus EEEPC 1001PX
TODO:
* Figure out what we should do about devices we unload drivers for
that want to be in a specific state when entering S3 / S4 -
the "put devices into D3 if they're not bound to a driver" option
may also mess with things.
PR: kern/194884
Reviewed by: jhb, jkim
MFC after: 1 week
Relnotes: yes
Sponsored by: Matt Dillon <dillon@apollo.backplane.com> (hardware)
IGP may declare subclass as either VGA-compatible, or non-VGA. The
difference is that in the later case, IGP does not claim VGA cycles.
Other than that, the device functions normally, and agp_i810 should
attach to it.
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
MFC after: 1 week
was possible for a regular user to setup the dump device if he had write access
to the given device. In theory it is a security issue as user might get access
to kernel's memory after provoking kernel crash, but in practise it is not
recommended to give regular users direct access to storage devices.
Rework the code so that we do privileges check within the set_dumper() function
to avoid similar problems in the future.
Discussed with: secteam
The prior change to not enable LRO by default has confused several
people. The configurations where LRO is problematic is not the
typical use case for VirtIO, and due to other issues, this often
requires checksum offloading to be disabled anyways.
PR: 185864
MFC after: 2 weeks
- Remove duplicated sources between standard part of the kernel and
module. In particular, it caused duplicated lock initialization and
sysctl registration, both having bad consequences.
- Add missed source files to module.
- Static part of the kernel provides randomdev module, not
random_adaptors. Correct dependencies.
- Use cdev modules declaration macros.
Approved by: secteam (delphij)
Reviewed by: markm
buffer from asm to C, which reduces amount of arguments for inline asm
and simplifies constraints. Use unsigned types consistently.
Submitted by: bde
Approved by: secteam (delphij)
Reviewed by: markm
MFC after: 1 week
After resource allocation and release, resource list entry
stays non-NULL. This causes panic in ofwbus_alloc_resource()
on subsequent resource allocation.
Clean appropriate list entry on release to avoid this.
Obtained from: Semihalf
Reviewed by: ian
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
it, except Ethernet, where it carried ng_ether(4) pointer.
For now carry the pointer in if_l2com directly.
Sponsored by: Netflix
Sponsored by: Nginx, Inc.
- Support the KDB alt break sequence to enter the debugger,
panic, reboot, etc. [1]
- Provide emergency write feature description. Note that QEMU
does not implement this feature.
- Make the VTCON_FLAG_* defines sequential once again.
- When the multiple port feature is not negotiated, query the
rows and columns of the one console during the device attach
when the size feature is negotiated.
- Report failure to the device if hot plugging a port fails.
- Acknowledge the console port event with an open event. This
is required by the spec, but QEMU doesn't seem to care.
Submitted by: Juniper [1]
MFC after: 1 month
-Improved VF stability, thanks to changes from Ryan Stone,
and Juniper.
- RSS fixes in the ixlv driver
- link detection in the ixlv driver
- New sysctl's added in ixl and ixlv
- reset timeout increased for ixlv
- stability fixes in detach
- correct media reporting
- Coverity warnings fixed
- Many small bug fixes
- VF Makefile modified - nvm shared code needed
- remove unused sleep channels in ixlv_sc struct
Submitted by: Eric Joyner (committed by jfv)
MFC after: 1 week
Therefore, to set histry size to 2000 lines, add the following line to
your kernel configuration file:
options SC_HISTORY_SIZE=2000
The default history remains at 500 lines.
MFC after: 1 week
some accumulated entropy twice and use that as the new key. Due to a
typo, we were using the output of the first hash round instead of the
second. Correct this, but eliminate temp[] since we can reuse hash[].
Also add comments explaining what is going on and why.
Noticed by: Sami Farin <sami.farin@gmail.com>
Reviewed by: markm@
Approved by: so (des)
on my part about north bridge/GPU pci ids and use of aperture.
Leave the agp_intel.c out of static compilation on amd64, it makes the
things consistent with agp.ko.
Pointed out by: tijl
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
MFC after: 13 days
... and their associated tunables. This gives a way to know the list of
available connectors, no matter the driver.
The problem is that xrandr(1) can list connectors but it uses a
different naming.
MFC after: 1 week
875. This intersects with the agp_i810.c, which supports all Intels
from i810 to Core i5/7. Both agp_intel.c and agp_i810.c are compiled
into kernel when device agp is specified in config, and agp_i810
attach seems to be selected by chance due to linking order.
Strip support for 810 and later from agp_intel.c. Since 440-class
chipsets do not support any long-mode capable CPUs, remove agp_intel.c
from amd64 kernel file list. Note that agp_intel.c is not compiled
into agp.ko on amd64 already.
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
MFC after: 2 weeks
By default, vt(4) gets the "preferred mode" from DRM, when using a DRM
video driver as its backend. The preferred mode is usually the native
screen resolution.
Now, if this mode isn't appropriate, a user can use loader tunables to
select a mode. The tunables are read in the following order:
1. kern.vt.fb.modes.$connector_name
2. kern.vt.fb.default_mode
For example, to set a 1024x768 mode, no matter the connector:
kern.vt.fb.default_mode="1024x768"
To set a 800x600 mode only on the laptop builtin screen:
kern.vt.fb.modes.LVDS-1="800x600"
MFC after: 1 week
random_adaptors_lock is held.
- Use sx_sleep instead of tsleep in read and write path to allow
another thread that registers a new random adapter when waiting.
Assert that random_adaptor is not NULL after reacquiring the lock.
- Capture EINTR/ERESTART from sx_sleep to allow the blocking cycle be
stopped when user requests so, while there also make short
read/write's return 0.
- Move M_WAITOK allocations out of lock scope.
In collobration with: kib, markm, ian, jilles
Reviewed by: kib, markm
Approved by: so
The problem was that only the kbdmux keyboard index was saved in
vd->vd_keyboard. This index is -1 when kbdmux isn't used. In this
case, the keyboard was correctly allocated, but the returned index was
discarded.
PR: 194718
MFC after: 1 week
updating the GTT and flushing the AGP TLB by storing the GTT in
write-combining memory.
On x86 flushing the AGP TLB is done by an I/O operation or a store to a
MMIO register in uncacheable memory. Both cases imply that WC buffers are
flushed so no memory barriers are needed.
On powerpc there is no WC memory type. It maps to uncacheable memory and
two stores to uncacheable memory, such as to the GTT and then to an MMIO
register, are strongly ordered, so no memory barriers are needed either.
MFC after: 1 month
A new terminal_set_cursor() is added: it wraps the existing
teken_set_cursor() function.
In vtbuf_grow(), the cursor position is adjusted at the end of the
function. In vt_change_font(), we call terminal_set_cursor() just after
terminal_set_winsize_blank(), while the terminal is mute.
This fixes a bug where, after loading a kernel video driver which
increases the terminal window size, the cursor remains at its old
position, in other words, in the middle of the display content.
PR: 194421
MFC after: 1 week
hold the gpiobus lock between the gpio calls.
gpiobus_acquire_lock() now accepts a third parameter which tells gpiobus
what to do when the bus is already busy.
When GPIOBUS_WAIT wait is used, the calling thread will be put to sleep
until the bus became free.
With GPIOBUS_DONTWAIT the calling thread will receive EWOULDBLOCK right
away and then it can act upon.
This fixes the gpioiic(4) locking issues that arises when doing multiple
concurrent access on the bus.
This code has had an extensive rewrite and a good series of reviews, both by the author and other parties. This means a lot of code has been simplified. Pluggable structures for high-rate entropy generators are available, and it is most definitely not the case that /dev/random can be driven by only a hardware souce any more. This has been designed out of the device. Hardware sources are stirred into the CSPRNG (Yarrow, Fortuna) like any other entropy source. Pluggable modules may be written by third parties for additional sources.
The harvesting structures and consequently the locking have been simplified. Entropy harvesting is done in a more general way (the documentation for this will follow). There is some GREAT entropy to be had in the UMA allocator, but it is disabled for now as messing with that is likely to annoy many people.
The venerable (but effective) Yarrow algorithm, which is no longer supported by its authors now has an alternative, Fortuna. For now, Yarrow is retained as the default algorithm, but this may be changed using a kernel option. It is intended to make Fortuna the default algorithm for 11.0. Interested parties are encouraged to read ISBN 978-0-470-47424-2 "Cryptography Engineering" By Ferguson, Schneier and Kohno for Fortuna's gory details. Heck, read it anyway.
Many thanks to Arthur Mesh who did early grunt work, and who got caught in the crossfire rather more than he deserved to.
My thanks also to folks who helped me thresh this out on whiteboards and in the odd "Hallway track", or otherwise.
My Nomex pants are on. Let the feedback commence!
Reviewed by: trasz,des(partial),imp(partial?),rwatson(partial?)
Approved by: so(des)
in the radeonkms driver.
Note: In PCI mode virtual addresses on the graphics card that map to system
RAM are translated to physical addresses by the graphics card itself. In
AGP mode address translation is done by the AGP chipset so fictitious
addresses appear on the system bus. For the CPU cache management to work
correctly when the CPU accesses this memory it needs to use the same
fictitious addresses (and let the chipset translate them) instead of using
the physical addresses directly.
Reviewed by: kib
MFC after: 1 month
initial MPA exchange must be tracked this way so that t4_tom's state for
the tid is all clean at the time the tid transitions to RDMA mode. Once
it does, t4_tom is out of the way and iw_cxgbe uses the qp endpoints
directly.
Sponsored by: Chelsio Communications
directly accessed. Although this will work on some platforms, it can
throw an exception if the pointer is invalid and then panic the kernel.
Add a missing SYSCTL_IN() of "SCTP_BASE_STATS" structure.
MFC after: 3 days
Sponsored by: Mellanox Technologies
- Free rt in c4iw_connect only if it is allocated.
- Call soclose instead of so_shutdown if there is an abort from the peer.
- Close socket and return failure if TOE is not enabled.
Submitted by: Hariprasad at Chelsio dot com
Sponsored by: Chelsio Communications
transfers to be default. It simplifies porting code which assumes
such settings.
Discussed with: avg, llos, nwhitehorn
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
MFC after: 1 week
It had two bugs: one where mmap was still allowed and another where
D_TRACKCLOSE doesn't handle all cases.
Thanks to jhb and kib for pointing them out.
MFC after: 1 week
In some cases, TSC is broken and special applications might benefit
from memory mapping HPET and reading the registers to count time.
Most often the main HPET counter is 32-bit only[1], so this only gives
the application a 300 second window based on the default HPET
interval.
Other applications, such as Intel's DPDK, expect /dev/hpet to be
present and use it to count time as well.
Although we have an almost userland version of gettimeofday() which
uses rdtsc in userland, it's not always possible to use it, depending
on how broken the multi-socket hardware is.
Install the acpi_hpet.h so that applications can use the HPET register
definitions.
[1] I haven't found a system where HPET's main counter uses more than
32 bit. There seems to be a discrepancy in the Intel documentation
(claiming it's a 64-bit counter) and the actual implementation (a
32-bit counter in a 64-bit memory area).
MFC after: 1 week
Relnotes: yes
search (i.e. without returning any result) and you would end up with a
random MAC address.
Change the search algorithm to a recursive one to ensure that all the nodes
on DTS will be verified.
The previous algorithm could not keep up if the DTS has too many sub-nodes.
While here, fix the punctuation on comments.
To restore the default font using vidcontrol(1), use the "-f" flag
without an argument:
vidcontrol -f < /dev/ttyv0
PR: 193910
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D971
Submitted by: Marcin Cieslak <saper@saper.info>
Reviewed by: ray@, emaste@
Approved by: ray@
MFC after: 1 week
Support for the multiport feature is mostly implemented, but currently
disabled due to some potential races in the hot plug code paths.
Requested by: marcel
MFC after: 1 month
Relnotes: yes
Current FreeBSD netback names the interface with xnb<device unit>, but
this is not suitable for usage with the Xen toolstack, which expects
something similar to <prefix><domid><handle>. In order to solve this,
change the netback naming convention to use xnb<domid>.<handle>.
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
dev/xen/netback/netback.c:
- Change netback to use the nomenclature stated above.
This device is only attached to priviledged domains, and allows the
toolstack to interact with Xen. The two functions of the privcmd
interface is to allow the execution of hypercalls from user-space, and
the mapping of foreign domain memory.
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
i386/include/xen/hypercall.h:
amd64/include/xen/hypercall.h:
- Introduce a function to make generic hypercalls into Xen.
xen/interface/xen.h:
xen/interface/memory.h:
- Import the new hypercall XENMEM_add_to_physmap_range used by
auto-translated guests to map memory from foreign domains.
dev/xen/privcmd/privcmd.c:
- This device has the following functions:
- Allow user-space applications to make hypercalls into Xen.
- Allow user-space applications to map memory from foreign domains,
this is accomplished using the newly introduced hypercall
(XENMEM_add_to_physmap_range).
xen/privcmd.h:
- Public ioctl interface for the privcmd device.
x86/xen/hvm.c:
- Remove declaration of hypercall_page, now it's declared in
hypercall.h.
conf/files:
- Add the privcmd device to the build process.
The user-space event channel device is used by applications to receive
and send event channel interrupts. This device is based on the Linux
evtchn device.
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
xen/evtchn/evtchn_dev.c:
- Remove the old event channel device, which was already disabled in
the build system.
dev/xen/evtchn/evtchn_dev.c:
- Import a new event channel device based on the one present in
Linux.
- This device allows the following operations:
- Bind VIRQ event channels (ioctl).
- Bind regular event channels (ioctl).
- Create and bind new event channels (ioctl).
- Unbind event channels (ioctl).
- Send notifications to event channels (ioctl).
- Reset the device shared memory ring (ioctl).
- Unmask event channels (write).
- Receive event channel upcalls (read).
- The new code is MP safe, and can be used concurrently.
conf/files:
- Add the new device to the build system.
the r241987 commit message, instead of having users locally overriding
the value using tunables in /boot/loader.conf .
Found by: Adam Parco
Discussed with: Nick Hibma
the Microsoft Azure service does not recognize the second
attached disk on the system.
Submitted by: kyliel@Microsoft
Patched by: weh@Microsoft
PR: 194376
MFC after: 3 days
X-MFC-10.1: yes, ASAP
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
- Wrong integer type was specified.
- Wrong or missing "access" specifier. The "access" specifier
sometimes included the SYSCTL type, which it should not, except for
procedural SYSCTL nodes.
- Logical OR where binary OR was expected.
- Properly assert the "access" argument passed to all SYSCTL macros,
using the CTASSERT macro. This applies to both static- and dynamically
created SYSCTLs.
- Properly assert the the data type for both static and dynamic
SYSCTLs. In the case of static SYSCTLs we only assert that the data
pointed to by the SYSCTL data pointer has the correct size, hence
there is no easy way to assert types in the C language outside a
C-function.
- Rewrote some code which doesn't pass a constant "access" specifier
when creating dynamic SYSCTL nodes, which is now a requirement.
- Updated "EXAMPLES" section in SYSCTL manual page.
MFC after: 3 days
Sponsored by: Mellanox Technologies
Before, the font was loaded and the window size recalculated, giving an
unusable terminal, even if the actual font didn't change.
Reported by: beeessdee@ruggedinbox.com
MFC after: 3 days
Increasingly, FDT data has the "simple-bus" compatible string on nodes
that have children, but we wouldn't consider them to be busses. If the
node lacks a ranges property then we will fail to attach successfully,
so fail to probe as well.
consistent with pmc_destroy_owner_descriptor(). Also be sure to destroy
PMCs if a process exits or execs without explicitly releasing them.
Reviewed by: bz, gnn
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D958
Previously, if no drivers attached at boot we would panic with
"vtbuf_fill_locked begin.tp_row 0 must be < screen height 0".
PR: 192248
Reviewed by: ray
MFC after: 3 days
Sponsored by: DARPA, AFRL
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D954
used to align partitions in gpart. We also try to align partitions by
stripe size when creating new media. Align these two concepts by
making fwsectors the same as the stripe size. Select a sensible number
of heads so we wind up with about 20 cylinders. This number was
selected to keep the rounding effects to a few percent while keeping
the number of cylinder groups low.
Sadly, it is not possible to make these numbers match the numbers used
by SD card readers. There apperas to be much variation between brands
so there's no one universal number. These numbers are also not aligned
to the stripe size, so some performance problems may still be present
when SD cards are created this way.
Also, these numbers will differ from the far less common SD to ATA
adapters, which present a different, but more uniform, set of numbers
that also happened to match the old defaults.
Nothing should change for current users. Any suboptimal performance
caused by misalignment will still be there. gpart will honor the
partitions that aren't on proper boudnaries, but editing the partition
tables may result in different alignments being used than before when
editing things natively.
Ideally, there'd be some way to override these values in the disk
subsystem by the user for the USB adapter use case where all "native"
notions of geometry disappear. This does not implement that.
in userland rename in-kernel getenv()/setenv() to kern_setenv()/kern_getenv().
This fixes a namespace collision with libc symbols.
Submitted by: kmacy
Tested by: make universe
For compatibility, 'device windtunnel' is still supported, but one should use
'device adm1030' instead, and this has been updated in GENERIC and NOTES.
Mellanox hardware driver(s):
- Properly name an inclusion guard
- Fix compile warnings regarding unsigned enums
- Add two new sysctl nodes
- Remove all empty linux header files
- Make an error printout more verbose
- Use "mod_delayed_work()" instead of
cancelling and starting a timeout.
- Implement more Linux scatterlist
functions.
MFC after: 3 days
Sponsored by: Mellanox Technologies
He noticed issues setting this bit in SRRCTL after the queue was up,
so doing it from the sysctl handler isn't enough and may not actually
work correctly.
This commit doesn't remove the sysctl path or try to change its
behaviour. I'll talk with others about how to finish fixing that
before I tackle that.
PR: kern/194311
Submitted by: luigi
MFC after: 3 days
Sponsored by: Norse Corp, Inc
This is a duplicate variable reference in mrsas, so now this patch isolate atomic_ variable and relavent
function call using prefix mrsas_xx.
Issue was introduced in r272737.
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: Avago Technology
There's a very remote, but possible, chance that the integer part read will
fail, but the fraction read succeeds, at which point the reported temperature is
invalid.
Reported by: Matthew Rezny
MFC after: 3 weeks
- Add a mutex to protect the softc.
- Use callout(9) instead of timeout(9).
- Consolidate duplicated detach routines into a bus-independent detach
routine.
- Add an extra sleep lock flag (MSESC_READING) to prevent other readers
from reading while the first reader is copying data out of sc_bytes[]
via uiomove().
- Use bus_*() instead of bus_space_*().
Tested by: nyan
- Read the counts of received, dropped, and transmitted management
packets and add sysctl nodes for them.
- Fix the total octets received/transmitted to read all 64 bits of
the counters.
- Add missing sysctl nodes for rlec, tncrs, fcruc, tor, and tot.
- Remove spurious spaces.
Reviewed by: Eric Joyner @ Intel
MFC after: 1 week
It allows to push out some final data from the send queue to the socket
before its close. In particular, it increases chances for logout response
to be delivered to the initiator.
* Add a bus_if.m method - get_domain() - returning the VM domain or
ENOENT if the device isn't in a VM domain;
* Add bus methods to print out the domain of the device if appropriate;
* Add code in srat.c to save the PXM -> VM domain mapping that's done and
expose a function to translate VM domain -> PXM;
* Add ACPI and ACPI PCI methods to check if the bus has a _PXM attribute
and if so map it to the VM domain;
* (.. yes, this works recursively.)
* Have the pci bus glue print out the device VM domain if present.
Note: this is just the plumbing to start enumerating information -
it doesn't at all modify behaviour.
Differential Revision: D906
Reviewed by: jhb
Sponsored by: Norse Corp
forced invalidation of the cache range regardless of the presence of
self-snoop feature. Some recent Intel GPUs in some modes are not
coherent, and dirty lines in CPU cache must be flushed before the
pages are transferred to GPU domain.
Reviewed by: alc (previous version)
Tested by: pho (amd64)
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
MFC after: 1 week
where as there are limited number(32) of mfi commands in the pool.
The mfi command pool is now restricted to 27 simultaneous accesses by using
a counting semaphore while calling the passthru function.
In the mrsas_cam.c source file there was a same function name mrsas_poll(),
which was same as the mrsas_poll() implemented in the mrsas.c file for the
polling interface.
To clearly distinguish the functionality by usage we have renamed the former
as mrsas_cam_poll().
In the passthru function let's say it has got an mfi command from the pool
but it has failed in one of the DMA function call which will lead to leak
an mfi command because in the ERROR case it directly returns and not freeing up
the occupied mfi command.
Reviewed by: ambrisko
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: AVAGO Technologies
It is meant to notify the applications which will be waiting for some
controller events to be occured.
Reviewed by: ambrisko
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: AVAGO Technologies
This Driver will create multiple MSI-x vector depending upon what FW expose.
As of now 12 Gbp/s MR controller (Invader and Fury) expose 96 msix vector.
As of now 6 Gbp/s MR controller (Thunderbolt) expose 16 msix vector.
Reviewed by: ambrisko
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: AVAGO Technologies
snv add, so I have added $FreeBSD$ as comment.
This commit is contininous of last mrsas commit, so that compilation
does not break.
Obtained from: AVAGO Technologies
MFC after: 2 weeks
machine, for which 32bit compatibilty code has been added.
As in linux there is only one device entry that is used to fire IOCTL commands,
a new device entry megaraid_sas_ioctl_node is added for solely this
purpose.
From one dev node i.e mrgaraid_sa_ioctl_node we have to find out the
controller instance in case of multicontroller, for which one management info
structure has been added.
Reviewed by: ambrisko
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: AVAGO Technologies
E.g: If the user wants to create more than 64VD on a controller,
it is not possible on current firmware/driver.
New feature and requirement to support upto 256VD, firmware/driver/apps need changes.
In addition to that, there must be a backward compatibility of the new driver with the
older firmware and vice versa.
RAID map is the interface between Driver and FW to fetch all required
fields(attributes) for each Virtual Drives.
In the earlier design driver was using the FW copy of RAID map where as
in the new design the Driver will keep the RAID map copy of its own; on which
it will operate for any raid map access in fast path.
Local driver raid map copy will provide ease of access through out the code
and provide generic interface for future FW raid map changes.
For the backward compatibility driver will notify FW that it supports 256VD
to the FW in driver capability field.
Based on the controller properly returned by the FW, the Driver will know
whether it supports 256VD or not and will copy the RAID map accordingly.
At any given time, driver will always have old or new Raid map.
Reviewed by : ambrisko
MFC after : 2 weeks
Sponsored by: AVAGO Technologies
These controllers seem to have the same feature of AR813x/AR815x and
improved RSS support(4 TX queues and 8 RX queues). alc(4) supports
all hardware features except RSS. I didn't implement RX checksum
offloading for AR816x/AR817x just because I couldn't get
confirmation from the Vendor whether AR816x/AR817x corrected its
predecessor's RX checksum offloading bug on fragmented packets.
This change adds supports for the following controllers.
o AR8161 PCIe Gigabit Ethernet controller
o AR8162 PCIe Fast Ethernet controller
o AR8171 PCIe Gigabit Ethernet controller
o AR8172 PCIe Fast Ethernet controller
o Killer E2200 Gigabit Ethernet controller
Tested by: Many
Relnotes: yes
MFC after: 2 weeks
HW donated by: Qualcomm Atheros Communications, Inc.
cannot be sent to the chip because a prerequisite L2 resolution
failed.
Submitted by: Hariprasad at chelsio dot com (original version)
MFC after: 2 weeks.
E5372 with different product IDs.
Interestingly, the standard E5372 IDs (12d1:1506) are currently listed in
u3g.c and are the same as the E3131. However, the R215/E5372 is an NCM
device and works well with cdce(4) whereas the E3131 isn't. More work
may be needed to better identify the other device IDs.
MFC after: 1 week
events we have actually counted 'Branch Instruction Retired' when people
asked for 'Unhalted core cycles' using the 'unhalted-core-cycles' event mask
mnemonic.
Reviewed by: jimharris
Discussed with: gnn, rwatson
MFC after: 3 days
Sponsored by: DARPA/AFRL
It was found that VirtualBox' AHCI does not allow nterrupt to be cleared
before the interrupt status register is read, causing interrupt storm.
AHCI specification allows to skip this register use when multi-vector MSI
is enabled and so interrupting port is known. For single-vector MSI that
is not stated explicitly, but if the port is only one, it is obviously
known too.
When the screen size is unknown, it's set to 0x0. We can't use that as
the buffer size, otherwise, functions such as vtbuf_fill() will fail.
This fixes a panic on RaspberryPi, where there's no vt(4) backend
configured early in boot.
PR: 193981
Tested by: danilo@
MFC after: 3 days
ports. The current bitmap array was too small to hold more than 16
bits and would at some point toggle the context size, which then would
trigger an enumeration fault and cause a fallback to the EHCI
companion controller, if any.
MFC after: 3 days
Add new functions to manipulate these mode & state, instead of calling
kbdd_ioctl() everyhere.
This fixes at least two bugs:
1. The state of the Scroll Lock LED and the state of scroll mode
could be out-of-sync. For instance, if one enables scroll mode on
window #1 and switches to window #2, the LED would remain on, but
the window wouldn't be in scroll mode.
Similarily, when switching between a console and an X.Org
session, the LED states could be inconsistent with the real
state.
2. When exiting from an X.Org session, the user could be unable to
type anything. The workaround was to switch to another console
window and come back.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D821
Reviewed by: ray@
Approved by: ray@
Tested by: kwm@
MFC after: 3 days
Also increase default for Tx queue get-list limit.
Too small limit results in TCP packets drops especiall when many
streams are running simultaneously.
Put list may be kept small enough since it is just a temporary
location if transmit function can't get Tx queue lock.
Submitted by: Andrew Rybchenko <arybchenko at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
Required size of event queue is calculated now.
Submitted by: Andrew Rybchenko <arybchenko at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
Remove trailing whitespaces and tabs.
Enclose value in return statements in parentheses.
Use tabs after #define.
Do not skip comparison with 0/NULL in boolean expressions.
Submitted by: Andrew Rybchenko <arybchenko at solarflare.com>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
Fix a problem where the blockback driver could run out of requests,
despite the fact that we allocate enough request and reqlist
structures to satisfy the maximum possible number of requests.
The problem was that we were sending responses back to the other
end (blockfront) before freeing resources. The Citrix Windows
driver is pretty agressive about queueing, and would queue more I/O
to us immediately after we sent responses to it. We would run into
a resource shortage and stall out I/O until we freed resources.
It isn't clear whether the request shortage condition was an
indirect cause of the I/O hangs we've been seeing between Windows
with the Citrix PV drivers and FreeBSD's blockback, but the above
problem is certainly a bug.
Sponsored by: Spectra Logic
Submitted by: ken
Reviewed by: royger
dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c:
- Break xbb_send_response() into two sub-functions,
xbb_queue_response() and xbb_push_responses().
Remove xbb_send_response(), because it is no longer
used.
- Adjust xbb_complete_reqlist() so that it calls the
two new functions, and holds the mutex around both
calls. The mutex insures that another context
can't come along and push responses before we've
freed our resources.
- Change xbb_release_reqlist() so that it requires
the mutex to be held instead of acquiring the mutex
itself. Both callers could easily hold the mutex
while calling it, and one really needs to hold the
mutex during the call.
- Add two new counters, accessible via sysctl
variables. The first one counts the number of
I/Os that are queued and waiting to be pushed
(reqs_queued_for_completion). The second one
(reqs_completed_with_error) counts the number of
requests we've completed with an error status.
Using realmem on PVH is not realiable, since in this case the realmem value
is computed from Maxmem, which contains the higher memory address found. Use
HYPERVISOR_start_info->nr_pages instead, which is set by the hypervisor and
contains the exact number of memory pages assigned to the domain.
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
This device is used by the user-space daemon that runs xenstore
(xenstored). It allows xenstored to map the xenstore memory page, and
reports the event channel xenstore is using.
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
dev/xen/xenstore/xenstored_dev.c:
- Add the xenstored character device that's used to map the xenstore
memory into user-space, and to report the event channel used by
xenstore.
conf/files:
- Add the device to the build process.
Convert the xenstore user-space device (/dev/xen/xenstore) to a device
using the newbus interface. This allows us to make the device
initialization dependant on the initialization of xenstore itself in
the kernel.
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
dev/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c:
- Convert to a newbus device, this removes the xs_dev_init function.
xen/xenstore/xenstore_internal.h:
- Remove xs_dev_init prototype.
dev/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c:
- Don't call xs_dev_init anymore, the device will attach itself when
xenstore is started.
The xenstore related devices in the kernel cannot be started until
xenstored is running, which will happen later in the Dom0 case. If
start_info_t doesn't contain a valid xenstore event channel, defer all
xenstore related devices attachment to later.
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
dev/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c:
- Prevent xenstore from trying to attach it's descendant devices if
xenstore is not initialized.
- Add a callback in the xenstore interrupt filter that will trigger
the plug of xenstore descendant devices on the first received
interrupt. This interrupt is generated when xenstored attaches to
the event channel, and serves as a notification that xenstored is
running.
Move xenstore related devices (xenstore.c and xenstore_dev.c) from
xen/xenstore to dev/xen/xenstore. This is just code motion, no
functional changes.
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
This is done so we can prevent the Xen Balloon driver from attaching
before xenstore is setup.
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
dev/xen/balloon/balloon.c:
- Make xen balloon a driver that depends on xenstore.
This patch adds support for MSI interrupts when running on Xen. Apart
from adding the Xen related code needed in order to register MSI
interrupts this patch also makes the msi_init function a hook in
init_ops, so different MSI implementations can have different
initialization functions.
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
xen/interface/physdev.h:
- Add the MAP_PIRQ_TYPE_MULTI_MSI to map multi-vector MSI to the Xen
public interface.
x86/include/init.h:
- Add a hook for setting custom msi_init methods.
amd64/amd64/machdep.c:
i386/i386/machdep.c:
- Set the default msi_init hook to point to the native MSI
initialization method.
x86/xen/pv.c:
- Set the Xen MSI init hook when running as a Xen guest.
x86/x86/local_apic.c:
- Call the msi_init hook instead of directly calling msi_init.
xen/xen_intr.h:
x86/xen/xen_intr.c:
- Introduce support for registering/releasing MSI interrupts with
Xen.
- The MSI interrupts will use the same PIC as the IO APIC interrupts.
xen/xen_msi.h:
x86/xen/xen_msi.c:
- Introduce a Xen MSI implementation.
x86/xen/xen_nexus.c:
- Overwrite the default MSI hooks in the Xen Nexus to use the Xen MSI
implementation.
x86/xen/xen_pci.c:
- Introduce a Xen specific PCI bus that inherits from the ACPI PCI
bus and overwrites the native MSI methods.
- This is needed because when running under Xen the MSI messages used
to configure MSI interrupts on PCI devices are written by Xen
itself.
dev/acpica/acpi_pci.c:
- Lower the quality of the ACPI PCI bus so the newly introduced Xen
PCI bus can take over when needed.
conf/files.i386:
conf/files.amd64:
- Add the newly created files to the build process.
This switches code to using xpt_scan() routine, irrelevant to locking.
Using xpt_action() directly requires knowledge about higher level locks,
that SIM does not need to have.
This code is obsoleted, but that is not a reason to crash.
MFC after: 3 days
These variants have a few differences from the default AR9485 NIC,
namely:
* a non-default antenna switch config;
* slightly different RX gain table setup;
* an external XLNA hooked up to a GPIO pin;
* (and not yet done) RSSI threshold differences when
doing slow diversity.
To make this possible:
* Add the PCI device list from Linux ath9k, complete with vendor and
sub-vendor IDs for various things to be enabled;
* .. and until FreeBSD learns about a PCI device list like this,
write a search function inspired by the USB device enumeration code;
* add HAL_OPS_CONFIG to the HAL attach methods; the HAL can use this
to initialise its local driver parameters upon attach;
* copy these parameters over in the AR9300 HAL;
* don't default to override the antenna switch - only do it for
the chips that require it;
* I brought over ar9300_attenuation_apply() from ath9k which is cleaner
and easier to read for this particular NIC.
This is a work in progress. I'm worried that there's some post-AR9380
NIC out there which doesn't work without the antenna override set as
I currently haven't implemented bluetooth coexistence for the AR9380
and later HAL. But I'd rather have this code in the tree and fix it
up before 11.0-RELEASE happens versus having a set of newer NICs
in laptops be effectively RX deaf.
Tested:
* AR9380 (STA)
* AR9485 CUS198 (STA)
Obtained from: Qualcomm Atheros, Linux ath9k
In some code that is shared between the ixl(4) and ixlv(4) drivers,
a macro hard-coded a register offset that was not valid on ixlv devices.
Fix this by having each driver define a variable that contains the correct
offset.
Reviewed by: Eric Joyner <ricera10 AT gmail.com>
MFC after: 3 days
Sponsored by: Sandvine Inc
Previously it was possible for issues e.g. use after free, to result
from processing the done queue while not holding the channel lock.
While this should never happen in practice, unexpected code flows
which result in two threads processing from the same queue may
be possible.
We now use a local STAILQ to prevent this ever being an issue.
Sponsored by: Multiplay
Do not pass wrong alignment value to fwdma_malloc_multiseg and ultimately
to contigalloc. In addition to being wrong, this causes insta-panic in
certain cases due to safety assertion - the alignment is required to be
the power of two and the value we calculate here seldom is.
MFC after: 1 month
Commit my version of style(9) pass over the firewire code. Now that
other people have started changing the code carrying this is as a
local patch is not longer a viable option.
MFC after: 1 month
available before any uppper layer driver (TOE, iWARP, or iSCSI)
registers with the base cxgbe(4) driver.
Submitted by: Hariprasad at chelsio dot com
Reviewed by: np@
- Do not set if_collisions on interrupt, read them in ti_get_counter().
- Add missing bus_dmamap_sync(BUS_DMASYNC_PREREAD) in ti_ioctl2(). [1]
Submitted by: mav [1]
- Use bus_*() instead of bus_space_*().
- Use device_printf().
- Remove unused global variables and the extra warning suppression
they required.
- Use callout() instead of timeout().
Reviewed by: se
node's interrupts=<...> property creating resource list entries with a
single common implementation. This change makes ofw_bus_intr_to_rl() the
one true copy of that code and removes the copies of it from other places.
This also adds handling of the interrupts-extended property, which allows
specifying multiple interrupts for a node where each interrupt can have a
separate interrupt-parent. The bindings for this state that the property
cells contain an xref phandle to the interrupt parent followed by whatever
interrupt info that parent normally expects. This leads to having a
variable number of icells per interrupt in the property. For example you
could have <&intc1 1 &intc2 26 9 0 &intc3 9 4>.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D803
but taken from hardware.
- Mechanically convert to if_inc_counter() the rest of counters.
- While here fix 3 instances of the same bug, when error counter was ++
in one place and then assigned in other place, losing the increment.
Achieve that storing soft errors counters in softc.
that the driver is not going to be ever improved in terms of hardware
support, it is going to be only maintained as our kernel APIs change.
Carrying all the compatibility with ancient versions of NetBSD, OpenBSD,
Linux and BSDI, as well as obsoleted FreeBSD versions has no reason.
addresses. (The chip doesn't really care, it's just that it needs to be
told explicitly if unicast DMACs are checked for "hits" in the hash that
is used after the TCAM entries are all used up).
Summary:
Add the beginnings of multipass suspend/resume, by introducing
BUS_SUSPEND_CHILD/BUS_RESUME_CHILD, and move the PCI driver to this.
Reviewers: jhb
Reviewed By: jhb
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D590
1. changed the code so that 2**16 keys are supported
2. changed the number of possible fans in a system from 2 to 6
3. added write support for some fan sysctls
4. added a new sysctl which shows the ID of the fan
5. added four more apple models with their temperature keys
6. changed the maxnumber of temperature keys from 36 to 80
7. replaced several fixed buf sizes to sizeof buf
Obtained from: Denis Ahrens denis at h3q.com
MFC after: 4 weeks
The current TSO limitation feature only takes the total number of
bytes in an mbuf chain into account and does not limit by the number
of mbufs in a chain. Some kinds of hardware is limited by two
factors. One is the fragment length and the second is the fragment
count. Both of these limits need to be taken into account when doing
TSO. Else some kinds of hardware might have to drop completely valid
mbuf chains because they cannot loaded into the given hardware's DMA
engine. The new way of doing TSO limitation has been made backwards
compatible as input from other FreeBSD developers and will use
defaults for values not set.
Reviewed by: adrian, rmacklem
Sponsored by: Mellanox Technologies
MFC after: 1 week
The original code was .. well, slightly more than incorrect.
It showed up as stalled RX queues if the NIC needed to be frequently
reinitialised (eg during scans.)
This is inspired by work done by Matt Dillon over at the DragonflyBSD
project.
So:
* track when EDMA RX has been stopped and when the MAC has been reset;
* re-initialise the ring only after a reset;
* track whether RX has been stopped/started - just for debugging now;
* don't bother with the RX EOL stuff for EDMA - we don't need the
interrupt at all. We also don't need to disable/enable the interrupt
or start DMA - once new frames are pushed into the ring via the
normal RX path, it'll just restart RX DMA on its own.
Tested:
* AR9380, STA mode
* AR9380, AP mode
* AR9485, STA mode
* AR9462, STA mode
It's now possible to scroll up the 500 hard-coded lines of history, not
just a fraction of them. For instance, one can reach the top of the boot
process.
Sometimes, when scrolling or when changing the screen size (by changing
the font or loading a KMS driver for instance), one could see the
history cycling (old content appeared below latest lines). This is
fixed.
Now, when the resolution changes are more lines can be shown, the
displayed area is adjusted so that, if the screen was filled with
content before, it's filled with content after as well: more history
is visible, instead of having blank lines below the previously visible
content.
MFC after: 3 days
struct ifnet if_oqdrops.
Some netgraph modules used ifqueue w/o ifnet. Accounting of queue drops
is simply removed from them. There were no API to read this statistic.
Sponsored by: Netflix
Sponsored by: Nginx, Inc.
Rather than #define-ing common code function calls to OS-dependent
ones, make the osdep versions match the common code expectations,
adjust the FreeBSD specific code to use those, and remove the
#defines.
In the FreeBSD specific code, use "i40e_mem_reserved" for the
now expected but unused argument to i40e_allocate_dma_mem().
Reviewed by: gnn, eric.joyner intel.com
MFC after: 3 days
- Do not accumulate statistics on every tick.
- Accumulate statistics in vtnet_setup_stat_sysctl()
and in vtnet_get_counter().
Sponsored by: Netflix
Sponsored by: Nginx, Inc.
double-free mbufs.
Like ixgbe(4) chipsets, EOP is only set on the final descriptor
in a chain of descriptors. So, to free the whole list of descriptors,
we should free the current slot _and_ the assembled list of descriptors
that make up the fragment list.
The existing code was setting discard once it saw EOP + an error status;
it then freed all the subsequent descriptors until the next EOP. That's
totally the wrong order.
- Do not ever set a counter to a value. For those counters
that we don't increment, but return directly from hardware
create cases in if_get_counter() method.
Sponsored by: Netflix
Sponsored by: Nginx, Inc.
with mbufs normally called *m in one place), rename the function
arguments to "mem".
This is a non-functional change.
Reviewed by: gnn, eric.joyner intel.com
MFC after: 3 days
In the current implementation, the isp_kthread() threads never exit.
The target threads do have an exit mode from isp_attach(), but it is
not invoked from isp_detach().
Ensure isp_detach() notifies threads started for each channel, such
that they exit before their parent device softc detaches, and thus
before the module does. Otherwise, a page fault panic occurs later in:
sysctl_kern_proc
sysctl_out_proc
kern_proc_out
fill_kinfo_proc
fill_kinfo_thread
strlcpy(kp->ki_wmesg, td->td_wmesg, sizeof(kp->ki_wmesg));
For isp_kthread() (and isp(4) target threads), td->td_wmesg references
now-unmapped memory after the module has been unloaded. These threads
are typically msleep()ing at the time of unload, but they could also
attempt to execute now-unmapped code segments.
MFC after: 1 month
Sponsored by: Spectra Logic
MFSpectraBSD: r1070921 on 2014/06/22 13:01:17
This feature is required by Mesa 9.2+. Without this, a GL application
crashes with the following message:
# glxinfo
name of display: :0.0
Gen6+ requires Kernel 3.6 or later.
Assertion failed: (ctx->Version > 0), function handle_first_current,
file ../../src/mesa/main/context.c, line 1498.
Abort (core dumped)
Now, Mesa 10.2.4 and 10.3-rc3 works fine:
# glxinfo
name of display: :0
display: :0 screen: 0
direct rendering: Yes
...
OpenGL renderer string: Mesa DRI Intel(R) 965GM
OpenGL version string: 2.1 Mesa 10.2.4
...
The code was imported from Linux 3.8.13.
Reviewed by: kib@
Tested by: kwm@, danfe@, Henry Hu,
Lundberg, Johannes <johannes@brilliantservice.co.jp>,
Johannes Dieterich <dieterich.joh@gmail.com>,
Lutz Bichler <lutz.bichler@gmail.com>,
MFC after: 3 days
Relnotes: yes
in r263741. At least with CTL (slightly modified to report SPC2) there
is still some problem: it doesn't seem to find LUNs higher than 7.
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
commit 8bd88585ed8e3f7def0d780a1bc30d96fe642b9c
Rework atse_rx_cycles handling: count packets instead of fills, and use the
limit only when polling, not when in interrupt mode. Otherwise, we may
stop reading the FIFO midpacket and clear the event mask even though the
FIFO still has data to read, which could stall receive when a large packet
arrives. Add a comment about races in the Altera FIFO interface: we may
need to do a little more work to handle races than we are.
commit 20b39086cc612f8874dc9e6ef4c0c2eb777ba92a
Use 'sizeof(data)' rather than '4' when checking an mbuf bound, as is the
case for adjusting length/etc.
commit e18953174a265f40e9ba60d76af7d288927f5382
Break out atse_intr() into two separate routines, one for each of the two
interrupt sources: receive and transmit.
commit 6deedb43246ab3f9f597918361831fbab7fac4ce
For the RX interrupt, take interest only in ALMOSTEMPTY and OVERFLOW.
For the TX interrupt, take interest only in ALMOSTFULL and UNDERFLOW.
Perform TX atse_start_locked() once rather than twice in TX interrupt
handling -- and only if !FULL, rather than unconditionally.
commit 12601972ba08d4380201a74f5b967bdaeb23092c
Experimentation suggests that the Altera Triple-Speed Ethernet documentation
is incorrect and bits in the event and interrupt-enable registers are not
irrationally rearranged relative to the status register.
commit 3cff2ffad769289fce3a728152e7be09405385d8
Substantially rework interrupt handling in the atse(4) driver:
- Introduce a new macro ATSE_TX_PENDING() which checks whether there is
any pending data to transmit, either in an in-progress packet or in
the TX queue.
- Introduce new ATSE_RX_STATUS_READ() and ATSE_TX_STAUTS_WRITE() macros
that query the FIFO status registers rather than event registers,
offering level- rather than edge-triggered FIFO conditions.
- For RX, interrupt only on full/overflow/underflow; for TX, interrupt
only on empty/overflow/underflow.
- Add new ATSE_RX_INTR_READ() and ATSE_RX_INTR_WRITE() macros useful for
debugging interrupt behaviour.
- Add a debug.atse_intr_debug_enable sysctl that causes various pieces
of FIFO state to be printed out on each RX or TX interrupt. This is
disabled by default but good to turn on if the interface appears to
wedge. Also print debugging information when polling.
- In the watchdog handler, do receive, not just transmit, processing, to
ensure that the rx, not just tx, queue is being handled -- and, in
particular, will be drained such that interrupts can resume.
- Rework both atse_rx_intr() and atse_tx_intr() to eliminate many race
conditions, and add comments on why various things are in various
orders. Interactions between modifications to the event and interrupt
masks are quite subtle indeed, and we must actively check for a number
of races (e.g., event mask cleared; packet arrives; interrupts enabled).
We also now use the status registers rather than event registers for
FIFO status checks to avoid other races; we continue to use event
registers for underflow/overflow.
With this change, interrupt-driven operation of atse appears (for the
time being) robust.
commit 3393bbff5c68a4e61699f9b4a62af5d2a5f918f8
atse: Fix build after 3cff2ffa
Obtained from: cheribsd
Submitted by: rwatson, emaste
Sponsored by: DARPA/AFRL
MFC after: 3 days
fmp->buf at the free point is already part of the chain being freed,
so double-freeing is counter-productive.
Submitted by: Marc De La Gueronniere <mdelagueronniere@verisign.com>
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Verisign, Inc.
This allows the NIC to drop frames on the receive queue and not
cause the MAC to block on receiving to _any_ queue.
Tested:
igb0@pci0:5:0:0: class=0x020000 card=0x152115d9 chip=0x15218086 rev=0x01 hdr=0x00
vendor = 'Intel Corporation'
device = 'I350 Gigabit Network Connection'
class = network
subclass = ethernet
Discussed with: Eric Joyner <eric.joyner@intel.com>
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Norse Corp, Inc.
spaces, rather than a split address, we actually can't check for being within
the kernel's address range. Instead, do what other backtraces do, and use
trapexit()/asttrapexit() as the stack sentinel.
MFC after: 3 weeks
The current TSO limitation feature only takes the total number of
bytes in an mbuf chain into account and does not limit by the number
of mbufs in a chain. Some kinds of hardware is limited by two
factors. One is the fragment length and the second is the fragment
count. Both of these limits need to be taken into account when doing
TSO. Else some kinds of hardware might have to drop completely valid
mbuf chains because they cannot loaded into the given hardware's DMA
engine. The new way of doing TSO limitation has been made backwards
compatible as input from other FreeBSD developers and will use
defaults for values not set.
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Mellanox Technologies
many thanks for their continued support of FreeBSD.
While I'm there, also implement a new build knob, WITHOUT_HYPERV to
disable building and installing of the HyperV utilities when necessary.
The HyperV utilities are only built for i386 and amd64 targets.
This is a stable/10 candidate for inclusion with 10.1-RELEASE.
Submitted by: Wei Hu <weh microsoft com>
MFC after: 1 week
Huawei. It might appear as if the firmware is allocating memory blocks
according to the USB transfer size and if there is initially a lot of
data, like at the answering machine prompt, it simply dies without any
apparent reason. The simple workaround for this is to force a zero
length packet at hardware level after every 512 bytes of data. This
will force the other side to use smaller memory blocks aswell.
MFC after: 1 week
an mbuf's storage (internal or external).
Add a new M_SIZE() mbuf macro that returns the size of an mbuf's
storage (internal or external).
These contrast with m_data and m_len, which are with respect to data
in the buffer, rather than the buffer itself.
Rewrite M_LEADINGSPACE() and M_TRAILINGSPACE() in terms of M_START()
and M_SIZE().
This is done as we currently have many instances of using mbuf flags
to generate pointers or lengths for internal storage in header and
regular mbufs, as well as to external storage. Rather than replicate
this logic throughout the network stack, centralising the
implementation will make it easier for us to refine mbuf storage.
This should also help reduce bugs by limiting the amount of
mbuf-type-specific pointer arithmetic. Followup changes will
propagate use of the macros throughout the stack.
M_SIZE() conflicts with one macro in the Chelsio driver; rename that
macro in a slightly unsatisfying way to eliminate the collision.
MFC after: 3 days
Obtained from: jeff (with enhancements)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Reviewed by: bz, glebius, np
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D753
reboot/halt/debug.
o Add support for most key combinations supported by syscons(4).
Reviewed by: dumbbell, emaste (prev revision of D747)
MFC after: 5 days
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
device drivers with calls to the centralised m_print() implementation.
While the formatting and output details differ a little, the content
is essentially the same, and it is unlikely anyone has used this
debugging output in some time.
This change reduces awareness of mbuf cluster allocation (and,
especially, the M_EXT flag) outside of the mbuf allocator, which will
make it easier to refine the external storage mechanism without
disrupting drivers in the future.
Style bugs are preserved.
Reviewed by: bz, glebius
MFC after: 3 days
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
The nmdm code enforces a number between the 'nmdm' and 'A|B' portions
of the device name. This is then used as a unit number, and sprintf'd
back into the tty name. If leading zeros were used in the name,
the created device name is different than the string used for the
clone-open (e.g. /dev/nmdm0001A will result in /dev/nmdm1A).
Since unit numbers are no longer required with the updated tty
code, there seems to be no reason to force the string to be a
number. The fix is to allow an arbitrary string between
'nmdm' and 'A|B', within the constraints of devfs names. This allows
all existing user of numeric strings to continue to work, and also
allows more meaningful names to be used, such as bhyve VM names.
Tested on amd64, i386 and ppc64.
Reported by: Dave Smith
PR: 192281
Reviewed by: neel, glebius
Phabric: D729
MFC after: 3 days
This fixes a bug where scroll lock would not work for tty #0 when using
vt_vga's textmode. The reason was that this window is created with a
static 256x100 buffer, larger than the real size of 80x25.
Now, in vt_change_font() and vt_compute_drawable_area(), we still
perform operations even of the window has no font loaded (this is the
case in textmode here vw->vw_font == NULL). One of these operation
resizes the buffer accordingly.
In vt_compute_drawable_area(), we take the terminal size as is (ie.
80x25) for the drawable area.
The font argument to vt_set_border() is removed (it was never used) and
the code now uses the computed drawable area instead of re-doing its own
calculation.
Reported by: Harald Schmalzbauer <h.schmalzbauer_omnilan.de>
Tested by: Harald Schmalzbauer <h.schmalzbauer_omnilan.de>
MFC after: 3 days
The rules turn out to be:
* for non-aggregation session TX queues - it's either sent or not sent.
* for aggregation session TX queues - if nframes=1, then the status reflects
the completed transmission.
* however, for nframes > 1, then this is just a status reflecting what
the initial transmission did. The compressed BA (immediate or delayed)
may not have yet been received, so the actual frame status is in the
compressed BA updates.
Whilst here, I fiddled with debugging and formatting a bit.
There's also RTS attempts (what the atheros chips call "short retries")
which weren't being logged and they aren't yet being used in the rate
control statistics updates. For now, at least log them.
TODO:
* This still isn't 100% correct! So I have to tinker with this some more.
(The failures aren't always failures..)
* Extend the rate control API in net80211 so it can take both short and
long retry counts.
Tested:
* Intel 5100, STA mode
The (eventual) intention is to create MIB counters for transmitted
frame completion to count how many packets with each status are
transmitted.
Note the difference between A-MPDU and non A-MPDU status.
Obtained from: Linux iwlwifi/dvm driver
For controllers with only one port (like PCIe or M.2 SSDs) interrupt can
come from only one source, and skipping read saves few percents of CPU time.
MFC after: 1 month
H/W donated by: I/O Switch
an entry in the xref list if one doesn't already exist for the given handle.
On a system that uses phandle properties, the init-time scan of the tree
which builds the xref list will pre-create entries for every xref handle
that exists in the data. On systems where the xref and node handles are
synonymous there is no phandle property in referenced nodes, and the xref
list will initialize to an empty state. In the latter case, we still need
to be able to associate a device_t with an xref handle, so we create list
entries on the fly as needed. Since the node and xref handles are
synonymous, we have all the info needed to create a list entry at device
registration time.
The downside to this change is that it basically allows on the fly creation
of xref handles as synonyms of node handles, and the association of a
device_t with them. Whether this is a bug or a feature is in the eye of
the beholder, I guess.
resume that is a superset of a pcb. Move the FPU state out of the pcb and
into this new structure. As part of this, move the FPU resume code on
amd64 into a C function. This allows resumectx() to still operate only on
a pcb and more closely mirrors the i386 code.
Reviewed by: kib (earlier version)
for the node. The default routine returns the untranslated handle, which
is sometimes useful, but sometimes you really need to know there's no
entry in the xref<->node<->device translation table.
I gave up to update list of Marvell chips that require this quirk.
The final nail was growing number of PCIe/M.2 SSDs where Marvell chips
have PCI IDs of different vendors.
MFC after: 1 week
H/W donated by: I/O Switch
PCI IDs into quirks, which mostly fit (though you'd get no argument
from me that AHCI_Q_SATA1_UNIT0 is oddly specific). Set these quirks
in the PCI attachment. Make some shared functions public so that PCI
and possibly other bus attachments can use them.
The split isn't perfect yet, but it is functional. The split will be
perfected as other bus attachments for AHCI are written.
Sponsored by: Netflix
Reviewed by: kan, mav
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D699
Current busdma code for unmapped bios will not properly align the segment
size, causing corruption on blkfront devices. Revert the commit until
busdma code is fixed.
Reported by: mav
MFC after: 1 day
- miibus fixes as suggested by Yonghyeon Pyun.
- enable VLAN MTU support.
- fix a few WITNESS complaints in cgem_attach().
- have cgem_attach() properly init the ifnet struct before calling
mii_attach() to fix panic when using e1000phy.
- fix ethernet address changing.
- fix transmit queue overflow handling.
- tweak receive queue handling to reduce receive overflows.
- bring out MAC statistic counters to sysctls.
- add e1000phy to config file.
- implement receive hang work-around described in reference guide.
- change device name from if_cgem to cgem to be consistent with other
interfaces.
Submitted by: Thomas Skibo <ThomasSkibo@sbcglobal.net>
Reviewed by: wkoszek, Yonghyeon PYUN <pyunyh@gmail.com>
This happen when converting any JBOD to RAID or creating
any new RAID from Unconfigured Drives.
Without this fix, user may see below call trace if WITNESS is enabled.
witness_warn() at witness_warn+0x4b5/frame 0xfffffe011f929a00
uma_zalloc_arg() at uma_zalloc_arg+0x3b/frame 0xfffffe011f929a70
malloc() at malloc+0x192/frame 0xfffffe011f929ac0
mrsas_bus_scan_sim() at mrsas_bus_scan_sim+0x32/frame 0xfffffe011f929af0
mrsas_aen_handler() at mrsas_aen_handler+0x11c/frame 0xfffffe011f929b20
taskqueue_run_locked() at taskqueue_run_locked+0xf0/frame 0xfffffe011f929b80
taskqueue_thread_loop() at taskqueue_thread_loop+0x9b/frame 0xfffffe011f929bb0
fork_exit() at fork_exit+0x84/frame 0xfffffe011f929bf0
fork_trampoline() at fork_trampoline+0xe/frame 0xfffffe011f929bf0
Submitted by: kadesai
Reviewed by: ambrisko
MFC after: 3 days
in the clocks=<...> properties of their FDT data. The clock properties
consist of 2-cell tuples, each containing a clock device node reference and
a clock number. A clock device driver can register itself as providing
this interface, then other drivers can turn the FDT clock node reference
into the corresponding device_t so that they can use the interface to query
and manipulate their clocks.
This provides convenience functions to enable or disable all the clocks
listed in the properties for a device, so most drivers will be able to
manage their clocks with a single call to fdt_clock_enable_all(dev).
xref handle, and for registering that association. Also use the same data
for faster translations between node and xref handles.
Now when fdt properties contain &othernode references, a driver can find
the device instance that corresponds to &othernode, and thus can use
interfaces provided by that instance.
Reviewed by: nwhitehorn
- Static'ize sdhci_debug local to sdhci.c.
- Const'ify PCI device description strings.
- Nuke redundant resource ID members from sdhci_pci_softc.
- Nuke unused hw.sdhci_pci.debug tunable.
- Add support for using MSI instead of INTx, controllable via the tunable
hw.sdhci.enable_msi (defaulting to on) and tested with a RICOH R5CE823 SD
controller.
- Use NULL instead of 0 for pointers.
MFC after: 3 days
and keep both converted to drvapi and non-converted drivers
compilable.
o Make if_t typedef to struct ifnet *.
o Remove shim functions.
Sponsored by: Netflix
Sponsored by: Nginx, Inc.
initializing 16. Initialize all 20 so we don't send garbage in the
Auxiliary register. The SATA standard mandates a 5 dword length for
the Host to Device FIS.
Sponsored by: Netflix
announce the change on the vap's ifnet instead of the main ifnet. This
matches the behavior of other wireless drivers in the tree and allows the
default devd configuration to correctly start dhclient automatically after
an ndis wireless device associates.
MFC after: 2 weeks
* Convert ixgbe to use this ioctl
* Convert ifconfig to use generic i2c handler for "ix" interfaces.
Approved by: Eric Joyner (ixgbe part)
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: Yandex LLC
extension. Provide prototypes for the actual implementations.
Correct function arguments to match the implementations.
MFC after: 3 days
X-MFC with: r270755
and code to make the code compile.
Give the function seems to be slightly mixed with csum and tso,
make it non-fatal if we try to setup thing on a kernel without IP
support. In practise the printf on the console will probably still
make your machine unhappy.
MFC after: 3 days
X-MFC with: r270755
In general theraven is right that we should factr this out and provide
a general and per-arch implementation that everything can use.
MFC after: 3 days
X-MFC with: r270755
- use proper __FreeBSD_version check and more importantly check for __am64__
to be defined. Whether the FreeBSD(_version) checks are needed is a
different question.
- cast uint64_t to uintmax_t and use %jx for printing.
Note: there are more values that could be printed in that status function
but leave that for the future; printf doesn't seem to be the right
way to do it anyway.
Note: there is more breakage related to i40e_allocate_dma*() having
conflicting declarations, so more fixes to come.
PR: 193112
MFC after: 3 days
X-MFC with: r270755
Fix missing includes and invalid vars in ixl / ixlv driver added by r270346
which caused build failures for GENERIC kernel after it was made default
by r270755.
X-MFC-With: r270346 / r270755
Sponsored by: Multiplay
but has some retries.
Without this, single frame transmission in AMPDU will always look like
it succeeded fine, and thus AMRR will think it's totally fine to just
keep upping the rate upwards.
Now, this is still not quite right! For multi-frame aggregates the
completion happens in two parts - the TX done and the BA received.
The driver is currently double accounting those a little - there's no
way to say to the rate control code "I completed X frames, Y worked fine,
there were Z retries." And it's a bit odd with iwn, as the firmware
retransmits frames for us so we don't get to see how many retransmits
happened; only that it took longer than normal. I may have to extend
the rate control API to properly track that.
So this may keep the rate lower than it should be, but that's better
than keeping it higher than it should be.
Tested:
* 5100, STA mode
in preparation for the 5300 3x3 NIC.
During this particular adventure, I did indeed discover that a whole
swath of things made little to no sense.
Those included, and are fixed here:
* A lot of the antenna configuration bits assume the NIC has two receive
chains. That's blatantly untrue for NICs that don't.
* There was some disconnect between the antenna configuration when
forming a PLCP rate DWORD (which includes the transmit antenna
configuration), separate to the link quality antenna configuration.
So now there's helper functions to return which antenna configurations
to use and those are used wherever an antenna config is required.
* The 5300 does up to three stream TX/RX (so MCS0->23), however
the link quality table has only 16 slots. This means all of the
rate entries are .. well, dual-stream rates. If this is the case,
the "last MIMO" parameter can't be 16 or it panics the firmware.
Set it to 15.
* .. and since yes it has 16 slots, it only would try retransmitting
from MCS8->MCS23, which can be quite .. terrible. Hard-code the last
two retry slots to be the lowest configured rate.
* I noticed some transmit configuration command stuff is different
based on firmware API version, so I lifted that code from Linux.
* Add / augment some more logging to make it easier to capture this
stuff.
Now, 3x3 is still terrible because the link quality configuration is
plainly not good enough. I'll have to think about that.
However, the original goal of this - 3x3 operation on the Intel
5300 NIC - actually worked.
There are also rate control bugs in the way this driver handles
notifying the net80211 rate control code when AMPDU is enabled.
It always steps the rate up to the maximum rate possible - and
this eventually ends in much sadness. I'll fix that later.
As a side note - 2GHz HT40 now works on all the NICs I have tested.
As a second side note - this exposed some bad 3x3 behaviour in
the ath(4) rate control code where it starts off at a 3-stream rate
and doesn't downgrade quickly enough. This makes the initial
dhcp exchange take a long time. I'll fix the ath(4) rate code
to start at a low fixed 1x1 MCS rate and step up if everything
works out.
Tested:
* Intel 2200
* Intel 2230
* Intel 5300
* Intel 5100
* Intel 6205
* Intel 100
TODO:
* Test the other NICs more thoroughly!
Thank you to Michael Kosarev <russiane39@gmail.com> for donating the
Intel 5300 NIC and pestering me about it since last year to try and
make it all work.
There were two issues:
1. The area given to vt_is_cursor_in_area() was adding the drawable
area offset, something already handled by this function.
2. The cursor was shifted on the screen by the offset of this area
and thus was misplaced or not erased. Furthermore, when reaching
the bottom or right borders, the cursor was either totally
removed or not erased correctly.
MFC after: 1 week
hardware driver update from Mellanox Technologies.
- Remove empty files from the OFED Linux Emulation layer.
- Fix compile warnings related to printf() and the "%lld" and "%llx"
format specifiers.
- Add some missing 2-clause BSD copyrights.
- Add "Mellanox Technologies, Ltd." to list of copyright holders.
- Add some new compatibility files.
- Fix order of uninit in the mlx4ib module to avoid crash at unload
using the new module_exit_order() function.
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Mellanox Technologies
The timer is restarted whenever a window buffer is marked as dirty or
the mouse cursor moves.
There's still room for improvement. For instance, we should not mark a
window buffer as dirty when this window isn't displayed.
Review: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D683
Reviewed by: ray@
Approved by: ray@
MFC after: 1 week
If DDB is active, we can't use a taskqueue thread to switch away from
the X window, because this thread can't run.
Reviewed by: ray@
Approved by: ray@
MFC after: 1 week
They are used when a panic occurs or when entering a DDB session for
instance.
cngrab() forces a vt-switch to the console window, no matter if the
original window is another terminal or an X session. However, cnungrab()
doesn't vt-switch back to the original window currently.
MFC after: 1 week
With the current implementation, this allows an X11 server to tell
the console it switches a particular window in "graphics mode". This
information is used by the mouse handling code to ignore sysmouse events
in the window taken by the X server: only him should receive those
events.
Reported by: flo@, glebius@, kan@
Tested by: flo@
Reviewed by: kan@
MFC after: 1 week
... not just the visible part.
This fixes a bug where, when switching from eg. vt_vga to vt_fb (ie. the
resolution goes up), the originally hidden, uninitialized area of the
buffer is displayed on the screen. This leads to a missing text cursor
when it's over an unitialized area.
This was also visible when selecting text: the uninitialized area was
not highlighted.
Internally, this area was zeroed: characters were all 0x00000000,
meaning the foreground and background color was black. Now, everything
is filled with a space with a gray foreground color, like the visible
area.
While here, remove the check for the mute flag and always use
TERMINAL_NORM_ATTR as the character attribute (ie. gray foreground,
black background).
MFC after: 1 week
This allows backends to verify they do not draw outside of this area.
This fixes a bug in vt_vga where the text was happily drawn over the
right and bottom margins, when using the Gallant font.
MFC after: 1 week
... not the whole screen. Don't use font offsets in
vt_mark_mouse_position_as_dirty().
This fixes a bug where the mouse position wasn't marked as dirty when
approaching the borders of the drawn area.
MFC after: 1 week
This fixes a "General protection fault" in vt_vga, where
vt_is_cursor_in_area() erroneously reported that the cursor was over the
text. This led to negative integers stored in "unsigned int" and chaos.
MFC after: 1 week
add opregion handling for drm2 - which exposes some ACPI video configuration
pieces that some Lenovo laptop models use to flesh out which video device
to speak to. This enables the brightness control in ACPI to work these models.
The CADL bits are also important - it's used to figure out which ACPI
events to hook the brightness buttons into. It doesn't yet seem to work
for me, but it does for the OP.
Tested:
* Lenovo X230 (mine)
* OP: ASUS UX51VZ
PR: 190186
Submitted by: Henry Hu <henry.hu.sh@gmail.com>
Reviewed by: dumbbell
It's replaced by vd_bitblt_text_t, which gives more context to the
backend and allows it to perform more efficiently when redrawing a given
area.
MFC after: 1 week
to get upset.
The Qualcomm Atheros reference design code goes through significant
hacks to shut down RX before TX. It doesn't even try do do it in the
driver - it actually makes the DMA stop routines in the HAL shut down
RX before shutting down TX.
So, to make this work for chips that aren't the AR9380 and later, do
it in the driver. Shuffle the TX stop/drain HAL calls to be called
*after* the RX stop HAL call.
Tested:
* AR5413 (STA)
* AR5212 (STA)
* AR5416 (STA)
* AR9380 (STA)
* AR9331 (AP)
* AR9341 (AP)
TODO:
* test ar92xx series NIC and the AR5210/AR5211, in case there's something
even odder about those.
There were situations where the cursor was not erased/redrawn or its
position was marked as dirty even though it's not displayed. The code is
now more straightforward.
At the same, add a function to determine if the cursor covers a given
area. This is used by backends to know if they need to draw the cursor.
This new function should be paired with a new state in struct vt_device,
called vd_mshown, which indicates if the cursor should be displayed.
This again simplifies vd_bitblt_text_t callback's API.
MFC after: 1 week
In textmode, no font is loaded, thus the page fault in
vt_mark_mouse_position_as_dirty() when it wants the font width/height.
For now, create a fake area for the textmode. This needs to be modified
if vt_vga gains mouse support in textmode.
While here, fix a build failure when SC_NO_CUTPASTE is defined:
vt_mark_mouse_position_as_dirty() must not be included in this case.
MFC after: 1 week
This fixes a bug where vga_get_cp437() was called with an invalid
argument. The screen was then filled with '?' instead of the actual
character.
MFC after: 1 week
v1.0.1 2014-8-19
* Do not retry the command and reset the disk when failed to enable or
disable spin up feature.
* Fix up a bug that disk failed to probe if driver failed to access the
10th LBA.
* Fix a bug that request timeout but it has been completed in certain
cases.
* Support smartmontool for R750.
Many thanks to HighPoint for continued support of FreeBSD!
MFC after: 3 days
- It was decided to change the driver name to if_ixl for FreeBSD
- This release adds the VF Driver to the tree, it can be built into
the kernel or as the if_ixlv module
- The VF driver is independent for the first time, this will be
desireable when full SRIOV capability is added to the OS.
- Thanks to my new coworker Eric Joyner for his superb work in
both the core and vf driver code.
Enjoy everyone!
Submitted by: jack.vogel@intel.com and eric.joyner@intel.com
MFC after: 3 days (hoping to make 10.1)
After some testing, it appears that acquiring the lock once and keeping
it longer is slower than taking it multiple times.
While here, fix a typo in another comment.
MFC after: 1 week
Fix some frees incorrectly assigned to M_XENBUS when the memory is
allocated with M_XENSTORE.
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
MFC after: 1 week
dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c:
- Fix incorrect frees.
The previous global offset, based on the last loaded font, had no
meaning for other windows. This caused a shifted text area, often partly
out-of-screen.
MFC after: 1 week
This patch contains the following fixes for netback:
- Only unbind the evtchn if it has been bound.
- Set xnb->bridge to NULL after free to prevent double-freeing it.
- Set the MAC address for the host-facing interface to a dummy value.
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
dev/xen/netback/netback.c:
- Prevent trying to unbind if the evtchn has not been bounded.
- Prevent double-freeing xnb->bridge.
- Set the MAC address of the host-facing interface to a dummy value,
so it can work when the interface is added to a bridge.
This is needed so when running under Xen the calls to pci_child_added
can be intercepted and a custom Xen method can be used to register
those devices with Xen. This should not include any functional
change, since the Xen implementation will be added in a following
patch and the native implementation is a noop.
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
Reviewed by: jhb
dev/pci/pci.c:
dev/pci/pci_if.m:
dev/pci/pci_private.h:
dev/pci/pcivar.h:
- Add the pci_child_added newbus method.
This fixes a bug when two windows use different fonts, but a longer-term
solution is required. The dirty area should be stored as pixels, not
character cells, because such coordinates don't have the same meaning in
all windows, when using different fonts.
MFC after: 1 week
Compared to the deprecated vd_bitbltchr_t callback, vd_bitblt_text_t
receives:
o the whole text buffer
o the dirty area
o the mouse cursor (map, position, colors)
This allows the backend to perform optimization on how to draw things.
The goal is to remove vd_bitbltchr_t and vd_putchar_t, once all driver
are converted (only vt_vga is included in this commit).
In vt_vga, this allows to draw the text and the cursor in one pass,
without ever reading from video memory (because it has all the context).
The main benefit is the speed improvement: no more slideshow during
boot!
Other bugs fixed in vt_vga are:
o left-most characters are drawn properly (the left-most pixels were
missing with bold characters and some wide letters such as 'm')
o no more black square around the cursor
o no cursor flickering when the text is scrolling
There are still many problems to fix: the known issues are marked with
"FIXME" inside the code.
MFC after: 1 week
The goal is to clear the video memory, in case an application drew to
it. So the content shouldn't be loaded in the latches, it can't be
trusted anyway.
This improves a bit the window switch speed.
MFC after: 1 week
At the same time, "w" and "h" members are now called "width" and
"height". The goal is to have a more "public" structure, because it will
soon be passed as argument to a new callback, replacing vd_bitbltchr_t.
MFC after: 1 week
Later, we just see if the "struct mouse_cursor" pointer is set. This
avoids the need to mess with all the conditions several times; this has
been error prone.
While here, rename the variable "m" to a more meaningful "cursor", like
it's done elsewhere in the code.
MFC after: 1 week
This fixes bad looking refresh when switching window: squares instead
of text, flashing screen, and so on. In the worst case, vt_flush() came
at a very inappropriate timing and the screen was not refreshed at all
(leaving squares all over the place).
This doesn't fix the flickering of the screen with vt_vga, because the
sync signal is temporarily stopped and the video memory is cleared.
MFC after: 1 week
Like r270273, this has no effect for now, because the cursor is always
drawn. This is in preparation of future changes to vd_bitbltchr_t API.
MFC after: 1 week
Currently, this has no effect, because the cursor is always redrawn
anyway. But this will be useful after improvements to the vd_bitbltchr_t
callback API.
The vt_device structure members used to store the position of the cursor
as of the last redraw are renamed from vd_mdirty{x,y} to vd_mold{x,y}.
The associated comment is fixed too. Also, their value is now expressed
in pixels, not in character columns/row.
MFC after: 1 week
This avoids unnecessary redraw. In particular, during boot, where the
cursor is disabled and its fake position is [0;0], this triggered a
refresh of the whole screen each time vt_flush() is called.
MFC after: 1 week
Before the global flag was set/unset using the CONS_MOUSECTL ioctl, and
the per-window flag through the MOUSE_SETLEVEL or MOUSE_SETMODE ioctls.
Also, if the cursor is already enabled/disabled, return immediatly. This
avoids to reset the cursor's position to the center of the screen.
This matches syscons' behavior.
While here, remove a trailing space and a redundant variable
declaration.
Make the functions pci_disable_msi, pci_enable_msi and pci_enable_msix
methods of the newbus PCI bus. This code should not include any
functional change.
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
Reviewed by: imp, jhb
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D354
dev/pci/pci.c:
- Convert the mentioned functions to newbus methods.
- Fix the callers of the converted functions.
sys/dev/pci/pci_private.h:
dev/pci/pci_if.m:
- Declare the new methods.
dev/pci/pcivar.h:
- Add helpers to call the newbus methods.
ofed/include/linux/pci.h:
- Add define to prevent the ofed version of pci_enable_msix from
clashing with the FreeBSD native version.
sample size. According to the USB audio frame format specification
from USB.org, the value in the "bBitResolution" field can be less than
the actual sample size, depending on the actual hardware, and should
not be used for this computation.
PR: 192755
MFC after: 1 week
Mostly bugfixes or features developed in the past 6 months,
so this is a 10.1 candidate.
Basically no user API changes (some bugfixes in sys/net/netmap_user.h).
In detail:
1. netmap support for virtio-net, including in netmap mode.
Under bhyve and with a netmap backend [2] we reach over 1Mpps
with standard APIs (e.g. libpcap), and 5-8 Mpps in netmap mode.
2. (kernel) add support for multiple memory allocators, so we can
better partition physical and virtual interfaces giving access
to separate users. The most visible effect is one additional
argument to the various kernel functions to compute buffer
addresses. All netmap-supported drivers are affected, but changes
are mechanical and trivial
3. (kernel) simplify the prototype for *txsync() and *rxsync()
driver methods. All netmap drivers affected, changes mostly mechanical.
4. add support for netmap-monitor ports. Think of it as a mirroring
port on a physical switch: a netmap monitor port replicates traffic
present on the main port. Restrictions apply. Drive carefully.
5. if_lem.c: support for various paravirtualization features,
experimental and disabled by default.
Most of these are described in our ANCS'13 paper [1].
Paravirtualized support in netmap mode is new, and beats the
numbers in the paper by a large factor (under qemu-kvm,
we measured gues-host throughput up to 10-12 Mpps).
A lot of refactoring and additional documentation in the files
in sys/dev/netmap, but apart from #2 and #3 above, almost nothing
of this stuff is visible to other kernel parts.
Example programs in tools/tools/netmap have been updated with bugfixes
and to support more of the existing features.
This is meant to go into 10.1 so we plan an MFC before the Aug.22 deadline.
A lot of this code has been contributed by my colleagues at UNIPI,
including Giuseppe Lettieri, Vincenzo Maffione, Stefano Garzarella.
MFC after: 3 days.
Using unmapped IO is really beneficial when running inside of a VM,
since it avoids IPIs to other vCPUs in order to invalidate the
mappings.
This patch adds unmapped IO support to blkfront. The following tests
results have been obtained when running on a Xen host without HAP:
PVHVM
3165.84 real 6354.17 user 4483.32 sys
PVHVM with unmapped IO
2099.46 real 4624.52 user 2967.38 sys
This is because when running using shadow page tables TLB flushes and
range invalidations are much more expensive, so using unmapped IO
provides a very important performance boost.
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
Tested by: robak
MFC after: 1 week
PR: 191173
dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c:
- Add and announce support for unmapped IO.
Rename vt_generate_vga_palette() to vt_generate_cons_palette() and
change it to build a palette where the color index is the same than in
terminal escape codes, not the VGA index. That's what TCHAR_CREATE()
uses and passes to vt(4).
The main differences between both orders are:
o Blue and red are swapped (1 <-> 4)
o Yellow and cyan are swapped (3 <-> 6)
The problem remained unnoticed, because the RGB bit indexes passed to
vt_generate_vga_palette() were reversed. This inversion was cancelled
by the colors inversions in the generated palette. For instance, red
(0xff0000) and blue (0x0000ff) have bytes in opposite order, but were
swapped in the palette. But after changing the value of blue (see last
paragraph), the modified color was in fact the red one.
This commit includes a fix to creator_vt.c, submitted by Nathan
Whitehorn: fb_cmsize is set to 16. Before this, the generated palette
would be overwritte. This fixes colors on sparc64 with a Creator3D
adapter.
While here, tune the palette to better match console colors and improve
the readability (especially the dark blue).
Submitted by: nwhitehorn (fix to creator_vt.c)
MFC after: 1 week
In several functions, vtbuf_putchar() in particular, the lock on vtbuf
is acquired twice:
1. once by the said functions;
2. once in vtbuf_dirty().
Now, vtbuf_dirty_locked() and vtbuf_dirty_cell_locked() allow to
acquire that lock only once.
This improves the input speed of vt(4). To measure the gain, a
50,000-lines file was displayed on the console using cat(1). The time
taken by cat(1) is reported below:
o On amd64, with vt_vga:
- before: 1.0"
- after: 0.5"
o On sparc64, with creator_vt:
- before: 13.6"
- after: 10.5"
MFC after: 1 week
vt_fb_attach() currently always returns 0, but it could return a code
defined in errno.h. However, it doesn't return a CN_* code. So checking
its return value against CN_DEAD (which is 0) is incorrect, and in this
case, a success becomes a failure.
The consequence was unimportant, because the caller (drm_fb_helper.c)
would only log an error message in this case. The console would still
work.
Approved by: nwhitehorn
The AR9380 and later chips have a 128KiB register window, so the register
read diag api needs changing.
The tools are about to be updated as well. No, they're not backwards
compatible.
the right register bank for the framebuffer. Disable the assigned-addresses
path on SPARC since it is just a hack for IBM PPC systems and was neither
relevant for nor worked on SPARC anyway.
vm_phys_fictitious_to_vm_page should not be called directly, even when
operating on a range that has been registered using
vm_phys_fictitious_reg_range. PHYS_TO_VM_PAGE should be used instead
because on arches that use VM_PHYSSEG_DENSE the page might come
directly from vm_page_array.
Reported by: nwhitehorn
Tested by: nwhitehorn, David Mackay <davidm.jx8p@gmail.com>
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
- Replace the global driver lock with a per-instance device lock.
- Use the per-instance device lock instead of Giant for the CAM sim lock.
- Add global locks to protect the adapter list and DPC queues.
- Use wakeup() and mtx_sleep() to wait for certain events like the
controller going idle rather than polling via timeouts passed to
tsleep().
- Use callout(9) instead of timeout(9).
- Mark the interrupt handler MPSAFE.
- Remove compat shims for FreeBSD versions older than 8.0.
Reviewed by: Steve Chang <ychang@highpoint-tech.com>
- Use the existing vbus locks instead of Giant for the CAM sim lock.
- Use callout(9) instead of timeout(9).
- Mark the interrupt handler MPSAFE.
- Don't attempt to pass data in the softc from probe() to attach().
- Remove compat shims for FreeBSD versions older than 8.0.
Reviewed by: Steve Chang <ychang@highpoint-tech.com>
- Use the existing vbus locks instead of Giant for the CAM sim lock.
- Use callout(9) instead of timeout(9).
- Mark the interrupt handler MPSAFE.
- Don't attempt to pass data in the softc from probe() to attach().
- Remove compat shims for FreeBSD versions older than 8.0.
Reviewed by: Steve Chang <ychang@highpoint-tech.com>
- Use callout(9) instead of timeout(9).
- Use the existing hba lock as the CAM sim lock instead of Giant.
- Mark interrupt handler MPSAFE.
- Reorder detach and destroy the hba lock in detach.
Reviewed by: Steve Chang <ychang@highpoint-tech.com>
- Cleanup some register reads and writes to use existing register
access macros.
- Ensure code which only applies to the control endpoint is not run
for other endpoints in the data transfer path.
MFC after: 3 days
handled by creator(4) (Sun Creator 3D, Elite 3D, etc.). This provides
vt(4) consoles on all devices currently supported by syscons on sparc64.
The driver should also be easily adaptable to support newer Sun framebuffers
such as the XVR-500 and higher.
Many thanks to dumbbell@ (Jean-Sebastien Pedron) for testing this remotely
during development.
ethernet class.
Note: This is untested as I do not have a device like this. That is
reflected in the MFC timeout.
PR: 192345
Submitted by: rozhuk.im gmail.com
MFC after: 4 weeks
Also disable a couple of ACPI devices that are not usable under Dom0.
To this end a couple of booleans are added that allow disabling ACPI
specific devices.
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
Reviewed by: jhb
x86/xen/xen_nexus.c:
- Return BUS_PROBE_SPECIFIC in the Xen Nexus attachement routine to
force the usage of the Xen Nexus.
- Attach the ACPI bus when running as Dom0.
dev/acpica/acpi_cpu.c:
dev/acpica/acpi_hpet.c:
dev/acpica/acpi_timer.c
- Add a variable that gates the addition of the devices.
x86/include/init.h:
- Declare variables that control the attachment of ACPI cpu, hpet and
timer devices.
Minor fixes to make the Xen Dom0 console work. This includes always
returning there's pending input in xencons_has_input, because on Dom0
there's no shared ring and we cannot test the indexes. The second
fix is to use the CONSOLEIO_read hypercall in order to read input
data from the Xen console.
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
dev/xen/console/xencons_ring.c:
- Always return true in xencons_has_input for Dom0.
- Implement Dom0 console support for xencons_handle_input.
bridges in strange ways, either rendering them unable to detect
insertion and removal events, or possibly unable to read from the
device behind the bridge.
This fixes at least one laptop, a Toshiba Tecra M5 with a Texas
Instruments PCxx12 (d=0x8039 v=0c104c) bridge. The very similar
Tecra M9 has the same bridge, but worked fine without this change.
The bridge chip has no I/O port BAR, and there is nothing in the spec
to suggest I/O decoding should be enabled; however enabling it fixes
the issue. Add an XXX comment to this effect.
Discussed with: jhb, imp
MFC after: 2 weeks
Reorganize struct sge_iq. Make the iq entry size a compile time
constant. While here, eliminate RX_FL_ESIZE and use EQ_ESIZE directly.
MFC after: 2 weeks
In the mmcsd layer use this value to populate disk->d_ident. Also set
disk->d_descr to the full set of card identification info (includes vendor,
model, manufacturing date, etc).
* Implements Start Stop Unit for SATA direct-attach devices in IR mode to avoid
data corruption.
* Use CAM_DEV_NOT_THERE instead of CAM_SEL_TIMEOUT and CAM_TID_INVALID
Obtained from: LSI
MFC after: 2 weeks
framebuffer drivers. This lets ofwfb work with xf86-video-scfb and makes
the driver much more generic and less PCI-centric. This changes some
user-visible behavior and will require updates to the xorg-server port
on PowerPC when using ATI graphics cards.
doesn't have support for the Z8530. Embedded PowerPC platforms
typically don't. Fail when the device class we actually need is
not present.
Obtained from: Juniper Networks, Inc.
(I'm committing this on behalf of my colleagues in the Storage team
at Chelsio).
Submitted by: Sreenivasa Honnur <shonnur at chelsio dot com>
Sponsored by: Chelsio Communications.
custom free routine (rxb_free) in the driver. Fail MOD_UNLOAD with
EBUSY if any such cluster has been handed up to the kernel but hasn't
been freed yet. This prevents a panic later when the cluster finally
needs to be freed but rxb_free is gone from the kernel.
MFC after: 1 week
This change is a bit ugly, but so is the coupling between the i915
driver and syscons. It isn't worth developing a more elegant solution
only to support the legacy syscons console.
If RSS is enabled, ixgbe(4) will query the RSS API for the types of hashes
which should be used. It'll then only enable hashes that are exposed via
the RSS layer.
This way it won't try to do things like enable UDP hashing if RSS explicitly
states that it isn't supported in lookups.
Tested:
* 82599EB ixgbe(4) NIC
A mix of fragmented and non-fragmented UDP in a single stream will end up
being hashed differently, resulting in out-of-order behaviour in the receive
path.
This was done in the linux e1000 driver in 2011.
Discussed with: jfv
systems without either a CSM or real graphics drivers, such as my Lenovo
Haswell laptop.
This provides working X with the small complication of a console cursor
permanently overlaid on the upper-left corner of the screen that will be
dealt with later.
Also remove some redundant screen clearing.
rather than only drivers attached later on. This involves a small amount of
code duplication with dev/fb/fbd.c, which will fixed later on.
Also improve performance of vt_blank() by making it not read from the
framebuffer unnecessarily.
USB 2.0 port mask in addition to the USB 3.0 port mask. The hardware
does not always accept when writing -1U to the port switching
registers.
MFC after: 3 days
Tested by: Huang Wen Hui <huanghwh@gmail.com>
not done after the call to m_defrag(). This fixes a problem
where m_pullup() would prepend an mbuf to the list created
by m_defrag() making the chain greater than 32 again.
Tested by: rcarter@pinyon.org
Reviewed by: yongari, jfv
MFC after: 2 weeks
firmware allows up to 48B to be read this way but the driver limits
itself to 8B at a time to remain compatible with old cxgbetool
binaries.
MFC after: 1 week
that it can connect to switches at speeds other than 1gb.
This requires changing the reference clock speed. Since we still don't
have a general clock API that lets a SoC-independant driver manipulate its
own clocks, this change includes a weak reference to a routine named
cgem_set_ref_clk(). The default implementation is a no-op; SoC-specific
code can provide an implementation that actually changes the speed.
Submitted by: Thomas Skibo <ThomasSkibo@sbcglobal.net>
to uncacheable. This leads to execrable console performance. Once PMAP is
up, remap the framebuffer as write-combining. This reduces boot time on my
laptop by 60% when booting with EFI.
MFC after: 2 weeks
- Remove 4 extra bytes from the ethernet payload.
- The maximum RX buffer was incorrectly set. Increase it to 64K for
now, until the exact limit is understood.
- Enable hardware checksumming again.
- Make hardware data structure packed.
MFC after: 3 days
The Tx interrupt is now kept disabled in the common case, only
enabled when the number of free descriptors in the queue falls
below a threshold. Transmitted frames are cleared from the VQ
before subsequent transmit, or in the watchdog timer.
This was a very big performance improvement for an experimental
Netmap bhyve backend.
MFC after: 1 month
- add missing rcvif in mbuf
- add missing ipacket stat
- remove uncessary mbuf copy on output path
- fix deadlock of the TX engine in case of error
Obtained from: NETASQ
MFC after: 2 weeks
This includes:
o All directories named *ia64*
o All files named *ia64*
o All ia64-specific code guarded by __ia64__
o All ia64-specific makefile logic
o Mention of ia64 in comments and documentation
This excludes:
o Everything under contrib/
o Everything under crypto/
o sys/xen/interface
o sys/sys/elf_common.h
Discussed at: BSDcan
Previously ISID was changed every time, that made impossible correct
persistent reservation, because reconnected session was identified as
completely new one.
Reviewed by: trasz
MFC after: 1 week
Update some comments on code, specifying the correct vlans used on switch
setup.
Advertise the proper switch operation mode (the rtl8366rb only support
dot1q vlans).
This fixes the breakage that i introduced on r249752 and make the rtl8366rb
switch works again with etherswitchcfg(8).
Tested on TP-Link 1043ND.
Tested by: me, Harm Weites (harm at weites.com)
- Don't discard frames if the dropped or error flag is set.
- Don't remove the last 4-bytes of every packet.
- Add extra range check for data position offset when receiving data.
MFC after: 1 day
PR: 191432
The array index for the callchain is getting double-incremented -- both in the
loop and the storing. It should only be incremented in one location.
Also, constrain the stack pointer range check.
MFC after: 2 weeks
1. oce_multiq_start(): make sure the buffer is consumed even on ENXIO
2. oce_multiq_transmit(): there is an extra call to drbr_enqueue()
causing the mbuf to be enqueued twice when the NIC's queue is full,
and potential panics
3. oce_multiq_transmit(): same problem fixed recently in ixgbe (r267187)
and other drivers: if the mbuf is enqueued, the proper return value is 0
Submitted by: Stefano Garzarella
MFC after: 3 days
rules prevent the USB serial module to be unloaded before any client
modules. This patch ensures that the "ucom_mtx" mutex is destroyed
last when doing a system uninit in a monotolith build aswell.
MFC after: 3 days
The ixgbe(4) hardware is capable of RSS hashing RX packets and doing RSS
queue selection for up to 8 queues.
However, even if multi-queue is enabled for ixgbe(4), the RX path doesn't use
the RSS flowid from the received descriptor. It just uses the MSIX queue id.
This patch does a handful of things if RSS is enabled:
* Instead of using a random key at boot, fetch the RSS key from the RSS code
and program that in to the RSS redirection table.
That whole chunk of code should be double checked for endian correctness.
* Use the RSS queue mapping to CPU ID to figure out where to thread pin
the RX swi thread and the taskqueue threads for each queue.
* The software queue is now really an "RSS bucket".
* When programming the RSS indirection table, use the RSS code to
figure out which RSS bucket each slot in the indirection table maps
to.
* When transmitting, use the flowid RSS mapping if the mbuf has
an RSS aware hash. The existing method wasn't guaranteed to align
correctly with the destination RSS bucket (and thus CPU ID.)
This code warns if the number of RSS buckets isn't the same as the
automatically configured number of hardware queues. The administrator
will have to tweak one of them for better performance.
There's currently no way to re-balance the RSS indirection table after
startup. I'll worry about that later.
Additionally, it may be worthwhile to always use the full 32 bit flowid if
multi-queue is enabled. It'll make things like lagg(4) behave better with
respect to traffic distribution.
The igb(4) hardware is capable of RSS hashing RX packets and doing RSS
queue selection for up to 8 queues. (I believe some hardware is limited
to 4 queues, but I haven't tested on that.)
However, even if multi-queue is enabled for igb(4), the RX path doesn't use
the RSS flowid from the received descriptor. It just uses the MSIX queue id.
This patch does a handful of things if RSS is enabled:
* Instead of using a random key at boot, fetch the RSS key from the RSS code
and program that in to the RSS redirection table.
That whole chunk of code should be double checked for endian correctness.
* Use the RSS queue mapping to CPU ID to figure out where to thread pin
the RX swi thread and the taskqueue threads for each queue.
* The software queue is now really an "RSS bucket".
* When programming the RSS indirection table, use the RSS code to
figure out which RSS bucket each slot in the indirection table maps
to.
* When transmitting, use the flowid RSS mapping if the mbuf has
an RSS aware hash. The existing method wasn't guaranteed to align
correctly with the destination RSS bucket (and thus CPU ID.)
This code warns if the number of RSS buckets isn't the same as the
automatically configured number of hardware queues. The administrator
will have to tweak one of them for better performance.
There's currently no way to re-balance the RSS indirection table after
startup. I'll worry about that later.
Additionally, it may be worthwhile to always use the full 32 bit flowid if
multi-queue is enabled. It'll make things like lagg(4) behave better with
respect to traffic distribution.
reset device task request from the driver. If the drive fails to respond
with a signature FIS, the driver would previously get into an endless retry
loop, stalling all I/O to the drive and keeping user processes stranded.
Instead, fail the i/o and invalidate the device if the task management
command times out. This is controllable with the sysctl and tunable
hw.isci.fail_on_task_timeout
dev.isci.0.fail_on_task_timeout
The default for these is 1.
Reviewed by: jimharris
Obtained from: Netflix, Inc.
MFC after: 2 days
If a controller is set to JBOD, it has no RAID functions turned on.
Populate even more of the firmware specification headers, copied from
cciss_vol_status.
Reviewed by: Benesh, Scott <scott.benesh@hp.com>
MFC after: 2 weeks
If cam_periph_find() doesn't locate the path we requested, bail to error
condition.
Acquire ciss->mtx for this operation.
Reviewed by: "Benesh, Scott" <scott.benesh@hp.com>
MFC after: 2 weeks
These changes prevent sysctl(8) from returning proper output,
such as:
1) no output from sysctl(8)
2) erroneously returning ENOMEM with tools like truss(1)
or uname(1)
truss: can not get etype: Cannot allocate memory
implement options TERMINAL_{KERN,NORM}_ATTR. These are aliased to
SC_{KERNEL_CONS,NORM}_ATTR and like these latter, allow to change the
default colors of normal and kernel text respectively.
Note on the naming: Although affecting the output of vt(4), technically
kern/subr_terminal.c is primarily concerned with changing default colors
so it would be inconsistent to term these options VT_{KERN,NORM}_ATTR.
Actually, if the architecture and abstraction of terminal+teken+vt would
be perfect, dev/vt/* wouldn't be touched by this commit at all.
Reviewed by: emaste
MFC after: 3 days
Sponsored by: Bally Wulff Games & Entertainment GmbH
With this change and previous work from ray@ it will be possible to put
both in GENERIC, and have one enabled by default, but allow the other to
be selected via the loader.
(The previous implementation had separate kern.vt.disable and
hw.syscons.disable tunables, and would panic if both drivers were
compiled in and neither was explicitly disabled.)
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
there is an environment variable which shall initialize the SYSCTL
during early boot. This works for all SYSCTL types both statically and
dynamically created ones, except for the SYSCTL NODE type and SYSCTLs
which belong to VNETs. A new flag, CTLFLAG_NOFETCH, has been added to
be used in the case a tunable sysctl has a custom initialisation
function allowing the sysctl to still be marked as a tunable. The
kernel SYSCTL API is mostly the same, with a few exceptions for some
special operations like iterating childrens of a static/extern SYSCTL
node. This operation should probably be made into a factored out
common macro, hence some device drivers use this. The reason for
changing the SYSCTL API was the need for a SYSCTL parent OID pointer
and not only the SYSCTL parent OID list pointer in order to quickly
generate the sysctl path. The motivation behind this patch is to avoid
parameter loading cludges inside the OFED driver subsystem. Instead of
adding special code to the OFED driver subsystem to post-load tunables
into dynamically created sysctls, we generalize this in the kernel.
Other changes:
- Corrected a possibly incorrect sysctl name from "hw.cbb.intr_mask"
to "hw.pcic.intr_mask".
- Removed redundant TUNABLE statements throughout the kernel.
- Some minor code rewrites in connection to removing not needed
TUNABLE statements.
- Added a missing SYSCTL_DECL().
- Wrapped two very long lines.
- Avoid malloc()/free() inside sysctl string handling, in case it is
called to initialize a sysctl from a tunable, hence malloc()/free() is
not ready when sysctls from the sysctl dataset are registered.
- Bumped FreeBSD version to indicate SYSCTL API change.
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: Mellanox Technologies
configs. Switch the BERI_NETFPGA_MDROOT to 64bit by default.
Give we have working interrupts also cleanup the extra polling CFLAGS from
the module Makefile.
MFC after: 2 weeks
time by setting NF10BMAC_64BIT and using a REGWTYPE #define to set correct
variable and return value widths.
Adjust comments to indicate the 32 or 64bit register widths.
MFC after: 2 weeks
PCI root bridges except for the one known-valid case on x86 where bridges
claim the I/O port registers used for PCI config space access.
Tested by: Hilko Meyer <hilko.meyer@gmx.de>
MFC after: 1 week
Prevent the Xen and VirtIO balloon drivers from marking pages as
wired. This prevents them from increasing the system wired page count,
which can lead to mlock failing because of hitting the limit in
vm.max_wired.
In the Xen case make sure pages are zeroed before giving them back to
the hypervisor, or else we might be leaking data. Also remove the
balloon_{append/retrieve} and link pages directly into the
ballooned_pages queue using the plinks.q field in the page struct.
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
Reviewed by: kib, bryanv
Approved by: gibbs
dev/virtio/balloon/virtio_balloon.c:
- Don't allocate pages with VM_ALLOC_WIRED.
dev/xen/balloon/balloon.c:
- Don't allocate pages with VM_ALLOC_WIRED.
- Make sure pages are zeroed before giving them back to the
hypervisor.
- Remove the balloon_entry struct and the balloon_{append/retrieve}
functions and use the page plinks.q entry to link the pages
directly into the ballooned_pages queue.
peripheral devices. When transmitting (rx) from slave to master,
sometimes nAKC delays. As a result, some slaves fails their
transmission.
Submitted by: Masanori OZAWA <ozawa@ongs.co.jp>
Reviewed by: brix
MFC after: 1 week
The sound drivers that use own buffer management can use sndbuf_setup
and not do any busdma allocation, so the driver will end up with the
managed buffer but no valid dma map and tag for it. Avoid calling
bus_dmamem_free in such cases.
Reported by: ache
Missed in review by: kan
separate argument structure with added level_type field for
CPUID_CPUID_COUNT request.
Reviewed by: attilio (previous version)
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
MFC after: 2 weeks
Assume the number of description used is reasonable value to
increment this otherwise opaque field by.
While here, reduce a minor difference between the legacy and
multiqueue transmit paths.
MFC after: 1 week
This requires the VMware vmxnet3 device to flip the start of packet
descriptor's generation before the rest of the packet's descriptors
have been loaded into the Rx ring. I've never observed this behavior,
and it seems to make the most sense not to do it this way. But it is
not a lot of work for the driver to handle this situation just in case.
MFC after: 1 week
The sbp_cam_detach_target can be called from sbp_post_explore function
on the first target that is not really attached and it was written with
the corresponding safety check in place to tolerate that. Unfortunately
the recent locking cleanup did add a locking assertion that tries to
dereference the target->sbp pointer unconditionally, which causes less
than desirable outcome. Since the assertion is useful, just initialize
the target sbp pointer once when sbp device is being initialized instead
of when the target is being attached. This makes assertion work in all
cases and fixes the crash on boot.
performing cpuid calls.
Add also a new way to specify the level type to cpucontrol(8) as
reported in the manpage.
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon storage division
Reviewed by: bdrewery, gcooper
Testerd by: bdrewery
instead of trying to cache it.
Previously, we only trusted the state if we did not have a cached state.
However, once a state was cached, the _STA method was always ignored.
Specifically, once a power resource had been turned on once (e.g.
during resume), the driver assumed it was always on even if _STA said it
was off and never turned it back on. This prevented the power resource
from being turned back on if a laptop was resumed twice, for example.
To fix, just remove the cached state entirely and always use the results
of _STA. The loops already skip any resources where _STA fails.
Submitted by: trasz (initial patch to invoke _ON)
MFC after: 1 week
- Don't compare the DMA map to NULL to determine if bus_dmamap_unload()
should be called when releasing a static allocation. Instead, compare
the bus address against 0.
- Don't assume that the DMA map for static allocations is NULL. Instead,
save the value set by bus_dmamem_alloc() so it can later be passed to
bus_dmamem_free(). Also, add missing calls to bus_dmamap_unload() in
these cases before freeing the buffer.
- Use the bus address from the bus_dma callback instead of calling
vtophys() on the address allocated by bus_dmamem_alloc().
Reviewed by: kan
- Add missing calls to bus_dmamap_unload() in et(4).
- Check the bus address against 0 to decide when to call
bus_dmamap_unload() instead of comparing the bus_dma map against NULL.
- Check the virtual address against NULL to decide when to call
bus_dmamem_free() instead of comparing the bus_dma map against NULL.
- Don't clear bus_dma map pointers to NULL for static allocations.
Instead, treat the value as completely opaque.
- Pass the correct virtual address to bus_dmamem_free() in wpi(4) instead
of trying to free a pointer to the virtual address.
Reviewed by: yongari
the queue where to enqueue pages that are going to be unwired.
- Add stronger checks to the enqueue/dequeue for the pagequeues when
adding and removing pages to them.
Of course, for unmanaged pages the queue parameter of vm_page_unwire() will
be ignored, just as the active parameter today.
This makes adding new pagequeues quicker.
This change effectively modifies the KPI. __FreeBSD_version will be,
however, bumped just when the full cache of free pages will be
evicted.
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon storage division
Reviewed by: alc
Tested by: pho
Switch the initialization of gnttab to use an unused physical memory
range for both PVHVM and PVH.
In the past PVHVM was using the xenpci BAR, but there's no reason to
do that, and in fact FreeBSD was probably doing it because it was the
way it was done in Windows, were drivers cannot probably request for
unused physical memory ranges, but it was never enforced in the
hypervisor.
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
Approved by: gibbs
xen/gnttab.c:
- Allocate contiguous physical memory for grant table frames for both
PVHVM and PVH.
- Since gnttab is not a device, use the xenpv device in order to
request for this allocation.
dev/xen/xenpci/xenpcivar.h:
dev/xen/xenpci/xenpci.c:
- Remove the now unused xenpci_alloc_space and xenpci_alloc_space_int
functions.
xen/gnttab.h:
- Change the prototype of gnttab_init and gnttab_resume, that now
takes a device_t parameter.
dev/xen/control/control.c:
x86/xen/xenpv.c:
- Changes to accomodate the new prototype of gnttab_init and
gnttab_resume.
Add the PV shutdown hook to PVH.
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
Approved by: gibbs
dev/xen/control/control.c:
- Make xen_pv_shutdown_final available on XENHVM builds.
- Register the Xen PV shutdown hook for PVH guests.
Create a dummy bus so top level Xen devices can attach to it (instead
of attaching directly to the nexus). This allows to have all the Xen
related devices grouped under a single bus.
Sponsored by: Citrix Systems R&D
Approved by: gibbs
x86/xen/xenpv.c:
- Attach the xenpv bus when running as a Xen guest.
- Attach the ISA bus if needed, in order to attach syscons.
conf/files.amd6:
conf/files.i386:
- Include the xenpv.c file in the build of i386/amd64 kernels using
XENHVM.
dev/xen/console/console.c:
dev/xen/timer/timer.c:
xen/xenstore/xenstore.c:
- Attach to the xenpv bus instead of the Nexus.
dev/xen/xenpci/xenpci.c:
- Xen specific devices on PVHVM guests are no longer attached to the
xenpci device, they are instead attached to the xenpv bus, remove
the now unused methods.
The header structure consists of two 1-byte elements, but it must always
be describable by a single SG entry. Note for consistency, specify the
alignment everywhere, even if the structure has the appropriate natural
alignment since it contains a uint16_t.
Obtained from: DragonFlyBSD
MFC after: 1 week
These defines are applicable to userland too, but virtqueue.h contains
the kernel virtqueue interface, and is therefore not usable in userland.
Note that Linux places these defines in virtio_ring.h, but I don't want
the drivers including this header file to keep the VirtIO ring opaque to
everything but the virtqueue.
MFC after: 1 week
The eventual goal is to share this file with userland, so
remove the macro that is only specific for virtio_pci(4).
Instead, add the VIRTIO_PCI_CONFIG_OFF macro from Linux to
get the config size whether MSIX is enabled or not.
MFC after: 1 week
NULL to determine if bus_dmamap_unload() or bus_dmamem_free() should be
called. Instead, check the associated bus and virtual addresses.
- Don't clear static DMA maps to NULL.
Reviewed by: jfv
freeing them instead of after.
- Check the bus address of a static DMA buffer to decide if the associated
map should be unloaded.
- Don't try to destroy bus dma maps for static DMA buffers.
Reviewed by: davidcs
- Don't call xpt_free_path() in os_query_remove_device() and
always return TRUE.
- Update os_buildsgl() to support build logical SG table which
will be used by lower RAID module.
- Return CAM_SEL_TIMEOUTstatus for SCSIcommand failed as target
missing.
Many thanks to HighPoint for providing this driver update.
Submitted by: Steve Chang
Reviewed by: mav
MFC after: 3 days
In particular, don't check the value of the bus_dma map against NULL
to determine if either bus_dmamem_alloc() or bus_dmamap_load() succeeded.
Instead, assume that bus_dmamap_load() succeeeded (and thus that
bus_dmamap_unload() should be called) if the bus address for a resource
is non-zero, and assume that bus_dmamem_alloc() succeeded (and thus
that bus_dmamem_free() should be called) if the virtual address for a
resource is not NULL.
In many cases these bugs could result in leaks when a driver was detached.
Reviewed by: yongari
MFC after: 2 weeks
don't create a map before calling bus_dmamem_alloc() (such maps were
leaked). It is believed that the extra destroy of the map was generally
harmless since bus_dmamem_alloc() often uses special maps for which
bus_dmamap_destroy() is a no-op (e.g. on x86).
Reviewed by: scottl
shutdown by putting the former under !rebooting and turning the latter into
debug messages.
Reviewed by: hps
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Bally Wulff Games & Entertainment GmbH
- Use the existing vbus locks instead of Giant for the CAM sim lock.
- Use callout(9) instead of timeout(9).
- Mark the interrupt handler as MPSAFE.
- Don't attempt to pass data in the softc from probe() to attach().
Reviewed by: Steve Chang <ychang@highpoint-tech.com>
Assisted by: delphij
* The way rings are updated changed with the last API bump.
Also sync ->head when moving slots in netmap_sw_to_nic().
* Remove a crashing selrecord() call.
* Unclog the logic surrounding netmap_rxsync_from_host().
* Add timestamping to RX host ring.
* Remove a couple of obsolete comments.
Submitted by: Franco Fichtner
MFC after: 3 days
Sponsored by: Packetwerk
Apparently for VMware Fusion (and presumably VMware Workstation/Player
since the PR states TSO is broken there too, but I cannot test), the
TCP header pseudo checksum calculated should only include the protocol
(IPPROTO_TCP) value, not also the lengths as the stack does instead.
VMware ESXi seems to ignore whatever value is in the TCP header checksum,
and it is a bit surprising there is a different behavior between the
VMware products. And it is unfortunate that on ESXi we are forced to do
this extra bit of work.
PR: kern/185849
MFC after: 3 days
on USB HUBs by moving the code into the USB explore threads. The
deadlock happens because child devices of the USB HUB don't have the
expected reference count when called from outside the explore
thread. Only the HUB device itself, which the IOCTL interface locks,
gets the correct reference count.
MFC after: 3 days
- Revert r265427. It appears we are halting the DWC OTG host
controller schedule if we process events only at every SOF. When doing
split transactions we rely on that events are processed quickly and
waiting too long might cause data loss.
- We are not always able to meet the timing requirements of interrupt
endpoint split transactions. Switch from INTERRUPT to CONTROL endpoint
type for interrupt endpoint events until further, hence CONTROL
endpoint events are more relaxed, reducing the chance of data
loss. See comment in code for more in-depth explanation.
- Simplify TT scheduling.
MFC after: 3 days
- Remove double buffering interrupt and isochronous traffic via the
transaction translator. It can be avoided because the DWC OTG will
always delay the start split transactions for interrupt and
isochronous traffic, but will not delay the complete split
transactions, if we set the odd frame bit correctly.
- Need to check the transfer cache field in the device done function
to be sure all allocated channels are freed and not the transfer first
one. This seems to resolve the control endpoint transfer type quirk
which is now removed.
- Make sure any received data upon TX is dumped else RX path will
stop.
- Transmit isochronous data before receiving isochronous data as a
means to optimise the TT schedule.
- Implement a simple TT bandwidth scheduler.
- Cleanup use of old "td->error" variable.
- On interrupt IN traffic via the transaction translator we simply
ignore missed transfer opportunities and silently retry the
transaction upon next available time slot.
MFC after: 3 days
"Terminus BSD Console" is a derivative of Terminus that is provided
by Mr. Dimitar Zhekov under the 2-clause BSD license for use by the FreeBSD vt(4) console.
Reviewed by: jhb
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
- Properly align temporary buffer to 32-bit.
- Add an extra parenthesis to make expression clear.
- Range check the association ID received from hardware.
MFC after: 1 week
A similar fix should be applied to vmxnet, ixgbe, igb, i40e.
(some of them previously reported by Michael Tuexen)
Drivers using if_transmit are correct, and so are most of the
other drivers that reassing if_transmit.
Among other things, this bug causes panics when using netmap emulation
on top of generic drivers.
Approved by: bryanv
MFC after: 3 days
Core i7 and Westmere processors, the uncore PMC subsystem is
completely different from the uncore PMC on smaller versions of CPUs.
Disable existing uncore hwpmc code for EX, otherwise non-existing MSRs
are accessed.
The cores PMCs seems to be identical for non-EX and EX, according to
the SDM.
Reviewed by: davide, fabient
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
MFC after: 2 weeks
- The R92S_TCR register is an 8-bit register. Don't access it like a
16-bit register.
- Disable parsing the delete station event, due to many false events.
- Ensure that there is only one transfer queue for each endpoint, so
that packets transmitted don't get out of order.
MFC after: 1 week
o Always init locks and cv ASAP.
o Initialize driver-independent parts even if driver probing fail.
o Allow to call vt_upgrade anytime, for later loaded drivers.
o New window flag VWF_READY, to track if window already initialized.
Other updates:
o Pass vd as a cookie for kbd_allocate.
o Do not blank window on driver replacement.
Tested by: hselasky (RPi), emaste(VGA, EFIFB, KMS), me
MFC after: 7 days
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
interface allows the ifnet structure to be defined as an opaque
type in NIC drivers. This then allows the ifnet structure to be
changed without a need to change or recompile NIC drivers.
Put differently, NIC drivers can be written and compiled once and
be used with different network stack implementations, provided of
course that those network stack implementations have an API and
ABI compatible interface.
This commit introduces the 'if_t' type to replace 'struct ifnet *'
as the type of a network interface. The 'if_t' type is defined as
'void *' to enable the compiler to perform type conversion to
'struct ifnet *' and vice versa where needed and without warnings.
The functions that implement the API are the only functions that
need to have an explicit cast.
The MII code has been converted to use the driver API to avoid
unnecessary code churn. Code churn comes from having to work with
both converted and unconverted drivers in correlation with having
callback functions that take an interface. By converting the MII
code first, the callback functions can be defined so that the
compiler will perform the typecasts automatically.
As soon as all drivers have been converted, the if_t type can be
redefined as needed and the API functions can be fix to not need
an explicit cast.
The immediate benefactors of this change are:
1. Juniper Networks - The network stack implementation in Junos
is entirely different from FreeBSD's one and this change
allows Juniper to build "stock" NIC drivers that can be used
in combination with both the FreeBSD and Junos stacks.
2. FreeBSD - This change opens the door towards changing ifnet
and implementing new features and optimizations in the network
stack without it requiring a change in the many NIC drivers
FreeBSD has.
Submitted by: Anuranjan Shukla <anshukla@juniper.net>
Reviewed by: glebius@
Obtained from: Juniper Networks, Inc.
Reorganize the previous contexts of the file as it is in Linux. The
eventual goal is to install the header files and share them between
the kernel and bhyve.
MFC after: 1 week
At attach, print the SCL and SDA pin numbers.
Remove a stray blank line.
Remove the GPIOBUS locking from gpioiic_reset(), it is already called with
this lock held. This fixes a crash when you try to scan the iicbus with
i2c(8).
get_scatter_segment() in get_fl_payload() fails. While here,
fix the code to adjust fl_bufs_used when a failure occurs for
any other scatter segment.
MFC after: 3 days
If a vt(4) font does not exactly fit the screen dimensions, the console
window is offset so that it is centered. A rectangle is drawn at the
top, left, right, and bottom of the screen, to erase any leftovers that
are outside of the new usable console area.
If the x offset or y offset is 0 then the left border or top border
respectively is not drawn. The right and bottom borders may be one
pixel larger than necessary due to rounding, and are always drawn.
Prior to this change a 0 offset would result in a panic when calling
vt_drawrect with an x or y coordinate of -1.
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
vt_grow may be called with a new size that's larger than previous but
does not require reallocation - for example, when the number of columns
is the same and new number of rows is less than the history size.
Prior to this change we would fail to update vb_scr_size, and then hit
a KASSERT when trying to write to the newly visible rows.
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
- Update FDT file for BERI DE4 boards.
- Add needed kernel configuration keywords.
- Rename module to saf1761otg so that the device unit number does not
interfere with the hardware ID in dmesg.
Sponsored by: DARPA, AFRL
- Use an interrupt filter for handling the data path interrupts. This
increases the throughput significantly.
- Implement support for USB suspend and resume in USB host mode.
Sponsored by: DARPA, AFRL
- Make the USB hardware skip PTDs which are not allocated.
- Peek host memory twice. Sometimes the PTD status is incorrectly
returned as zero.
- Ensure the host channel is always freed when software TD
is completing.
- Add correct configuration of interrupt polarity and type.
- Set CERR to 2 for asynchronous traffic to avoid having to
reactivate the PTD when a NAK token is received.
- Fix detection of STALL PID.
Sponsored by: DARPA, AFRL
physical addresses.
- Nuke the unused softc of emujoy(4).
- Use DEVMETHOD_END.
- Use NULL instead of 0 for pointers.
MFC after: 3 days
Sponsored by: Bally Wulff Games & Entertainment GmbH
- Based on actual usage and on what Linux does, dummy_page.addr should
contain the physical bus address of the dummy page rather than its
virtual one. As a side-effect, correcting this bug fixes compilation
with PAE support enabled by getting rid of an inappropriate cast.
- Also based on actual usage of dummy_page.addr, theoretically Radeon
devices could do a maximum of 44-bit DMA. In reality, though, it is
more likely that they only support 32-bit DMA, at least that is what
radeon_gart_table_ram_alloc() sets up for, too. However, passing ~0
to drm_pci_alloc() as maxaddr parameter translates to 64-bit DMA on
amd64/64-bit machines. Thus, use BUS_SPACE_MAXSIZE_32BIT instead,
which the existing 32-bit DMA limits within the drm2 code spelled as
0xFFFFFFFF should also be changed to.
Reviewed by: dumbbell
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Bally Wulff Games & Entertainment GmbH
- Switch from timeout() to callout_*() for per-request timers.
- Use device_find_child() in the identify routine.
- Use device_printf() instead of passing device_get_nameunit() to
printf().
- Expand the SBP_LOCK coverage simplifying the locking.
- Uninline STAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE().
Tested by: sbruno
Netmap gets its own hardware-assisted virtual interface and won't take
over or disrupt the "normal" interface in any way. You can use both
simultaneously.
For kernels with DEV_NETMAP, cxgbe(4) carves out an ncxl<N> interface
(note the 'n' prefix) in the hardware to accompany each cxl<N>
interface. These two ifnet's per port share the same wire but really
are separate interfaces in the hardware and software. Each gets its own
L2 MAC addresses (unicast and multicast), MTU, checksum caps, etc. You
should run netmap on the 'n' interfaces only, that's what they are for.
With this, pkt-gen is able to transmit > 45Mpps out of a single 40G port
of a T580 card. 2 port tx is at ~56Mpps total (28M + 28M) as of now.
Single port receive is at 33Mpps but this is very much a work in
progress. I expect it to be closer to 40Mpps once done. In any case
the current effort can already saturate multiple 10G ports of a T5 card
at the smallest legal packet size. T4 gear is totally untested.
trantor:~# ./pkt-gen -i ncxl0 -f tx -D 00:07:43🆎cd:ef
881.952141 main [1621] interface is ncxl0
881.952250 extract_ip_range [275] range is 10.0.0.1:0 to 10.0.0.1:0
881.952253 extract_ip_range [275] range is 10.1.0.1:0 to 10.1.0.1:0
881.962540 main [1804] mapped 334980KB at 0x801dff000
Sending on netmap:ncxl0: 4 queues, 1 threads and 1 cpus.
10.0.0.1 -> 10.1.0.1 (00:00:00:00:00:00 -> 00:07:43🆎cd:ef)
881.962562 main [1882] Sending 512 packets every 0.000000000 s
881.962563 main [1884] Wait 2 secs for phy reset
884.088516 main [1886] Ready...
884.088535 nm_open [457] overriding ifname ncxl0 ringid 0x0 flags 0x1
884.088607 sender_body [996] start
884.093246 sender_body [1064] drop copy
885.090435 main_thread [1418] 45206353 pps (45289533 pkts in 1001840 usec)
886.091600 main_thread [1418] 45322792 pps (45375593 pkts in 1001165 usec)
887.092435 main_thread [1418] 45313992 pps (45351784 pkts in 1000834 usec)
888.094434 main_thread [1418] 45315765 pps (45406397 pkts in 1002000 usec)
889.095434 main_thread [1418] 45333218 pps (45378551 pkts in 1001000 usec)
890.097434 main_thread [1418] 45315247 pps (45405877 pkts in 1002000 usec)
891.099434 main_thread [1418] 45326515 pps (45417168 pkts in 1002000 usec)
892.101434 main_thread [1418] 45333039 pps (45423705 pkts in 1002000 usec)
893.103434 main_thread [1418] 45324105 pps (45414708 pkts in 1001999 usec)
894.105434 main_thread [1418] 45318042 pps (45408723 pkts in 1002001 usec)
895.106434 main_thread [1418] 45332430 pps (45377762 pkts in 1001000 usec)
896.107434 main_thread [1418] 45338072 pps (45383410 pkts in 1001000 usec)
...
Relnotes: Yes
Sponsored by: Chelsio Communications.
uart2: <Intel AMT - PM965/GM965 KT Controller> port 0x1830-0x1837
mem 0xfe024000-0xfe024fff irq 17 at device 3.3 on pci0
uart2: console (115200,n,8,1)
Tested as tty and serial console. Seems "fine"
- Put "_LE_" into the register access macros to indicate little endian
byte order is expected by the hardware.
- Avoid using the bounce buffer when not strictly needed. Try to move
data directly using bus-space functions first.
- Ensure we preserve the reserved bits in the power down mode
register. Else the hardware goes into a non-recoverable state.
- Always use 32-bit access when writing or reading registers or FIFOs,
because the hardware is 32-bit oriented and don't really understand 8-
and 16-bit access.
- Correct writes to the memory address register. There is no need to
shift the register offset.
- Correct interval for interrupt endpoints.
- Optimise 90ns internal memory buffer read delay.
- Rename PDT into PTD, which is how the datasheet writes it.
- Add missing programming for activating host controller PTDs.
Sponsored by: DARPA, AFRL
Idle priority is not even time-share, so if system is busy in any way,
those events may never be executed. Since in some cases system waits
for events processed by that thread, that may cause deadlocks.
"fatal firmware error" happens. Previously it was neccessary to reset
it manually, using "/etc/rc.d/netif restart".
Approved by: adrian@
MFC after: 1 month
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
"fatal firmware error" happens. Previously it was neccessary to reset
it manually, using "/etc/rc.d/netif restart".
Approved by: adrian@
MFC after: 1 month
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
direction isochronous transfers.
- Remove setting of fields which does not belong to the respective
TRBs. These fields are currently set as zero and this is more a
cosmetic change.
MFC after: 3 days
Submitted by: Horse Ma <HMa@wyse.com>
- Make sure TX/RX lists don't leak and are only allocated once.
- Fix off-by one transfer index computation.
- Give firmware loading more time.
MFC after: 3 days
be a race when using a single active queue for all transmit types.
- Last argument of usb_pause_mtx() is ticks and not milliseconds.
- Remove unused watchdog.
- Remove some unused fields from the RSU softc structure.
- Workaround usbd_transfer_start() recursion from inside of completion
callback.
MFC after: 3 days
- Need to set the pre-fetch memory address when reading the host memory.
- We currently assume that no endianness conversion is needed.
Sponsored by: DARPA, AFRL
ismt(4) supports the SMBus Message Transport controller found on Intel
C2000 series (Avoton) and S1200 series (Briarwood) Atom SoCs.
Sponsored by: Intel
Intel 40G Ethernet Controller XL710 Family. This is
the core driver, a VF driver called i40evf, will be
following soon. Questions or comments to myself or
my co-developer Eric Joyner. Cheers!
- Implement support for interrupt filters in the DWC OTG driver, to
reduce the amount of CPU task switching when only feeding the FIFOs.
- Add common spinlock to the USB bus structure.
MFC after: 2 weeks
platform code, it is expected these will be merged in the future when the
ARM code is more complete.
Until more boards can be tested only use this with the Raspberry Pi and
rrename the functions on the other SoCs.
Reviewed by: ian@
it doesn't leak through when the command structure is reused for a user
command without a data buffer.
PR: amd64/189668
Tested by: Pete Long <pete@nrth.org>
MFC after: 1 week
Previously only TX IP checksum offloading was disabled but it's
reported that TX checksum offloading for UDP datagrams with IP
options also generates corrupted frames. Reporter's controller is
RTL8168CP but I guess RTL8168C also have the same issue since it
shall share the same core.
Reported and tested by: tuexen
the main processing queue, clear the NAK counter for any associated
BULK or CONTROL transfers and poll the endpoint(s) for 1 millisecond
at 125us rate interval, before going into slow, 10ms, NAK polling mode
again. This has the effect that typical ping-ping protocols respond
quicker when initiated from the USB host.
MFC after: 2 weeks
The last obstacle to switching PowerPC entirely to vt is that the Playstation 3
framebuffer driver needs to be ported over. This only applies for powerpc64,
however.
on my G4 iBook by more than half. Still 10% slower than syscons, but that's
much better than a factor of 2.
The slowness had to do with pathological write performance on 8-bit
framebuffers, which are almost universally used on Open Firmware systems.
Writing 1 byte at a time, potentially nonconsecutively, resulted in many
extra PCI write cycles. This patch, in the common case where it's writing
one or several characters in an 8x8 font, gangs the writes together into
a set of 32-bit writes. This is a port of r143830 to vt(4).
The EFI framebuffer is also extremely slow, probably for the same reason,
and the same patch will likely help there.
This driver supports the low and high precision models (9 and 11 bits) and
it will auto-detect the both variants.
The driver expose the temperature registers (actual temperature, shutdown
and hysteresys temperature) and also the configuration register.
It was tested on FDT systems: RPi, BBB and on non-FDT systems: AR71xx, with
both, hardware i2c controllers (when available) and gpioiic(4).
This provides a simple and cheap way for verifying the i2c bus on embedded
systems.
- For non-periodic traffic we only need to wait two SOFs before
disabling the channel.
- Make sure we release the TX FIFO tracking level after the host
channel is disabled.
- Make sure the host channel state gets reset/disabled initially.
- Two minor code style changes.
MFC after: 2 weeks
- Rework how we allocate and free USB host channels, so that we only
allocate a channel if there is a real packet going out on the USB
cable.
- Use BULK type for control data and status, due to instabilities in
the HW it appears.
- Split FIFO TX levels into one for the periodic FIFO and one for the
non-periodic FIFO.
- Use correct HFNUM mask when scheduling host transactions. The HFNUM
register does not count the full 16-bit range.
- Correct START/COMPLETION slot for TT transactions. For INTERRUPT and
ISOCHRONOUS type transactions the hardware always respects the ODDFRM
bit, which means we need to allocate multiple host channels when
processing such endpoints, to not miss any so-called complete split
opportunities.
- When doing ISOCHRONOUS OUT transfers through a TT send all data
payload in a single ALL-burst. This deacreases the likelyhood for
isochronous data underruns.
- Fixed unbalanced unlock in case of "dwc_otg_init_fifo()" failure.
- Increase interrupt priority.
MFC after: 2 weeks
have implemented the PIM_NOSCAN rescan functionality will have it
enabled.
This is a no-op for head.
Reviewed by: slm
Sponsored by: Spectra Logic Corporation
MFC after: 3 days
TLR is necessary for reliable communication with SAS tape drives.
This was broken by change 246713 in the mps(4) driver. It changed the
cm_data field for SCSI I/O requests to point to the CCB instead of the data
buffer. So, instead, look at the CCB's data pointer to determine whether
or not we're talking to a tape drive.
Also, take the residual into account to make sure that we don't go off the
end of the request.
MFC after: 3 days
Sponsored by: Spectra Logic Corporation
cards. LSI has been maintaining this driver outside of the FreeBSD
tree. It overlaps support of ThunderBolt and Invader cards that mfi(4)
supports. By default mfi(4) will attach to cards. If the tunable:
hw.mfi.mrsas_enable=1
is set then mfi(4) will not probe and attach to these newer cards and
allow mrsas(4) to attach. So by default this driver will not effect
a FreeBSD system unless mfi(4) is removed from the kernel or the
tunable is enabled.
mrsas(4) attaches disks to the CAM layer so it depends on CAM and devices
show up as /dev/daX. mfiutil(8) does not work with mrsas. The FreeBSD
version of MegaCli and StorCli from LSI do work with mrsas. It appears
that StorCli only works with mrsas. MegaCli appears to work with mfi(4)
and mrsas(4).
It would be good to add mfiutil(4) support to mrsas, emulations modes,
kernel logging, device aliases to ease the transition between mfi(4)
and mrsas(4).
Style issues should be resolved by LSI when they get committers approved.
The plan is get this driver in FreeBSD 9.3 to improve HW support.
Thanks to LSI for developing, testing and working with FreeBSD to
make this driver co-exist in FreeBSD. This improves the overall
support of MegaRAID SAS.
Submitted by: Kashyap Desai <Kashyap.Desai@lsi.com>
Reviewed by: scottl
MFC after: 3 days
Sponsored by: LSI
mprsas_SSU_to_SATA_devices().
This fixes an assertion on shutdown with INVARIANTS enabled with SATA
drives present on an IR firmware controller.
Reviewed by: Steve McConnell <stephen.mcconnell@avagotech.com>.
MFC after: 3 days
controller driver by piggybacking the SOF interrupt when issuing new
and checking old transfers. Number of interrupts was reduced by 30%
when doing Isochronous transfers.
Use correct GINTMSK_XXX macros when accessing the DWC OTG interrupt
mask register.
Add code to adjust the frame interval register which influences the
SOF rate.
MFC after: 2 weeks
This problem only occurs on versions of FreeBSD prior to the recent CAM
locking changes. (i.e. stable/9 and older versions of stable/10) This
change should be a no-op for head and stable/10.
If a path isn't specified, xpt_register_async() will create a fully
wildcarded path and acquire a lock (the XPT lock in older versions,
and via xpt_path_lock() in newer versions) to call xpt_action() for the
XPT_SASYNC_CB CCB. It will then drop the lock and if the requested event
includes AC_FOUND_DEVICE or AC_PATH_REGISTERED, it will get the caller up
to date with any device arrivals or path registrations.
The issue is that before the locking changes, each SIM lock would get
acquired in turn during the EDT tree traversal process. If a path is
specified for xpt_register_async(), it won't acquire and drop its own lock,
but instead expects the caller to hold its own SIM lock. That works for
the first part of xpt_register_async(), but causes a recursive lock
acquisition once the EDT traversal happens and it comes to the SIM in
question. And it isn't possible to call xpt_action() without holding a SIM
lock.
The locking changes fix this by using the XPT topology lock for EDT
traversal, so it is no longer an issue to hold the SIM lock while calling
xpt_register_async().
The solution for FreeBSD versions before the locking changes is to request
notification of all device arrivals (so we pass a NULL path into
xpt_register_async()) and then filter out the arrivals that are not ours.
MFC After: 3 days
Sponsored by: Spectra Logic Corporation
used.
It turns out that the RX DMA engine does the same last-descriptor-link-
pointer-re-reading trick that the TX DMA engine. That is, the hardware
re-reads the link pointer before it moves onto the next descriptor.
Thus we can't free a descriptor before we move on; it's possible the
hardware will need to re-read the link pointer before we overwrite
it with a new one.
Tested:
* AR5416, STA mode
TODO:
* more thorough AP and STA mode testing!
* test on other pre-AR9380 NICs, just to be sure.
* Break out the RX descriptor grabbing bits from the RX completion
bits, like what is done in the RX EDMA code, so ..
* .. the RX lock can be held during ath_rx_proc(), but not across
packet input.
o Declare vt(4) drivers dataset.
o Create single static structures for all early drivers.
o Add vt(4) to be by default in the kernel consoles list.
o Create one more sysinit point, to be able to initialize memory and lock
requirement of early drivers.
o Implement early drivers select. (Only best available will be selected).
o Fix one missed "return (0)" for VTYLOCK.
o Improve locking for cases when one driver replace another.
o Make driver replacement notification less debug-look-like.
Minor spell fixes.
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
reflect when unmapped I/O support was added.
For FreeBSD 10, it arrived just prior to __FreeBSD_version 1000028.
For FreeBSD 9, it arrived just prior to __FreeBSD_version 902001.
Also, fix compiler warnings in mprsas_send_smpcmd() that happen in the
i386 PAE build for non-unmapped I/O builds. These were fixed in mps(4)
in revision 241145, but didn't make it into the mpr(4) driver. This
change should only affect FreeBSD versions outside the above revisions,
and thus doesn't affect head.
MFC after: 3 days
Sponsored by: Spectra Logic Corporation
speed data traffic going directly to a USB device or through a
so-called USB transaction translator.
Add checks that we are not overusing the TX FIFO.
MFC after: 2 weeks
call, which assumes the hardware is awake.
Turn ath_update_mcast() into a routine that's only called from the
net80211 layer - and it forces the hardware awake first.
This fixes a LOR from the EDMA RX path which calls ath_mode_init()
with the RX lock held - the driver lock can't also be grabbed.
This path assumes that the ath_mode_init() callers all wake up
the NIC first.
Tested:
* AR9485, STA mode, powersave
This seems to probe/attach as an AR9485 and thus nothing else besides
adding the device id seems to be required.
ath0: <Atheros AR1111> mem 0xf4800000-0xf487ffff irq 19 at device 0.0 on pci5
ath0: [HT] enabling HT modes
ath0: [HT] enabling short-GI in 20MHz mode
ath0: [HT] 1 stream STBC receive enabled
ath0: [HT] 1 RX streams; 1 TX streams
ath0: AR9485 mac 576.1 RF5110 phy 1926.8
ath0: 2GHz radio: 0x0000; 5GHz radio: 0x0000
The NIC I have here is a 1 antenna, 2GHz only device.
Thankyou to Jim Thompson <jim@netgate.com> for the AR1111 NIC.
Tested:
* AR1111 (pretending not to be an AR9485, but failing miserably);
STA mode with powersave.
Relnotes: yes
Sponsored by: Netgate
sys/systm.h must always come after sys/param.h.
Remove sys/types.h which should never be included together with sys/param.h.
Add sys/malloc.h for correctness even if it seems to don't be needed.
Remove more unused headers found by unusedinc (from bde@) and tested with a
universe build.
Reported by: bde
This allows to run 32bit applications on a 64bit host. This was tested
successfully with Wine (emulators/i386-wine-devel) and StarCraft II.
Submitted by: Jan Kokemüller <jan.kokemueller@gmail.com>
MFC after: 1 week
This is derived from the mps(4) driver, but it supports only the 12Gb
IT and IR hardware including the SAS 3004, SAS 3008 and SAS 3108.
Some notes about this driver:
o The 12Gb hardware can do "FastPath" I/O, and that capability is included in
this driver.
o WarpDrive functionality has been removed, since it isn't supported in
the 12Gb driver interface.
o The Scatter/Gather list handling code is significantly different between
the 6Gb and 12Gb hardware. The 12Gb boards support IEEE Scatter/Gather
lists.
Thanks to LSI for developing and testing this driver for FreeBSD.
share/man/man4/mpr.4:
mpr(4) man page.
sys/dev/mpr/*:
mpr(4) driver files.
sys/modules/Makefile,
sys/modules/mpr/Makefile:
Add a module Makefile for the mpr(4) driver.
sys/conf/files:
Add the mpr(4) driver.
sys/amd64/conf/GENERIC,
sys/i386/conf/GENERIC,
sys/mips/conf/OCTEON1,
sys/sparc64/conf/GENERIC:
Add the mpr(4) driver to all config files that currently
have the mps(4) driver.
sys/ia64/conf/GENERIC:
Add the mps(4) and mpr(4) drivers to the ia64 GENERIC
config file.
sys/i386/conf/XEN:
Exclude the mpr module from building here.
Submitted by: Steve McConnell <Stephen.McConnell@lsi.com>
MFC after: 3 days
Tested by: Chris Reeves <chrisr@spectralogic.com>
Sponsored by: LSI, Spectra Logic
Relnotes: LSI 12Gb SAS driver mpr(4) added
lindev(4) was only used to provide /dev/full which is now a standard feature of
FreeBSD. /dev/full was never linux-specific and provides a generally useful
feature.
Document this in UPDATING and bump __FreeBSD_version. This will be documented
in the PH shortly.
Reported by: jkim
Adjust the exynos and zedboard dts files to use max-frequency (the
documented standard property) instead of clock-frequency.
Submitted by: Thomas Skibo <ThomasSkibo@sbcglobal.net>
The hardware can generate its own frames (eg RTS/CTS exchanges, other
kinds of 802.11 management stuff, especially when it comes to 802.11n)
and these also have PWRMGT flags. So if the VAP is asleep but the
NIC is in force-awake for some reason, ensure that the self-generated
frames have PWRMGT set to 1.
Now, this (like basically everything to do with powersave) is still
racy - the only way to guarantee that it's all actually consistent
is to pause transmit and let it finish before transitioning the VAP
to sleep, but this at least gets the basic method of tracking and
updating the state debugged.
Tested:
* AR5416, STA mode
* AR9380, STA mode
fixes and beacon programming / debugging into the ath(4) driver.
The basic power save tracking:
* Add some new code to track the current desired powersave state; and
* Add some reference count tracking so we know when the NIC is awake; then
* Add code in all the points where we're about to touch the hardware and
push it to force-wake.
Then, how things are moved into power save:
* Only move into network-sleep during a RUN->SLEEP transition;
* Force wake the hardware up everywhere that we're about to touch
the hardware.
The net80211 stack takes care of doing RUN<->SLEEP<->(other) state
transitions so we don't have to do it in the driver.
Next, when to wake things up:
* In short - everywhere we touch the hardware.
* The hardware will take care of staying awake if things are queued
in the transmit queue(s); it'll then transit down to sleep if
there's nothing left. This way we don't have to track the
software / hardware transmit queue(s) and keep the hardware
awake for those.
Then, some transmit path fixes that aren't related but useful:
* Force EAPOL frames to go out at the lowest rate. This improves
reliability during the encryption handshake after 802.11
negotiation.
Next, some reset path fixes!
* Fix the overlap between reset and transmit pause so we don't
transmit frames during a reset.
* Some noisy environments will end up taking a lot longer to reset
than normal, so extend the reset period and drop the raise the
reset interval to be more realistic and give the hardware some
time to finish calibration.
* Skip calibration during the reset path. Tsk!
Then, beacon fixes in station mode!
* Add a _lot_ more debugging in the station beacon reset path.
This is all quite fluid right now.
* Modify the STA beacon programming code to try and take
the TU gap between desired TSF and the target TU into
account. (Lifted from QCA.)
Tested:
* AR5210
* AR5211
* AR5212
* AR5413
* AR5416
* AR9280
* AR9285
TODO:
* More AP, IBSS, mesh, TDMA testing
* Thorough AR9380 and later testing!
* AR9160 and AR9287 testing
Obtained from: QCA
Some code will appear soon that is actually setting the chip powerstate
separate from the self-generated frames power state.
* Allow the AR5416 family chips to actually have the power state changed
from the self generated state change.
Tested (STA mode):
* AR5210
* AR5211
* AR5412
* AR5413
* AR5416
* AR9285
It exposes I/O resources to user space, so that programs can peek
and poke at the hardware. It does not itself have knowledge about
the hardware device it attaches to.
Sponsored by: Juniper Networks, Inc.
the MYBEACON RX filter (only receive beacons which match the BSSID)
or all beacons on the current channel.
* Add the relevant RX filter entry for MYBEACON.
Tested:
* AR5416, STA
* AR9285, STA
TODO:
* once the code is in -HEAD, just make sure that the code which uses it
correctly sets BEACON for pre-AR5416 chips.
Obtained from: QCA, Linux ath9k
the QCA HAL.
This fires off an interrupt if the TSF from the AP / IBSS peer is
wildly out of range. I'll add some code to the ath(4) driver soon
which makes use of this.
TODO:
* verify this didn't break TDMA!
to the hardware.
The QCA HAL has a comment noting that if this isn't done, modifications
to AR_IMR_S2 before AR_IMR is flushed may produce spurious interrupts.
Obtained from: QCA
#gpio-cells property.
Add a new ofw_bus method (OFW_BUS_MAP_GPIOS()) that allows the GPIO
controller to implement its own mapping to deal with gpio-specifiers,
allowing the decoding of gpio-specifiers to be controller specific.
The default ofw_bus_map_gpios() decodes the linux standard (#gpio-cells =
<2>) and the FreeBSD standard (#gpio-cells = <3>).
It pass the gpio-specifier flag field to the children as an ivar variable so
they can act upon.
define a few imx_ccm_foo() functions that are implemented by the imx51 or
imx6 ccm code. Of course, the imx6 ccm code is still more a wish than
reality, so for now its implementations just return hard-coded numbers.
a jtag debugging product, which was used on early Beaglebone boards (later
boards used a standard FTDI 2232C product ID). Change the name accordingly,
and also add an entry for XDS100V3, the latest version of that product
which has its own new product ID number.
Device type and revision is now determined from the bcdDevice field and
doesn't need to be in the table at all. The feature that skips creation
of /dev/ttyU* entries for jtag and gpio interfaces is enhanced:
- The feature is now optional, but enabled by default. A tunable and
sysctl are available to control it: hw.usb.uftdi.skip_jtag_interfaces.
- We no longer assume interface #0 is the only jtag interface. Up to
eight interfaces per chip can be flagged as jtag. (Current ftdi chips
support a max of 4 interfaces; this leaves room for growth.)
- Some manufacturers don't change the product ID or use the same ID for
different devices intended for both serial-comms and jtag/gpio use.
Often while the product ID is the same, the product name string is
different, so it's now possible to search for the product name in a
table of strings and get the set of non-tty interfaces from that table.
- Add a comment about FTDI and ZLPs.
- Correctly check odditiy of baud rate divisor.
- Correct IOCTL handling for "error" and "event" char.
MFC after: 1 weeks
concurrent updates from any completing transmits in other threads.
This was exposed when doing power save work - net80211 is constantly
doing reassociations and it's causing the rate control state to get
blanked out. This could cause the rate control code to assert.
This should be MFCed to stable/10 as it's a stability fix.
Tested:
* AR5416, STA
MFC after: 7 days
The MAC filter set may be called without softc_lock held in the case of
SIOCADDMULTI and SIOCDELMULTI ioctls. The ioctl handler checks IFF_DRV_RUNNING
flag which implies port started, but it is not guaranteed to remain.
softc_lock shared lock can't be held in the case of these ioctls processing,
since it results in failure where kernel complains that non-sleepable
lock is held in sleeping thread.
Both problems are repeatable on LAG with LACP proto bring up.
Submitted by: Andrew Rybchenko <Andrew.Rybchenko at oktetlabs.ru>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
MFC after: 2 weeks
The existing cleanup code was based on the Atheros reference driver
from way back and stuff that was in Linux ath9k. It turned out to be ..
rather silly.
Specifically:
* The whole method of determining whether there's hardware-queued frames
was fragile and the BAW would never quite work right afterwards.
* The cleanup path wouldn't correctly pull apart aggregate frames in the
queue, so frames would not be freed and the BAW wouldn't be correctly
updated.
So to implement this:
* Pull the aggregate frames apart correctly and handle each separately;
* Make the atid->incomp counter just track the number of hardware queued
frames rather than try to figure it out from the BAW;
* Modify the aggregate completion path to handle it as a single frame
(atid->incomp tracks the one frame now, not the subframes) and
remove the frames from the BAW before completing them as normal frames;
* Make sure bf->bf_next is NULled out correctly;
* Make both aggregate session and non-aggregate path frames now be
handled via the incompletion path.
TODO:
* kill atid->incomp; the driver tracks the hardware queued frames
for each TID and so we can just use that.
This is a stability fix that should be merged back to stable/10.
Tested:
* AR5416, STA
MFC after: 7 days
MAC
* Now that the paused < 0 bugs have been identified, make the DPRINTF()
a device_printf() again. Anything else that shows up here needs to be
fixed immediately.
Tested:
* AR5416, STA mode
MFC after: 7 days
During power save testing I noticed that the cleanup code is being
called during a RUN->RUN state transition. It's because the net80211
stack is treating that (for reasons I don't quitey know yet) as a
reassociation and this calls the node cleanup code. The reason it's
seeing a RUN->RUN transition is because during active power save
stuff it's possible that the RUN->SLEEP and SLEEP->RUN transitions
happen so quickly that the deferred net80211 vap state code
"loses" a transition, namely the intermediary SLEEP transition.
So, this was causing the node reassociation code to sometimes be called
twice in quick succession and this would result in ath_tx_tid_cleanup()
to be called again. The code calling it would always call pause, and
then only call resume if the TID didn't have "cleanup_inprogress" set.
Unfortunately it didn't check if it was already set on entry, so it
would pause but not call resume. Thus, paused would be called more
than once (once before each entry into ath-tx_tid_cleanup()) but resume
would only be called once when the cleanup state was finished.
This doesn't entirely fix all of the issues seen in the cleanup path
but it's a necessary first step.
Since this is a stability fix, it should be merged to stable/10 at some
point.
Tested:
* AR5416, STA mode
MFC after: 7 days
NetFPGA-10G Embedded CPU Ethernet Core.
The current version operates on a simple PIO based interface connected
to a NetFPGA-10G port.
To avoid confusion: this driver operates on a CPU running on the FPGA,
e.g. BERI/mips, and is not suited for the PCI host interface.
MFC after: 1 week
Relnotes: yes
Sponsored by: DARPA/AFRL
and normal mode; this makes it possible to compile with the former
by default, but use it only when neccessary. That's especially
important for the userland part.
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
this set of patches fixes support for systems with > 32 cores.
Details include
sfxge: RXQ index (not label) comes from FW in flush done/failed events
Change the second argument name of the efx_rxq_flush_done_ev_t and
efx_rxq_flush_failed_ev_t prototypes to highlight that RXQ index (not label)
comes from FW in flush done and failed events.
sfxge: TXQ index (not label) comes from FW in flush done event
Change the second argument name of the efx_txq_flush_done_ev_t prototype to
highlight that TXQ index (not label) comes from FW in flush done event.
sfxge: use TXQ type as label to support more than 32 TXQs
There are 3 TXQs in event queue 0 and 1 TXQ (with TCP/UDP checksum offload)
in all other event queues.
Submitted by: Andrew Rybchenko <Andrew.Rybchenko at oktetlabs.ru>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
and finish the job. ncurses is now the only Makefile in the tree that
uses it since it wasn't a simple mechanical change, and will be
addressed in a future commit.
logical volume state changes.
Currently, I view this as a critical fix for users and will MFC this rapidly as
my testing has shown data loss when the disk is failed by removing it when
under some amount of write activity and this code panics the box.
Reviewed by: mav@ scottl@
MFC after: 3 days
Sponsored by: Yahoo! Inc.
Use soreadable()/sowriteable() in socket upcalls to avoid extra wakeups
until we have enough data to read or space to write.
Increase partial receive len from 1K to 128K to not wake up on every
received packet.
This significantly reduces locks congestion and CPU usage and improves
throughput for large I/Os on NICs without TSO and LRO.
Reviewed by: trasz
Sponsored by: iXsystems, Inc.
motherboard. PHY hardware used for the controller responded at
all possible addresses which in turn resulted in having 32 PHYs
for the controller. If driver detects "MSI K9N6PGM2-V2 (MS-7309)"
motherboard, tell miibus(4) PHY is located at 0.
Tested by: Chris H
o Unmute terminal when done with driver replacement.
o Move init fonts to early point.
o Minor cleanup.
MFC after: 6 days
X-MFC-with: r264244 r264242
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
{MIO,SER}5xxxx chips instead of treating all of them as PUC_PORT_2S.
Among others, this fixes the hang seen when trying to probe the none-
existent second UART on an actually 1-port chip.
Obtained from: NetBSD (BAR layouts)
MFC after: 3 days
Sponsored by: Bally Wulff Games & Entertainment GmbH
tracked BAW actually is.
The net80211 code that completes a BAR will set tid->txa_start (the
BAW start) to whatever value was called when sending the BAR.
Now, in case there's bugs in my driver code that cause the BAW
to slip along, we should make sure that the new BAW we start
at is actually what we currently have it at, not what we've sent.
This totally breaks the specification and so this stays a printf().
If it happens then I need to know and fix it.
Whilst here, add some debugging updates:
* add TID logging to places where it's useful;
* use SEQNO().
match how it's used.
This is another bug that led to aggregate traffic hanging because
the BAW tracking stopped being accurate. In this instance, a filtered
frame that exceeded retries would return a non-error, which would
mean the caller would never remove it from the BAW. But it wouldn't
be added to the filtered list, so it would be lost forever. There'd
thus be a hole in the BAW that would never get transmitted and
this leads to a traffic hang.
Tested:
* Routerstation Pro, AR9220 AP
we did suspend it.
The whole suspend/resume TID queue thing is supposed to be a matched
reference count - a subsystem (eg addba negotiation, BAR transmission,
filtered frames, etc) is supposed to call pause() once and then resume()
once.
ath_tx_tid_filt_comp_complete() is called upon the completion of any
filtered frame, regardless of whether the driver had aleady seen
a filtered frame and called pause().
So only call resume() if tid->isfiltered = 1, which indicates that
we had called pause() once.
This fixes a seemingly whacked and different problem - traffic hangs.
What was actually going on:
* There'd be some marginal link with crappy behaviour, causing filtered
frames and BAR TXing to occur;
* A BAR TX would occur, setting the new BAW (block-ack window) to seqno n;
* .. and pause() would be called, blocking further transmission;
* A filtered frame completion would occur from the hardware, but with
tid->isfiltered = 0 which indiciates we haven't actually marked
the queue yet as filtered;
* ath_tx_tid_filt_comp_complete() would call resume(), continuing
transmission;
* Some frames would be queued to the hardware, since the TID is now no
longer paused;
* .. and if some make it out and ACked successfully, the new BAW
may be seqno n+1 or more;
* .. then the BAR TX completes and sets the new seqno back to n.
At this point the BAW tracking would be loopy because the BAW
start was modified but the BAW ring buffer wasn't updated in lock
step.
Tested:
* Routerstation Pro + AR9220 AP
that are being done by the OS.
For now this'll match up with the "wakeups"; although I'll dig deeper into
this to see if we can determine which sleep state the CPU managed to get
into. Most things I've seen these days only expose up to C2 or C3 via
ACPI even though the CPU goes all the way down to C6 or C7.
o Mute terminal while vt(4) driver change in progress.
o Reset VDF_TEXTMODE before init new driver.
o Assign default font, if new driver is not in TEXTMODE.
o Do not update screen while driver changing.
Resolved by: adrian
Reported by: tyler
MFC after: 7 days
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
CLOCAL and HUPCL control flags. There are legit reasons for allowing
those to be changed. When /etc/ttys has the "3wire" type (without a
baudrate) for the serial port that is the low-level console, then
this change has no effect.
Obtained from: Juniper Networks, Inc.
other modes supported by the FTDI serial adapter chips.
In addition to adding the new ioctls, this change removes all the code
that reset the chip at attach and open/close time, and also the code
that turned on RTS/CTS flow control on open without any permission to do
so (that was just always a bug in the driver).
When FTDI chips are configured as GPIO or MPSSE or other special-purpose
uses by an attached serial eeprom, the chip will power on with certain
pins driven or floating, and it's important that the driver not do
anything to the chip to perturb that unless it receives a specific
command to do so. When used for "plain old serial comms" the chip
powers on into the right mode and never needs to be reset while it's
running to operate properly, so this change is transparent to most users.
before changing the divisor bits in the register. We were writing a zero
to the register, which clears the enable, but also cleared the divisor bits
at the same time. That's a violation of the sdhci spec, which says the
divisor can only be changed when the clock is disabled. This has worked
okay on most hardware for years, but the TI OMAP controller would misbehave
after changing the divisor improperly.
Submitted by: Svatopluk Kraus <onwahe@gmail.com>
Ensure that first_func is set to 0 on every iteration of the PCI slot
enumeration loop after the first. There is a continue statement that would
cause first_func to stay at 1 any PCI device where slot 0 has no functions
until we find a slot that does have a function. This would cause us to
not enumerate the first PCI function on the device.
Credit to markj@ for spotting the bug.
X-MFC-With: r264011
While I'm here, remove aue_eeprom_getword() as its only usage is to
read station address and make it more readable. This change is
inspired by NetBSD.
With this change, aue(4) should work on big endian architectures.
PR: 188177
default wMaxPacketSize (64 or 512 bytes). This actually helps older FTDI
devices (which were USB 1/full speed) more than the new H-series high
speed, but even for the new chips it helps cut the number of interrupts
when doing very high speed (3-12mbaud).
This avoids extra locking in icl_pdu_queue(); the upper layer needs to call
it while holding its own lock anyway, to avoid sending PDUs out of order.
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
PCIe Alternate RID Interpretation (ARI) is an optional feature that
allows devices to have up to 256 different functions. It is
implemented by always setting the PCI slot number to 0 and
re-purposing the 5 bits used to encode the slot number to instead
contain the function number. Combined with the original 3 bits
allocated for the function number, this allows for 256 functions.
This is enabled by default, but it's expected to be a no-op on currently
supported hardware. It's a prerequisite for supporting PCI SR-IOV, and
I want the ARI support to go in early to help shake out any bugs in it.
ARI can be disabled by setting the tunable hw.pci.enable_ari=0.
Reviewed by: kib
MFC after: 2 months
Sponsored by: Sandvine Inc.
Recent FDTI chips have the ability to operate at up to 12mbps. The newer
chips with faster clocks have the same usb vendor/product IDs as the older
chips; the bcdDevice field must be used to detect the newer versions. This
change includes a new function to do that instead of using just the IDs from
the vendor/product table.
The code to choose the baud clock divisor is completely rewritten. In
addition to supporting the new higher clock rates, the rewrite fixes a
longstanding bug in the old code which put the high bits of the fractional
part of the divisor into the wrong place in the wIndex field. That bug
was mostly harmless -- it accidentally didn't affect standard baud rates
and would only show up when using relatively fast non-standard rates.
My PCI RID changes somehow got intermixed with my PCI ARI patch when I
committed it. I may have accidentally applied a patch to a non-clean
working tree. Revert everything while I figure out what went wrong.
Pointy hat to: rstone
out 32 is not enough to support a full sized TSO packet.
While I'm here fix a long standing bug introduced in r169632 in
bce(4) where it didn't include L2 header length of TSO packet in
the maximum DMA segment size calculation.
In collaboration with: rmacklem
MFC after: 2 weeks
o Move vd_bitbltchr vga's driver method to vd_maskbitbltchr.
o Implement new vd_bitbltchr method for vga driver. (It do single write for 8
pixels, have to be a bit faster).
MFC after: 7 days
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
vt(9) crash on resume fixed, but Xorg still have damaged screen on resume (at
least with i915kms), so better to switch to VT0 before suspend and back on
resume.
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
Statically allocated terminal window have not initialized callout handler, so we
have to initialize it even for existing window if it is console window.
Reported by: gjb and many
Tested by: gjb
MFC after: 7 days
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
Previous implementation limits put queue size only (when Tx lock can't
be acquired), but get queue may grow unboundedly which results in mbuf
pools exhaustion and latency growth.
Submitted by: Andrew Rybchenko <Andrew.Rybchenko at oktetlabs.ru>
Sponsored by: Solarflare Communications, Inc.
These are needed to diagnose TX hangs that I and hiren are seeing.
Without it, the only way we'll see debugging is by having ATH_DEBUG_SW_TX
enabled and that is going to be very, very spammy.
ATH_DEBUG_RESET is fine; it's only going to be done during stuck beacon
situations in AP mode.
Whilst I'm here, and now that it's behind debugging, let's just disable
the "print only one" conditional. I'll eventually make it more tunable.
Tested:
* AR9220, hostap mode.
create character devices. The deadlock can happen if an application is
issuing IOCTLs which require USB refcounting, at the same time the USB
device is detaching.
There is already a counter in place in the USB device structure to
detect this situation, but it was not always checked ahead of invoking
functions that might destroy character devices, like detach, set
configuration, set alternate interface or detach active kernel driver.
Reported by: Daniel O'Connor <doconnor@gsoft.com.au>
MFC after: 1 week
device is asleep.
This doesn't avoid logging errors for things that are actually OK to
access whilst the chip is asleep (eg, the RTC registers (0x7000->0x70ff
on the AR5416 and later.)
But, this is a pretty good indicator if things are accessed incorrectly.
Tested:
* AR5416, STA
This way the state changes from sleep->awake before the registers are poked
and from awake->sleep after the registers are poked.
This way spurious warnings aren't printed by my (to be committed)
debugging code.
Tested:
* AR5416, STA
Yes, this means that sc_invalid is slightly racy, but there are other
issues here which need fixing.
This fixes a source of eventual LORs - ath_init() grabs ATH_LOCK to do
work and releases it before it calls ieee80211_start_all().
ieee80211_start_all() will grab the net80211 comlock to iterate over
the VAPs.
TODO:
* .. I should just migrate the ieee80211_start_all() work to a
deferred task so it can be done later; it doesn't have to be
immediately done.
Tested:
* AR5416, STA mode
then threads can sleep on the pip condition.
Avoid to deadlock such threads by correctly awakening the sleeping ones
after the pip is finished.
swapoff side of the bug can likely result in shutdown deadlocks.
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
Reported by: pho, pluknet
Tested by: pho
- More flexible cluster size selection, including the ability to fall
back to a safe cluster size (PAGE_SIZE from zone_jumbop by default) in
case an allocation of a larger size fails.
- A single get_fl_payload() function that assembles the payload into an
mbuf chain for any kind of freelist. This replaces two variants: one
for freelists with buffer packing enabled and another for those without.
- Buffer packing with any sized cluster. It was limited to 4K clusters
only before this change.
- Enable buffer packing for TOE rx queues as well.
- Statistics and tunables to go with all these changes. The driver's
man page will be updated separately.
MFC after: 5 weeks
